Beruflich Dokumente
Kultur Dokumente
User Manual
IPM
PROSPER
Version 11
May 2009
PROSPER
IPM - Single Well Model OVERVIEW
by Petroleum Experts Limited
PROSPER is a well performance, design and optimisation program which is part of the
Integrated Production Modelling Toolkit (IPM). This tool is the industry standard well
modelling with the major operators worldwide.
PROSPER is designed to allow the building of reliable and consistent well models, with the
ability to address each aspect of well bore modelling VIZ, PVT (fluid characterisation), VLP
correlations (for calculation of flow-line and tubing pressure loss) and IPR (reservoir
inflow).
PROSPER provides unique matching features, which tune PVT, multiphase flow
correlations and IPR to match measured field data, allowing a consistent well model to be
built prior to use in prediction (sensitivities or artificial lift design). PROSPER enables
detailed surface pipeline performance and design: Flow Regimes, pipeline stability, Slug
Size andFrequency
APPLICATIONS
Design and optimise well completions including multi-lateral, multilayer and horizontal
wells
Design and optimise tubing and pipeline sizes
Design, diagnose and optimise Gas lifted, Hydraulic pumps and ESP wells
Generate lift curves for use in simulators
Calculate pressure losses in wells, flow lines and across chokes
Predict flowing temperatures in wells and pipelines
Monitor well performance to rapidly identify wells requiring remedial action
Calculate total skin and determine breakdown (damage, deviation or
partial penetration)
Unique black oil model for retrograde condensate fluids, accounting
for liquid dropout in the wellbore
Allocate production between wells
Copyright Notice
The copyright in this manual and the associated computer program are the property of Petroleum Experts
Ltd. All rights reserved. Both, this manual and the computer program have been provided pursuant to a
Licence Agreement containing restriction of use.
No part of this manual may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or
translated into any language, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, magnetic, optical or
otherwise, or disclose to third parties without prior written consent from Petroleum Experts Ltd., Petex
House, 10 Logie Mill, Edinburgh, EH7 4HG, Scotland, UK.
Petroleum Experts Ltd. All rights reserved.
IPM Suite, GAP, PROSPER, MBAL, PVTP, REVEAL, RESOLVE, IFM, ModelCatalogue and OpenServer
are trademarks of Petroleum Experts Ltd.
Microsoft (Windows), Windows (2000) and Windows (XP) are registered trademarks of the Microsoft
Corporation
The software described in this manual is furnished under a licence agreement. The software may be used
or copied only in accordance with the terms of the agreement. It is against the law to copy the software on
any medium except as specifically allowed in the license agreement. No part of this documentation may be
reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying,
recording, or information storage and retrieval systems for any purpose other than the purchaser's personal
use, unless express written consent has been given by Petroleum Experts Limited.
Address:
Petroleum Experts Limited
Petex House
10 Logie Mill
Edinburgh, Scotland
EH7 4HG
Tel : (44 131) 474 7030
Fax : (44 131) 474 7031
email: edinburgh@petex.com
Internet: www.petex.com
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
PROSPER
Table of Contents
0
Chapter 1
Technical Overview
1 Fluid modelling
...................................................................................................................................
options
2
2 Inflows and Sand
...................................................................................................................................
Control options
3
3 Well bore and...................................................................................................................................
Pipeline hydraulics
4
4 Artificial lift systems
................................................................................................................................... 4
5 Flow assurance
................................................................................................................................... 5
Advanced Thermal
..........................................................................................................................................................
Models
General Flow Assurance
..........................................................................................................................................................
Features
Chapter 2
User Guide
5
5
1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................... 7
Using PROSPER
.......................................................................................................................................................... 7
PROSPER and
..........................................................................................................................................................
Systems Analysis
10
About PROSPER
......................................................................................................................................................... 12
Examples
.......................................................................................................................................................... 14
2 File Management
................................................................................................................................... 15
PROSPER Files
..........................................................................................................................................................
PVT Data.........................................................................................................................................................
(*.PVT)
Input Data.........................................................................................................................................................
(*.SIN)
Analysis Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
(*.ANL)
Output Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
(*.OUT)
Creating a.........................................................................................................................................................
New File
Opening an
.........................................................................................................................................................
Existing File
Saving a File
.........................................................................................................................................................
Copying a.........................................................................................................................................................
File
Preferences ..........................................................................................................................................................
Main Screen
.........................................................................................................................................................
File
.........................................................................................................................................................
Plot
.........................................................................................................................................................
User Applications
.........................................................................................................................................................
Limits
.........................................................................................................................................................
Units
.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
VPC
.........................................................................................................................................................
Software Key ..........................................................................................................................................................
Maintenance
FileList
..........................................................................................................................................................
Evaluate OpenServer
..........................................................................................................................................................
Statement
User Correlations
..........................................................................................................................................................
Printer Setup ..........................................................................................................................................................
Preparing.........................................................................................................................................................
to Print
Selecting .........................................................................................................................................................
and configuring a Printer
Printing Export
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
Selecting .........................................................................................................................................................
an Exported Data to Print
Word Processing
..........................................................................................................................................................
in PROSPER
Clipboard Command
..........................................................................................................................................................
15
15
16
16
16
17
17
17
18
18
18
20
21
23
24
25
26
26
27
30
31
33
35
35
36
36
38
38
39
Contents
II
Command Buttons
..........................................................................................................................................................
39
41
42
42
42
43
43
43
43
43
44
44
44
44
45
45
46
46
46
47
47
47
47
48
48
48
48
49
49
50
51
51
52
53
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
55
55
55
58
59
59
May, 2009
60
62
62
64
PROSPER Manual
III
PROSPER
Match Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
Regression
.........................................................................................................................................................
Match
.........................................................................................................................................
Match All
...................................................................................................................................
Parameters
...................................................................................................................................
Viewing the Match
...................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Matching FVF above
...................................................................................................................................
Bubble Point
Correlations
.........................................................................................................................................................
Calculate.........................................................................................................................................................
Calculating PVT.........................................................................................................................................
Data
Displaying the Calculated
.........................................................................................................................................
Data on the screen
Plotting the Calculated
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
Saving PVT tables
.........................................................................................................................................
from Calculated Data
Save the .........................................................................................................................................................
PVT Data
Open
.........................................................................................................................................................
Composition
.........................................................................................................................................................
Emulsions.........................................................................................................................................................
Emulsions
.........................................................................................................................................
Non-Newtonian
.........................................................................................................................................................
Fluid
Power Fluid
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
Hydrates .........................................................................................................................................................
Formation table
Black Oil - Dry..........................................................................................................................................................
And Wet Gas
Input Data.........................................................................................................................................................
Black Oil - Retrograde
..........................................................................................................................................................
Condensate
Input Data.........................................................................................................................................................
Calculations
.........................................................................................................................................................
Equation Of State
..........................................................................................................................................................
- All Fluids
EOS Model
.........................................................................................................................................................
Setup
EOS PVT.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
Importing Matched
.........................................................................................................................................
EoS
Using the.........................................................................................................................................................
EoS
Generate PVT properties
.........................................................................................................................................
Phase Envelope.........................................................................................................................................
Target GOR
.........................................................................................................................................
65
65
66
67
67
67
68
68
69
69
70
71
72
72
72
73
74
74
77
79
81
82
82
83
83
84
85
87
91
93
93
93
96
98
5 Equipment Data
...................................................................................................................................
Input
99
Predicting Pressure
..........................................................................................................................................................
Only
Deviation
.........................................................................................................................................................
Survey
Filter
.........................................................................................................................................
Surface .........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment
Downhole
.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment
Temperature
.........................................................................................................................................................
Survey
Summary
.........................................................................................................................................................
Predicting Pressure
..........................................................................................................................................................
and Temperature
Rough Approximation
.........................................................................................................................................................
Deviation Survey
.........................................................................................................................................
Surface Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Downhole Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Geothermal Gradient
.........................................................................................................................................
Average Heat Capacities
.........................................................................................................................................
Enthalpy.........................................................................................................................................................
Balance
Deviation Survey
.........................................................................................................................................
Surface Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Downhole Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Temperature Data
.........................................................................................................................................
99
100
103
106
109
111
112
114
114
114
114
115
115
116
117
118
118
121
122
Contents
IV
May, 2009
133
134
135
135
137
138
141
141
142
142
142
143
143
143
144
144
145
145
146
147
148
149
153
156
156
156
157
157
158
159
164
164
165
165
165
166
166
167
168
168
170
170
170
170
PROSPER Manual
PROSPER
Dual Porosity
.........................................................................................................................................................
Horizontal
.........................................................................................................................................................
Well with Transverse Vertical Fractures
Multi-Layer
.........................................................................................................................................................
- dP Loss in Wellbore
Modified.........................................................................................................................................................
Isochronal Inflow Model
Forchheimer
.........................................................................................................................................................
with Pseudo Pressure
Multirate.........................................................................................................................................................
Forchheimer with Pseudo Pressure
Skin Models..........................................................................................................................................................
Mechanical/Geometrical
.........................................................................................................................................................
Skin
Deviation/Partial
.........................................................................................................................................................
Penetration Skin
Sand Options
..........................................................................................................................................................
Sand Failure
.........................................................................................................................................................
Sand Control
.........................................................................................................................................................
Options
Gravel Packed.........................................................................................................................................
Completion
Pre-Packed Screen
.........................................................................................................................................
completion
Wire-Wrapped .........................................................................................................................................
Screen Completion
Slotted Liner Completion
.........................................................................................................................................
Other IPR-related
..........................................................................................................................................................
features
Gravel Pack
.........................................................................................................................................................
Completion Velocities
Viscosity Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
Compaction..........................................................................................................................................................
Permeability Reduction
Injection Wells
..........................................................................................................................................................
SkinAide
..........................................................................................................................................................
SkinAide.........................................................................................................................................................
Theoretical Background
Position of the .........................................................................................................................................
producing interval with respect to reservoir geometry
Interference between
.........................................................................................................................................
perforations and the damaged zone
The Crushed Zone
.........................................................................................................................................
Perforation tunnel
.........................................................................................................................................
which penetrates the formation
Perforation tunnel
.........................................................................................................................................
through the casing and cement
Annulus between
.........................................................................................................................................
Casing and Screen
Hemispherical .........................................................................................................................................
Flow Model
Using SkinAide
.........................................................................................................................................................
Flow Model .........................................................................................................................................
Skin Model
.........................................................................................................................................
Perforation Data
.........................................................................................................................................
Geometry
.........................................................................................................................................
Petrophysics .........................................................................................................................................
Damaged Zone.........................................................................................................................................
Cased Hole .........................................................................................................................................
Crushed Zone .........................................................................................................................................
Perforations .........................................................................................................................................
SPOT: Shell ..........................................................................................................................................................
Perforating Optimisation Tool
Introduction
.........................................................................................................................................................
to SPOT
Acronyms
.........................................................................................................................................................
in the SPOT inflow module
Gun System
.........................................................................................................................................................
databases
Perforation
.........................................................................................................................................................
Length & Entrance Hole Diameter Calculation
SPOT: Model
.........................................................................................................................................................
inputs
SPOT: Model inputs
.........................................................................................................................................
- Options
Multi-Lateral..........................................................................................................................................................
Interface
Network.........................................................................................................................................................
Interface
Motivation
.........................................................................................................................................
Interface Overview
.........................................................................................................................................
Network Window
...................................................................................................................................
The Navigator...................................................................................................................................
Window
Toolbar Details...................................................................................................................................
170
170
171
171
172
173
173
173
178
179
179
180
182
185
189
193
197
197
198
199
201
202
202
202
203
204
204
205
205
206
207
207
208
208
209
210
211
212
212
214
221
221
222
224
225
257
257
263
263
263
263
264
267
268
Contents
VI
Network Manipulation
................................................................................................................................... 269
Menu Details ................................................................................................................................... 270
Visualisation Screens
................................................................................................................................... 273
Data Entry
......................................................................................................................................................... 274
Overview
......................................................................................................................................... 274
Tie-point and Junction
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
275
Tubing Data ......................................................................................................................................... 275
Completion Data
......................................................................................................................................... 275
Reservoir Data......................................................................................................................................... 276
Example.........................................................................................................................................................
of How to Set Up a Simple System
276
Introduction ......................................................................................................................................... 276
Place the Nodes
.........................................................................................................................................
in the Network Window
277
Connect the Nodes
......................................................................................................................................... 277
Enter the Data ......................................................................................................................................... 278
Visualise / Calculate
......................................................................................................................................... 279
7 Artificial Lift...................................................................................................................................
Data Input
280
Continuous ..........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift Input Data
Fixed Depth
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of Injection
Optimum.........................................................................................................................................................
Depth of Injection
Valve Depth
.........................................................................................................................................................
Specified
Gas Lift .........................................................................................................................................................
(Safety Equipment)
Gas Lift .........................................................................................................................................................
(Allow injection in Pipe Line above wellhead)
Intermittent Gas
..........................................................................................................................................................
Lift
ESP Input Data
..........................................................................................................................................................
HSP Input Data
..........................................................................................................................................................
Progressive ..........................................................................................................................................................
Cavity Pumps
Coiled Tubing
..........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift
Diluent Injection
..........................................................................................................................................................
Jet Pumps ..........................................................................................................................................................
Multiphase Pumps
..........................................................................................................................................................
Sucker Rod ..........................................................................................................................................................
Pumps
280
281
281
282
283
284
286
286
288
289
289
291
292
293
293
8 Matching Menu
................................................................................................................................... 294
VLP/IPR Match
..........................................................................................................................................................
and Quality Check
VLP Matching
.........................................................................................................................................................
VLP Correlation
.........................................................................................................................................
Applications
IPR Matching
.........................................................................................................................................................
Gradient Matching
..........................................................................................................................................................
Surface Pipe..........................................................................................................................................................
Matching
Correlation Comparison
..........................................................................................................................................................
QuickLook for
..........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift
Input .........................................................................................................................................................
Performing
.........................................................................................................................................................
the QuickLook Calculation
QuickLook for
..........................................................................................................................................................
ESP
Input .........................................................................................................................................................
Performing
.........................................................................................................................................................
the QuickLook Calculation
QuickLook for
..........................................................................................................................................................
HSP
Input .........................................................................................................................................................
Performing
.........................................................................................................................................................
the QuickLook Calculation
Vertical Pipe..........................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Surface Flow..........................................................................................................................................................
line Parameters
Correlation Thresholds
..........................................................................................................................................................
296
299
302
303
306
308
309
313
314
317
320
320
322
324
325
326
328
329
329
9 Calculation ...................................................................................................................................
Menu
329
Inflow (IPR) ..........................................................................................................................................................
May, 2009
331
PROSPER Manual
VII
PROSPER
System (Ipr +..........................................................................................................................................................
Vlp)
Left - Hand
.........................................................................................................................................................
Intersection for VLP/IPR curves
Sensitivity
.........................................................................................................................................................
Variables Screen
Sensitivity Combinations
.........................................................................................................................................
Screen
Calculation
.........................................................................................................................................................
Screen
Gradient (Traverse)
..........................................................................................................................................................
Options .........................................................................................................................................................
Maximum Grain
.........................................................................................................................................
Diameter
Erosional Velocity
.........................................................................................................................................
Calculation for Sand Laden Fluids
Gradient (Traverse)-Modified
.........................................................................................................................................
Turner Equation
Pigging
.........................................................................................................................................
VLP (Tubing..........................................................................................................................................................
Curves)
VLP (Tubing)
.........................................................................................................................................................
Curves - 3 Variables
VLP (Tubing)
.........................................................................................................................................................
Curves - 4 Variables
VLP (Tubing)
.........................................................................................................................................................
- Multi Variables
Choke Performance
..........................................................................................................................................................
Generate for..........................................................................................................................................................
GAP
Bottom Hole..........................................................................................................................................................
Pressure from Wellhead Pressure
References
.........................................................................................................................................................
Note on Enthalpy
..........................................................................................................................................................
Balance Model
335
337
338
340
341
351
354
354
357
359
361
361
361
366
369
370
373
373
375
375
10 Design Menu
................................................................................................................................... 376
Continuous ..........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift Design
Menu Options
.........................................................................................................................................................
New Well
.........................................................................................................................................................
Setting Up the .........................................................................................................................................
Design Problem
Gas Lift Valve Selection
.........................................................................................................................................
Performing the.........................................................................................................................................
Design (New Well)
Existing .........................................................................................................................................................
Mandrels Design
Setting Up the .........................................................................................................................................
Design Problem
Defining the Depths
.........................................................................................................................................
of Existing Mandrels
Gas Lift Valve Selection
.........................................................................................................................................
Performing the.........................................................................................................................................
Design (Existing Mandrels)
Valve Spacing .........................................................................................................................................
Designing with .........................................................................................................................................
Tubing Sensitive Valves
Spacing Procedure
.........................................................................................................................................
for Tubing Sensitive Valves
Proportional Valves
.........................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift .........................................................................................................................................................
Adjustments
Gaslift Valve
.........................................................................................................................................................
Performance
Valve Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Clearinghouse (VPC)
Intermittent Gas
..........................................................................................................................................................
Lift
Electrical Submersible
..........................................................................................................................................................
Pump Design
ESP Calculate
.........................................................................................................................................................
Checking Suitability
.........................................................................................................................................
of Separator Efficiency
ESP Design
.........................................................................................................................................................
(Pump, Motor and Cable Selection)
Checking the Pump
.........................................................................................................................................
Design
Hydraulic Pump
..........................................................................................................................................................
Design
HSP Calculate
.........................................................................................................................................................
HSP Design
.........................................................................................................................................................
(Pump and Turbine Selection)
Checking the Pump/Turbine
.........................................................................................................................................
Design
Progressive ..........................................................................................................................................................
Cavity Pump Design
PCP Calculate
.........................................................................................................................................................
PCP Design
.........................................................................................................................................................
(Pump and Rod Selection)
Coiled Tubing
..........................................................................................................................................................
GasLift Design
Jet Pump Design
..........................................................................................................................................................
377
377
377
378
384
384
389
390
391
392
392
396
396
397
398
401
405
405
406
407
409
410
411
413
414
416
417
419
420
421
422
423
426
Contents
VIII
Jet Pump
.........................................................................................................................................................
Calculate
Jet Pump
.........................................................................................................................................................
Design (Pump Selection)
Sucker Rod ..........................................................................................................................................................
Pump Design
Background
.........................................................................................................................................................
Design Sucker
.........................................................................................................................................................
Rod Pump
Enter Design Parameters
.........................................................................................................................................
Perform Design.........................................................................................................................................
Rod Sensitivity.........................................................................................................................................
Artificial Lift..........................................................................................................................................................
Database
Gas Lift .........................................................................................................................................................
Valve Database
Adding a New Valve
.........................................................................................................................................
ESP Database
.........................................................................................................................................................
Pump Database
.........................................................................................................................................
Adding a New...................................................................................................................................
Pump
Motor Database
.........................................................................................................................................
Adding a New ...................................................................................................................................
Motor
Cables Database
.........................................................................................................................................
Adding a New ...................................................................................................................................
Cable
HSP Database
.........................................................................................................................................................
Pumps Database
.........................................................................................................................................
Adding a New Pump
.........................................................................................................................................
Turbines Database
.........................................................................................................................................
Adding a New Turbine
.........................................................................................................................................
PCP Database
.........................................................................................................................................................
Pumps Database
.........................................................................................................................................
Adding a New...................................................................................................................................
Pump
Sucker Rods Database
.........................................................................................................................................
Adding a New...................................................................................................................................
Sucker Rod
Jet Pumps
.........................................................................................................................................................
Database
Pumps Database
.........................................................................................................................................
Adding a New...................................................................................................................................
Pump
MultiPhase
.........................................................................................................................................................
Pumps Database
Pumps Database
.........................................................................................................................................
Adding a New Pump
.........................................................................................................................................
Sucker Rod
.........................................................................................................................................................
Pump
Pump database.........................................................................................................................................
Adding a New...................................................................................................................................
Pump
Sucker Rods Database
.........................................................................................................................................
Adding a New...................................................................................................................................
Sucker Rod
11 Output
................................................................................................................................... 463
Report
..........................................................................................................................................................
Setting Up
.........................................................................................................................................................
the Reporting System
Reports .........................................................................................................................................................
Export
..........................................................................................................................................................
Export Setup
.........................................................................................................................................................
Plot
..........................................................................................................................................................
Plot Command
.........................................................................................................................................................
Summary
12 Units
464
464
464
478
479
481
482
................................................................................................................................... 485
Units Summary
..........................................................................................................................................................
Unit Systems
.........................................................................................................................................................
Changing
.........................................................................................................................................................
Unit Systems for some variables
Changing
.........................................................................................................................................................
the Units
Validation
.........................................................................................................................................................
Limits
May, 2009
427
429
430
430
433
434
435
436
438
439
440
441
441
443
445
446
447
447
448
448
449
449
450
451
451
453
454
455
456
456
457
457
458
459
460
460
461
461
462
485
486
487
487
488
PROSPER Manual
IX
PROSPER
Units Details..........................................................................................................................................................
Units Reset ..........................................................................................................................................................
13 Wizard
................................................................................................................................... 489
Running the..........................................................................................................................................................
Wizard
Creating/Editing
..........................................................................................................................................................
a Wizard
Notes of.........................................................................................................................................................
OS strings
Wizard examples
.........................................................................................................................................................
14 Help
488
489
489
490
491
492
................................................................................................................................... 492
Finding Information
..........................................................................................................................................................
in Help
493
Use the .........................................................................................................................................................
Search feature in Help
493
Use the .........................................................................................................................................................
Help Index
493
Context .........................................................................................................................................................
Sensitive Help
493
Accessing Help
.......................................................................................................................................................... 493
Help Through
.........................................................................................................................................................
the Menu
493
Getting Help
.........................................................................................................................................................
Using the Mouse
493
Getting Help
.........................................................................................................................................................
Using the Keyboard
494
To Minimise
.........................................................................................................................................................
Help
494
Whats New .......................................................................................................................................................... 0
Flow Correlations
.......................................................................................................................................................... 494
Open Server.......................................................................................................................................................... 494
Help About PROSPER
.......................................................................................................................................................... 494
Web Options.......................................................................................................................................................... 495
495
495
497
497
499
500
501
502
503
503
503
506
508
509
511
512
513
514
520
522
523
523
525
525
525
527
528
529
530
531
Contents
HSP PUMPS
......................................................................................................................................................... 532
HSP TURBINES
......................................................................................................................................................... 533
F - Glossary .......................................................................................................................................................... 534
G - IPM Compositional
.......................................................................................................................................................... 0
H - Importing..........................................................................................................................................................
Data from Text Files
544
Chapter 3
Examples Guide
550
1 Prosper Tutorials
................................................................................................................................... 550
Tutorial 00: Integrated
..........................................................................................................................................................
Oil Well Model
Objectives
.........................................................................................................................................................
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
General .........................................................................................................................................................
Approach
Available.........................................................................................................................................................
Data & Information
PVT Data from.........................................................................................................................................
the lab
Well Equipment.........................................................................................................................................
Data (Tubing etc)
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
Multi-Rate Well.........................................................................................................................................
Test Data
Model Construction:
.........................................................................................................................................................
Step by Step Procedure
Well Test
.........................................................................................................................................................
Analysis: Step by Step
Sensitivity
.........................................................................................................................................................
Runs
Tutorial 01: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
a dry and wet gas producer
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
PVT Input
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
Deviation survey
.........................................................................................................................................
Surface Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Down hole Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Static Geothermal
.........................................................................................................................................
Gradient
Average Heat Capacities
.........................................................................................................................................
Reservoir
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step
System Options
.........................................................................................................................................
PVT data Input.........................................................................................................................................
Saving the file .........................................................................................................................................
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Description
Deviation Survey
...................................................................................................................................
Surface Equipment
...................................................................................................................................
Down Hole Equipment
...................................................................................................................................
Geothermal gradient
...................................................................................................................................
Average Heat ...................................................................................................................................
Capacities
Equipment Summary
...................................................................................................................................
Saving the PROSPER
...................................................................................................................................
file
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR)
Estimation of the
.........................................................................................................................................
well flow rate
Well Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Curve Generation
Lift Curve generation
.........................................................................................................................................
for other applications
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................
Steps
...................................................................................................................................
Data Entry For...................................................................................................................................
Lift Curve Generation
Lift Curve generation
...................................................................................................................................
Lift Curve Inspection
...................................................................................................................................
Lift Curve Export
...................................................................................................................................
Tutorial 02: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
a naturally flowing oil well
May, 2009
552
553
553
553
553
555
556
558
559
559
576
595
600
601
601
601
601
602
602
602
602
603
603
604
604
605
606
606
608
608
609
610
611
614
614
618
622
628
628
629
629
632
633
634
637
PROSPER Manual
XI
PROSPER
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
PVT Input
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
Deviation survey
.........................................................................................................................................
Surface Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Down hole Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Static Geothermal
.........................................................................................................................................
Gradient
Average Heat Capacities
.........................................................................................................................................
Reservoir
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step
System Options
.........................................................................................................................................
PVT data Input.........................................................................................................................................
Saving the file .........................................................................................................................................
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Description
Deviation Survey
...................................................................................................................................
Surface Equipment
...................................................................................................................................
Down Hole Equipment
...................................................................................................................................
Geothermal gradient
...................................................................................................................................
Average Heat ...................................................................................................................................
Capacities
Equipment Summary
...................................................................................................................................
Saving the PROSPER
...................................................................................................................................
file
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR)
Estimation of the
.........................................................................................................................................
well flow rate
Well Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Curve Generation
Lift Curve generation
.........................................................................................................................................
for other applications
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................
Steps
...................................................................................................................................
Data Entry For...................................................................................................................................
Lift Curve Generation
Lift Curve generation
...................................................................................................................................
Lift Curve Inspection
...................................................................................................................................
Lift Curve Export
...................................................................................................................................
Tutorial 03: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
an oil well with black oil PVT matching
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
PVT Input
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
Deviation survey
.........................................................................................................................................
Surface Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Down hole Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Static Geothermal
.........................................................................................................................................
Gradient
Average Heat Capacities
.........................................................................................................................................
Reservoir
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step
System Options
.........................................................................................................................................
PVT data Input.........................................................................................................................................
Saving the file .........................................................................................................................................
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Description
Deviation Survey
...................................................................................................................................
Surface Equipment
...................................................................................................................................
Down Hole Equipment
...................................................................................................................................
Geothermal gradient
...................................................................................................................................
Average Heat ...................................................................................................................................
Capacities
Equipment Summary
...................................................................................................................................
Saving the PROSPER
...................................................................................................................................
file
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR)
637
638
638
638
638
639
639
639
640
640
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
651
652
655
659
664
664
665
665
667
668
669
672
672
673
673
673
674
674
674
675
675
675
676
676
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
689
689
Contents
XII
Estimation of the
.........................................................................................................................................
well flow rate
Well Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Curve Generation
Lift Curve generation
.........................................................................................................................................
for other applications
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................
Steps
...................................................................................................................................
Data Entry For...................................................................................................................................
Lift Curve Generation
Lift Curve generation
...................................................................................................................................
Lift Curve Inspection
...................................................................................................................................
Lift Curve Export
...................................................................................................................................
Tutorial 04: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
an horizontal oil well
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
PVT Input
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
Deviation survey
.........................................................................................................................................
Surface Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Down hole Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Static Geothermal
.........................................................................................................................................
Gradient
Average Heat Capacities
.........................................................................................................................................
Reservoir
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step
System Options
.........................................................................................................................................
PVT data Input.........................................................................................................................................
Saving the file .........................................................................................................................................
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Description
Deviation Survey
...................................................................................................................................
Surface Equipment
...................................................................................................................................
Down Hole Equipment
...................................................................................................................................
Geothermal gradient
...................................................................................................................................
Average Heat ...................................................................................................................................
Capacities
Equipment Summary
...................................................................................................................................
Saving the PROSPER
...................................................................................................................................
file
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR)
Sensitivity on well
.........................................................................................................................................
length and water cut
Tutorial 05: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
a multilateral Dry Gas Producer
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
PVT Input
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
Deviation survey
.........................................................................................................................................
Surface Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Down hole Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Static Geothermal
.........................................................................................................................................
Gradient
Average Heat Capacities
.........................................................................................................................................
Multilateral
.........................................................................................................................................................
IPR Data
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step
System Options
.........................................................................................................................................
PVT data Input.........................................................................................................................................
Saving the file .........................................................................................................................................
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Description
Deviation Survey
...................................................................................................................................
Surface Equipment
...................................................................................................................................
Down Hole Equipment
...................................................................................................................................
Geothermal gradient
...................................................................................................................................
Average Heat ...................................................................................................................................
Capacities
Equipment Summary
...................................................................................................................................
May, 2009
693
697
701
701
702
702
705
706
707
709
710
710
710
711
711
711
711
712
712
713
713
714
718
718
719
720
721
722
724
724
726
726
730
734
735
735
736
736
737
737
737
737
738
740
740
741
744
745
746
748
748
749
750
750
PROSPER Manual
XIII
PROSPER
Saving the PROSPER
...................................................................................................................................
file
Multilateral IPR.........................................................................................................................................
Input section
Estimation of the
.........................................................................................................................................
well flow rate and inspecting the detailled results
Tutorial 07: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
a slanted oil well
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
PVT Input
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
Deviation survey
.........................................................................................................................................
Surface Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Down hole Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Static Geothermal
.........................................................................................................................................
Gradient
Average Heat Capacities
.........................................................................................................................................
Reservoir
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step
System Options
.........................................................................................................................................
PVT data Input.........................................................................................................................................
Saving the file .........................................................................................................................................
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Description
Deviation Survey
...................................................................................................................................
Surface Equipment
...................................................................................................................................
Down Hole Equipment
...................................................................................................................................
Geothermal gradient
...................................................................................................................................
Average Heat ...................................................................................................................................
Capacities
Equipment Summary
...................................................................................................................................
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR)
Estimation of the
.........................................................................................................................................
well flow rate
Tutorial 08: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
a gas well with connected pipeline
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
Input Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step
Tutorial 09: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
a water injection well
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
PVT Input
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
Deviation survey
.........................................................................................................................................
Surface Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Down hole Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Static Geothermal
.........................................................................................................................................
Gradient
Average Heat Capacities
.........................................................................................................................................
Reservoir
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step
System Options
.........................................................................................................................................
PVT data Input.........................................................................................................................................
Saving the file .........................................................................................................................................
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Description
Deviation Survey
...................................................................................................................................
Surface Equipment
...................................................................................................................................
Down Hole Equipment
...................................................................................................................................
Geothermal gradient
...................................................................................................................................
Average Heat ...................................................................................................................................
Capacities
Equipment Summary
...................................................................................................................................
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR)
Estimation of the
.........................................................................................................................................
well injection flow rate
Lift Curve generation
.........................................................................................................................................
for other applications
752
752
770
776
776
777
777
777
777
777
778
778
779
779
779
780
781
782
782
784
784
785
787
787
789
794
798
798
799
799
803
803
804
804
804
804
804
805
805
806
806
806
807
808
808
809
810
811
812
814
814
816
820
824
Contents
XIV
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................
Steps
...................................................................................................................................
Data Entry For...................................................................................................................................
Lift Curve Generation
Lift Curve generation
...................................................................................................................................
Lift Curve Inspection
...................................................................................................................................
Lift Curve Export
...................................................................................................................................
Tutorial 10: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
a gas injection well
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
PVT Input
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
Deviation survey
.........................................................................................................................................
Surface Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Down hole Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Static Geothermal
.........................................................................................................................................
Gradient
Average Heat Capacities
.........................................................................................................................................
Reservoir
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step
System Options
.........................................................................................................................................
PVT data Input.........................................................................................................................................
Saving the file .........................................................................................................................................
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Description
Deviation Survey
...................................................................................................................................
Surface Equipment
...................................................................................................................................
Down Hole Equipment
...................................................................................................................................
Geothermal gradient
...................................................................................................................................
Average Heat ...................................................................................................................................
Capacities
Equipment Summary
...................................................................................................................................
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR)
Estimation of the
.........................................................................................................................................
well injection flow rate
Lift Curve generation
.........................................................................................................................................
for gas injectors
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................
Steps
...................................................................................................................................
Data Entry For...................................................................................................................................
Lift Curve Generation
Lift Curve generation
...................................................................................................................................
Lift Curve Inspection
...................................................................................................................................
Lift Curve Export
...................................................................................................................................
Tutorial 11: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
a steam injection well
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
PVT Input
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
Deviation survey
.........................................................................................................................................
Surface Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Down hole Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Static Geothermal
.........................................................................................................................................
Gradient
Reservoir
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step
System Options
.........................................................................................................................................
PVT data Input.........................................................................................................................................
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Description
IPR Data
.........................................................................................................................................
Estimation of the
.........................................................................................................................................
well injection flow rate
Tutorial 12: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
an oil well with gravel pack
Pre-requisite
.........................................................................................................................................................
and Statement Of The Problem
Gravel Pack
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
May, 2009
824
825
825
828
829
830
832
833
833
833
833
834
834
834
835
835
836
836
837
837
838
838
839
840
841
842
843
843
847
850
850
851
851
856
856
856
858
858
859
859
859
859
859
860
860
861
861
862
863
868
870
876
876
876
PROSPER Manual
XV
PROSPER
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step
System Options
.........................................................................................................................................
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR)
Estimation of the
.........................................................................................................................................
well flow rate
Tutorial 13: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
a frac and packed well
Pre-requisite
.........................................................................................................................................................
and Statement Of The Problem
Frac & Pack
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step
System Options
.........................................................................................................................................
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR)
Estimation of the
.........................................................................................................................................
well flow rate
Tutorial 14: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
a well with Pre-Packed Screen
Pre-requisite
.........................................................................................................................................................
and Statement Of The Problem
Pre-packed
.........................................................................................................................................................
Screen Data
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step
System Options
.........................................................................................................................................
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR)
Estimation of the
.........................................................................................................................................
well flow rate
Tutorial 15: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
a well with slotted liners
Pre-requisite
.........................................................................................................................................................
and Statement Of The Problem
Slotted Liner
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step
System Options
.........................................................................................................................................
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR)
Estimation of the
.........................................................................................................................................
well flow rate
Tutorial 16: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
a well with Wire Wrapped Screen
Pre-requisite
.........................................................................................................................................................
and Statement Of The Problem
Wire Wrapped
.........................................................................................................................................................
Screen Data
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step
System Options
.........................................................................................................................................
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR)
Estimation of the
.........................................................................................................................................
well flow rate
Tutorial 17: Fully
..........................................................................................................................................................
compostional well model for retrograde condenssate
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
PVT Input
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
Deviation survey
.........................................................................................................................................
Surface Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Down hole Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Static Geothermal
.........................................................................................................................................
Gradient
Average Heat Capacities
.........................................................................................................................................
Reservoir
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step
System Options
.........................................................................................................................................
PVT data Input.........................................................................................................................................
Saving the file .........................................................................................................................................
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Description
Deviation Survey
...................................................................................................................................
Surface Equipment
...................................................................................................................................
Down Hole Equipment
...................................................................................................................................
Geothermal gradient
...................................................................................................................................
Average Heat ...................................................................................................................................
Capacities
Equipment Summary
...................................................................................................................................
Saving the PROSPER
...................................................................................................................................
file
877
877
878
881
885
885
885
886
886
887
892
896
896
896
897
897
898
900
904
904
904
905
905
906
908
912
912
912
913
913
914
915
919
919
920
921
921
921
921
921
922
922
923
923
925
927
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
935
Contents
XVI
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR)
Estimation of the
.........................................................................................................................................
well flow rate
Tutorial 18: Fully
..........................................................................................................................................................
compostional CO2 injection well
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
PVT Input
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
Deviation survey
.........................................................................................................................................
Surface Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Down hole Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Static Geothermal
.........................................................................................................................................
Gradient
Reservoir
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step
System Options
.........................................................................................................................................
PVT data Input.........................................................................................................................................
Saving the file .........................................................................................................................................
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Description
Deviation Survey
...................................................................................................................................
Surface Equipment
...................................................................................................................................
Down Hole Equipment
...................................................................................................................................
Geothermal gradient
...................................................................................................................................
Equipment Summary
...................................................................................................................................
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR)
Estimation of the
.........................................................................................................................................
well flow rate
Tutorial 19: Matching
..........................................................................................................................................................
a dry gas well test
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
Well Test
.........................................................................................................................................................
data
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step
Open the PROSPER
.........................................................................................................................................
file
Resetting any previous
.........................................................................................................................................
VLP matching
Matching - VLP.........................................................................................................................................
/IPR Quality Check
Well Test Data...................................................................................................................................
Entry
Estimate the U-value
...................................................................................................................................
Correlation Comparison
...................................................................................................................................
VLP matching...................................................................................................................................
VLP / IPR matching
...................................................................................................................................
Performing Sensitivity
...................................................................................................................................
runs
Tutorial 20: Matching
..........................................................................................................................................................
a naturally flowing oil well test
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
PVT Lab.........................................................................................................................................................
data & Well Test data
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step
Open the PROSPER
.........................................................................................................................................
file
Resetting any previous
.........................................................................................................................................
VLP matching
PVT matching .........................................................................................................................................
Matching - VLP.........................................................................................................................................
/IPR Quality Check
Well Test Data...................................................................................................................................
Entry
Estimate the U-value
...................................................................................................................................
Correlation Comparison
...................................................................................................................................
VLP matching...................................................................................................................................
VLP / IPR matching
...................................................................................................................................
Performing Sensitivity
...................................................................................................................................
runs
Tutorial 21:..........................................................................................................................................................
Matching a water injection well test
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
Well Test
.........................................................................................................................................................
data
Step by.........................................................................................................................................................
Step
May, 2009
935
939
943
943
944
944
945
945
945
945
946
947
947
949
951
951
951
953
953
954
956
957
961
965
965
966
966
966
967
968
969
970
971
974
976
978
983
983
984
985
985
985
986
990
991
992
993
997
998
1005
1010
1010
1010
1011
PROSPER Manual
XVII
PROSPER
Open the PROSPER
.........................................................................................................................................
file
Resetting any.........................................................................................................................................
previous VLP matching
PVT matching.........................................................................................................................................
Matching - VLP
.........................................................................................................................................
/IPR Quality Check
Well Test Data
...................................................................................................................................
Entry
Estimate the ...................................................................................................................................
U-value
Correlation Comparison
...................................................................................................................................
VLP matching
...................................................................................................................................
VLP / IPR matching
...................................................................................................................................
Performing Sensitivity
...................................................................................................................................
runs
Tutorial 22:..........................................................................................................................................................
Matching a gas injection well test
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
PVT Lab
.........................................................................................................................................................
data & Well Test data
Step by.........................................................................................................................................................
Step
Open the PROSPER
.........................................................................................................................................
file
Resetting any.........................................................................................................................................
previous VLP matching
PVT matching.........................................................................................................................................
Matching - VLP
.........................................................................................................................................
/IPR Quality Check
Well Test Data
...................................................................................................................................
Entry
Estimate the ...................................................................................................................................
U-value
Correlation Comparison
...................................................................................................................................
VLP matching
...................................................................................................................................
VLP / IPR matching
...................................................................................................................................
Performing Sensitivity
...................................................................................................................................
runs
Tutorial 23:..........................................................................................................................................................
Continuous Gas Lift Design
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
Input Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
For Continuous GL design
PVT Data
.........................................................................................................................................
Reservoir Data
.........................................................................................................................................
for GL design
Equipment Data
.........................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift design
.........................................................................................................................................
parameters
Step by.........................................................................................................................................................
step procedure
Defining the options
.........................................................................................................................................
Description of.........................................................................................................................................
the gas lift PVT
Description of.........................................................................................................................................
the IPR
Description of.........................................................................................................................................
the Gas Lift Design Conditions
Performing the
.........................................................................................................................................
gas lift design
Transferring the
.........................................................................................................................................
valve depths
System Calculation
.........................................................................................................................................
for a gas-lifted well
Tutorial 24:..........................................................................................................................................................
Intermittent Gas Lift design
Introduction
.........................................................................................................................................................
to intermittent Gas Lift
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the problem
Step by.........................................................................................................................................................
step procedure
Setting up the.........................................................................................................................................
PROSPER model
Design of the .........................................................................................................................................
intermittent gas lift
Constant Surface
.........................................................................................................................................
Closing Pressure design
OptiFlow Gas.........................................................................................................................................
Lift Valve Design method
Tutorial 25:..........................................................................................................................................................
Coiled Tubing Gas Lift Design
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
Input Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
For Continuous GL design with Coiled Tubing
PVT Data
.........................................................................................................................................
Reservoir Data
.........................................................................................................................................
for GL design
Equipment Data
.........................................................................................................................................
Coiled Tubing.........................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift design parameters
1011
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1018
1020
1024
1027
1027
1028
1028
1029
1029
1030
1030
1031
1032
1033
1035
1037
1038
1041
1042
1042
1042
1042
1042
1042
1044
1044
1045
1046
1048
1051
1054
1055
1059
1059
1060
1061
1061
1072
1073
1076
1077
1078
1078
1078
1078
1079
1079
Contents
XVIII
Step by.........................................................................................................................................................
step procedure
Defining the options
.........................................................................................................................................
Gas lift PVT and
.........................................................................................................................................
CT Data
Description of.........................................................................................................................................
the IPR
Description of.........................................................................................................................................
the CT Gas Lift Design Conditions
Performing the
.........................................................................................................................................
CT gas lift design
Fixing the CT .........................................................................................................................................
injection depth
System Calculation
.........................................................................................................................................
for a CT gas-lifted well
Tutorial 26:..........................................................................................................................................................
ESP Design
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
Input Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
For ESP design
PVT Data
.........................................................................................................................................
Reservoir Data
.........................................................................................................................................
for ESP design
Equipment Data
.........................................................................................................................................
ESP design parameters
.........................................................................................................................................
Step by.........................................................................................................................................................
step procedure
Defining the options
.........................................................................................................................................
Description of.........................................................................................................................................
the well down hole equipment
Description of.........................................................................................................................................
the IPR
Description of.........................................................................................................................................
the ESP Design Conditions
Performing the
.........................................................................................................................................
ESP design
System Calculation
.........................................................................................................................................
for an ESP-lifted well
Notes on system
.........................................................................................................................................
plot (VLP+IPR) for ESP-lifted wells
Tutorial 27:..........................................................................................................................................................
Design of an Hydraulic Downhole Pump for an oil well
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
Input Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
For HSP design
Produced Fluid
.........................................................................................................................................
& Power Fluid PVT Data
Reservoir Data
.........................................................................................................................................
for HSP design
Equipment Data
.........................................................................................................................................
HSP design parameters
.........................................................................................................................................
Step by.........................................................................................................................................................
step procedure
Defining the options
.........................................................................................................................................
Produced Fluid
.........................................................................................................................................
& Power Fluid PVT Data
Description of.........................................................................................................................................
the well down hole equipment
Description of.........................................................................................................................................
the IPR
HSP Design .........................................................................................................................................
Tutorial 28:..........................................................................................................................................................
Sucker Rod Pump Design
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
Input Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
for SRP-Design
Fluid Properties
.........................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data
.........................................................................................................................................
Deviation Survey
...................................................................................................................................
Surface Equipment
...................................................................................................................................
Downhole Equipment
...................................................................................................................................
Geothermal Gradient
...................................................................................................................................
Average Heat...................................................................................................................................
Capacities
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Relation
SRP-Design parameters
.........................................................................................................................................
Step by.........................................................................................................................................................
step SRP design
Options
.........................................................................................................................................
PVT Data: Input
.........................................................................................................................................
& Matching
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
SRP Data
.........................................................................................................................................
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
May, 2009
1080
1080
1081
1082
1084
1086
1088
1089
1093
1093
1093
1093
1094
1094
1094
1095
1095
1096
1096
1098
1099
1103
1109
1113
1113
1114
1114
1114
1114
1114
1115
1115
1116
1117
1118
1120
1125
1126
1126
1126
1126
1126
1126
1126
1127
1127
1127
1127
1128
1129
1129
1133
1137
1139
PROSPER Manual
XIX
PROSPER
SRP Design .........................................................................................................................................
Running
.........................................................................................................................................................
sensitivities with a SRP-lifted well model
Tutorial 29:..........................................................................................................................................................
Progressive Cavity Pump (PCP) Design
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
Adding.........................................................................................................................................................
a PCP to the pump database
Adding.........................................................................................................................................................
a Sucker Rod to the database
Input Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
for PCP-Design
Fluid Properties
.........................................................................................................................................
Well Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
Deviation Survey
...................................................................................................................................
Surface Equipment
...................................................................................................................................
Downhole Equipment
...................................................................................................................................
Geothermal Gradient
...................................................................................................................................
Average Heat...................................................................................................................................
Capacities
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Relation
PCP-Design parameters
.........................................................................................................................................
Step by.........................................................................................................................................................
step procedure
PROSPER Well
.........................................................................................................................................
model set-up
PCP Design procedure
.........................................................................................................................................
PCP sensitivity
.........................................................................................................................................
calculation
Tutorial 30:..........................................................................................................................................................
Modelling Diluent Injection into an oil well
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
Input Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
Produced Fluid
.........................................................................................................................................
& Diluent PVT
Well Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
Diluent Injection
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
Step by.........................................................................................................................................................
step procedure
PROSPER Well
.........................................................................................................................................
model set-up
Calculating
.........................................................................................................................................................
Sensitivites
Tutorial 31:..........................................................................................................................................................
Modelling Multiphase Pump with PROSPER
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem
Model Set
.........................................................................................................................................................
Up
Calculating
.........................................................................................................................................................
Sensitivies
Tutorial 32:..........................................................................................................................................................
Trouble-shooting a gas lifted well
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
Input Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
PROSPER well
.........................................................................................................................................
model
Well test results
.........................................................................................................................................
for Quicklook
Gas Lift Valves
.........................................................................................................................................
Data
Step by.........................................................................................................................................................
Step Procedure
Tutorial 33:..........................................................................................................................................................
Trouble-shooting an ESP-lifted well
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
Well Test
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
Strategy
.........................................................................................................................................................
Phase 1: Build.........................................................................................................................................
a PROSPER model
Phase 2: Collect
.........................................................................................................................................
and analyse well test data
Phase 3: Analyse
.........................................................................................................................................
and match test to well model
Phase 4: Use.........................................................................................................................................
model to run what-if scenarios
Tutorial 34:..........................................................................................................................................................
Trouble-shooting an HSP-lifted well
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
Well Test
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
Strategy
.........................................................................................................................................................
Phase 1: Build.........................................................................................................................................
a PROSPER model
1144
1147
1150
1150
1151
1153
1155
1155
1155
1155
1156
1156
1156
1156
1156
1156
1157
1157
1166
1168
1173
1173
1174
1174
1175
1176
1176
1176
1176
1187
1191
1191
1192
1198
1202
1202
1203
1203
1203
1204
1204
1216
1216
1217
1217
1217
1217
1219
1223
1227
1227
1228
1228
1228
Contents
XX
Phase 2: Collect
.........................................................................................................................................
and analyse well test data
Phase 3: Analyse
.........................................................................................................................................
and match test to well model
Phase 4: Use.........................................................................................................................................
model to run what-if scenarios
Tutorial 35:..........................................................................................................................................................
Trouble-shooting a SRP-lifted well
Tutorial 36:..........................................................................................................................................................
Flow assurance calculations
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
Input Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
Step by.........................................................................................................................................................
step procedure
Tutorial 37:..........................................................................................................................................................
Pipeline Only Modelling & matching
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
Input Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
Fluid PVT data
.........................................................................................................................................
Pipeline Data .........................................................................................................................................
Flow test results
.........................................................................................................................................
Step by.........................................................................................................................................................
step procedure
PROSPER Model
.........................................................................................................................................
Setup
Pipe Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Matching
Sensitivity runs
.........................................................................................................................................
Tutorial 38:..........................................................................................................................................................
Full enthalpy balance tutorial
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
Input Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
PVT Data
.........................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data
.........................................................................................................................................
Deviation Survey
...................................................................................................................................
Surface Equipment
...................................................................................................................................
Downhole Equipment
...................................................................................................................................
Temperature...................................................................................................................................
Data
Drilling and Completion
...................................................................................................................................
Data
Lithology
...................................................................................................................................
Databases for
...................................................................................................................................
thermal properties
Reservoir Data
.........................................................................................................................................
Step by.........................................................................................................................................................
Step procedure
PROSPER Model
.........................................................................................................................................
Setup
System Calculation
.........................................................................................................................................
Tutorial 39:..........................................................................................................................................................
Improved Approximation
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
Input Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
PVT Data
.........................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data
.........................................................................................................................................
Deviation Survey
...................................................................................................................................
Surface Equipment
...................................................................................................................................
Downhole Equipment
...................................................................................................................................
Temperature...................................................................................................................................
Data
Reservoir Data
.........................................................................................................................................
Step by.........................................................................................................................................................
Step procedure
PROSPER Model
.........................................................................................................................................
Setup
System Calculation
.........................................................................................................................................
Tutorial 40:..........................................................................................................................................................
SPOT tutorial
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem
PVT Input
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data
System.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment Input Data
Deviation survey
.........................................................................................................................................
Surface Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Down Hole Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
May, 2009
1228
1229
1234
1239
1245
1245
1245
1251
1275
1275
1275
1275
1276
1277
1277
1278
1286
1294
1299
1299
1300
1300
1300
1300
1300
1300
1301
1301
1302
1302
1302
1303
1303
1317
1320
1320
1321
1321
1321
1321
1321
1321
1322
1322
1323
1323
1333
1336
1336
1337
1337
1337
1337
1337
PROSPER Manual
XXI
PROSPER
Static Geothermal
.........................................................................................................................................
Gradient
Average Heat.........................................................................................................................................
Capacities
Reservoir
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data
Step by.........................................................................................................................................................
Step
System Options
.........................................................................................................................................
PVT data Input
.........................................................................................................................................
Saving the PROSPER
.........................................................................................................................................
file
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................
Description
Deviation Survey
...................................................................................................................................
Surface Equipment
...................................................................................................................................
Down Hole Equipment
...................................................................................................................................
Geothermal gradient
...................................................................................................................................
Average Heat...................................................................................................................................
Capacities
Equipment Summary
...................................................................................................................................
Saving the PROSPER
...................................................................................................................................
file
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR)
Estimation of .........................................................................................................................................
the well flow rate
Comparison of
.........................................................................................................................................
different Gun Systems
Inspection of SPOT
.........................................................................................................................................
results at log- scale
Tutorial 41:..........................................................................................................................................................
Multi-Zones Completion using multilayer IPR
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the problem
Input Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
Modelling
.........................................................................................................................................................
Strategy
Step by.........................................................................................................................................................
Step Procedure
Tutorial 42:..........................................................................................................................................................
Multi-Zones Completion using multilateral IPR
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
of the problem
Input Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
Modelling
.........................................................................................................................................................
Strategy
Step by.........................................................................................................................................................
Step Procedure
Tutorial 43:..........................................................................................................................................................
Jet Pump Design
Statement
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of the Problem
Input Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
Jet Pump
.........................................................................................................................................................
Design Strategy
Step by.........................................................................................................................................................
Step Procedure to design a jet pump
1338
1338
1338
1341
1341
1342
1343
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1351
1351
1365
1369
1373
1383
1383
1384
1386
1386
1401
1401
1401
1403
1404
1435
1436
1436
1438
1438
Chapter
PROSPER
Technical Overview
This technical overview contains a succinct list of the major technical capabilities of
PROSPER. The capabilities can be divided in the following disciplines:
- Fluid modelling (PVT)
- Reservoir model (IPR)
- Well bore and pipeline hydraulics (VLP)
- Artificial lift options
- Flow assurance and advanced thermal options
1.1
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Technical Overview
- Non-Newtonian fluids,
- DLL for proprietary fluid viscosity model for Non-Newtonian fluids
- Emulsion models
1.2
PROSPER
1.3
1.4
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Technical Overview
1.5
Flow assurance
Advanced thermal models and miscellaneous options are available in PROSPER for flow
assurance features studies.
Chapter
User Guide
User Guide
This user guide is subdivided in the following sections:
- Introduction
- File management
- Quick Start Guide
- Data input - General
- PVT data input
- Equipment data input
- IPR data input
- Artificial Lift Data Input
- Matching menu
- Calculation Menu
- Design menu
- Output
- Units,
- Wizard and
- Help
2.1
Introduction
Welcome to PROSPER, Petroleum Experts Limited's advanced PROduction and S
ystems PERformance analysis software. PROSPER can assist the production or
reservoir engineer to predict tubing and pipeline hydraulics and temperatures with
accuracy and speed. PROSPER's powerful sensitivity calculation features enable
existing designs to be optimised and the effects of future changes in system
parameters to be assessed.
By separately modelling each component of the producing well system, then allowing
the User to verify each model subsystem by performance matching, PROSPER
ensures that the calculations are as accurate as possible. Once a system model has
been tuned to real field data, PROSPER can be confidently used to model the well in
different scenarios and to make forward predictions of reservoir pressure based on
surface production data.
PROSPER
black oil correlations. The black oil correlations can be modified to better fit
measured lab data. PROSPER allows detailed PVT data in the form of tables
to be imported for use in the calculations. A third option is to use the Equation
of State method. This option also allows the User to enter the equation of
state model parameters and uses the standard Peng-Robinson EOS model to
generate properties given a multi-stage separator scheme. With this option
the Users can also import all PVT data in the form of tables, which could have
been generated using their own proprietary EOS models.
3. The tool can be used to model reservoir inflow performance (IPR) for single
layer, multi-layered, or multilateral wells with complex and highly deviated
completions, optimising all aspects of a completion design including
perforation details and gravel packing.
4. It can be used to accurately predict both pressure and temperature profiles in
producing wells, injection wells, across chokes and along risers and flow lines.
5. The sensitivity calculations capabilities allow the engineer to model and
easily optimise tubing configuration, choke and surface flow line performance.
6. It can be used to design, optimise and troubleshoot the following artificial lift
systems: gas lifted, coiled tubing, ESP, PCP, HSP (hydraulic pump), Jet pump
and Sucker Rod pump equipped wells.
7. Its choke calculator can be used to predict flow rates given the choke size, or
the choke size for a specified production rate and of course, the pressure
drop across a known choke at a specified rate. It can also be used to
generate choke performance curves.
8. The multiphase flow correlations implemented can be adjusted to match
measured field data to generate vertical lift performance curves (VLP) for use
in simulators and network models.
9. The tool can utilise externally programmed dynamic link libraries (DLL) for
multiphase flow correlations, Equation of State (EOS) PVT calculations,
choke calculations, Inflow (IPR) models, HSP Gas De-Rating models and
proprietary viscosity models (both Newtonian and Non-Newtonian) .
10.The tool can be used in a matching or predictive mode. Matching of real data
is available in the PVT, IPR, Gradient matching and VLP matching sections.
In matching mode, real data can be entered and matched using nonlinear regression methods to create custom correlations that fit the
input data.
In predictive mode, the correlations created can be used to make
estimates of future well performance.
May, 2009
User Guide
performed by taking into account slug build up and decay due to pipeline
topography, giving an indication of expected slug length and frequency.
Pigging calculations are also available
12.Black Oil PVT tables can be imported directly into PROSPER. The black oil
tables can be generated by Petroleum Experts PVTP thermodynamics
analysis program or from from any third-party application, provided it has the
right format (*.PTB file). Equally compositional model can also be directly
imported as *.PRP file.
13.A flexible and fully customisable units system is implemented in PROSPER.
Data may be input using one set of units and output using a second set of
units. Validation limits and display resolution can be independently set for
each variable type.
14.It has the utility for flagging of potential hydrate formation, if the User chooses
this in the options. The additional input required for this calculation is the
hydration formation tables as a part of the black oil PVT description. The
hydrate and wax models are readily available if the fluid model in PROSPER is
compositional. Note that one can also use Petroleum Experts PVTP
thermodynamics analysis program to predict waxes and hydrates appearance
conditions. A compositional PROSPER model or PVTP can be used to
generate hydrate formation tables.
15.The following situations can be modelled:
Fluid Type:
Oil and Water (Black oil or Equation of State PVT)
Dry and Wet Gas (Black oil or Equation of State PVT)
Retrograde Condensate (Black Oil or Equation of State PVT)
Emulsion viscosity can be optionally applied for any combination of
inflow, tubing and ESPs or HSPs.
Separation mode: Single or Two Stage separation or Multistage (for
Compositional model)
Modelling of non-Newtonian fluids for oil wells
Modelling of Condensed Water Vapour for gas wells
Well Flow Configuration:
Tubing or Annular flow or Tubing + Annular flow
Producer or Injector
Artificial Lift Method:
Naturally flowing well
Gas lifted well (continuous and intermittent)
Electric submersible pump (ESP)
Hydraulic drive downhole pump (HSP)
Progressive Cavity Pumps
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
10
PROSPER
Jet Pumps
Gas Lift with Coiled Tubing
Injection of Diluents
Multiphase Pumps
Sucker Rod Pumps
Prediction Type:
Pressure Only
Pressure and Temperature Offshore
Pressure and Temperature on Land
Temperature Model:
Enthalpy Balance with or without steam
Rough Approximation
Improved Approximation with or without steam
Completion:
Cased Hole
Open Hole
Sand control:
Gravel Pack
Pre-packed screen
Wire wrapped screen
Slotted liner
Sand failure
Reservoir:
Single Well
Multi-lateral Well in a Multi-layered Reservoir
Gas Coning (Rate dependent GOR calculator)
May, 2009
User Guide
11
The gravity component is due to the density of the fluid mixture at each point in the
system and is a complex function of the relative velocity of the phases present.
PROSPER makes a flash computation at each calculation step to determine the
proportion of oil, water and gas present. The no-slip density is then calculated using
the proportions of each phase and the predicted density at each pressure and
temperature step.
Industry standard 2-phase correlations are then applied to determine the increase in
apparent fluid density due to the higher vertical velocity of gas compared to oil and
water (slippage). The gravity head loss is proportional to the fluid density corrected
for slip. The slip correction to be applied depends on the flow regime, fluid velocity
etc. The need for an accurate PVT description for predicting the gravity head loss
become obvious.
Friction losses are controlled by fluid viscosity and geometric factors (pipe diameter
and roughness). In the majority of oilfield applications, (i.e. large elevation difference
between inlet and outlet with liquids present) the gravitational component normally
accounts for around 90% of the overall head loss. Therefore, the total pressure drop
function may often not be particularly sensitive to the value of the friction loss
coefficient.
The acceleration component is usually small except in systems involving significant
fluid expansion. However, it is accounted for in all PROSPER calculations.
Historically, systems analysis software has lumped all flowing pressure loss terms
together and allowed the User to match real data by adjusting the roughness
coefficient of the friction loss term. This will certainly achieve a match for a particular
rate, but cannot be expected to achieve a match over a significant range of rates due
to the different dependencies of the gravity and friction loss terms on liquid velocity.
The recommended engineering approach when modelling wells and / or pipelines
response with PROSPER is to first construct a robust PVT model for the fluid. The
process consists when possible in entering laboratory PVT data and adjusting the
black oil correlation model to fit the measured data while respecting the fluid
thermodynamics. This approach consistently improve the accuracy of forward
prediction.
In essence, an accurate PVT model confines any uncertainty in the gravity loss term
to the slip correction only.
In the VLP matching phase, PROSPER divides the total pressure loss into friction and
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
12
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
User Guide
13
The production riser is properly accounted for by PROSPER. The User-input riser
geometry determines the heat loss coefficients calculated by the program between
the seabed and wellhead.
The Improved Approximation is a full Enthalpy Balance model, with the difference
that the heat exchange coefficient is not calculated but defined by the User along the
completion. Like the Enthalpy Balance model, the Joule Thompson effect is
accounted for.
PROSPER is also able to predict condensate liquid drop out using either black oil or
compositional models.
PROSPER uses a "Smart Menu" system. Only data relevant to a particular problem
need to be entered.
The flow chart below gives an outline of the calculation steps required to carry out a
simple systems analysis using PROSPER.
14
PROSPER
2.1.3 Examples
To help illustrate the power of PROSPER, examples are provided with the program.
We suggest to run through them to become familiar with the program and its various
options.
The example guide provide the User with tutorials covering various dexterity and
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
15
engineering topics showing how to build, match and use a well model.
All the example files related are in the folder ~\samples\PROSPER , where
Petroleum Experts software in installed. The location of this directory depends on
where the program has been installed.
2.2
File Management
This section describes the menus, options and procedures used in PROSPER to
create new files and open or save existing files. The Units system and how to define
printer settings are also outlined. The menus described in this section are the
PROSPER File menu and Units menu.
The File menu provides additional options such as defining the default data
directory, as well as the facility to establish links to other programs running under
Windows.
PROSPER will (optionally) open the last file accessed when it starts. PROSPER also
displays a file status screen that shows the application options selected in summary
format: input PVT and IPR data, the equipment type summary and the analysis
output.
To protect the work, good practice is to save the file on a regular basis. This simple
procedure could potentially prevent hours of input and analysis being lost.
16
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
Next, select the Save As command and save the data under a new file
May, 2009
User Guide
17
name.
2.2.1.5 Creating a New File
While working with PROSPER, new input or output data files can be created at any
time. To create a new file, from the File menu simply choose the New command.
This command does not actually create a new and separate file, but re-initialises the
program input/output data.
2.2.1.6 Opening an Existing File
Existing data files can be opened quickly and easily at any time during the current
working session. To open a file, from the File menu choose the Open option. It is
possible to select one of the following file types:
Input Data (. SIN)
Input and Analysis Data (. ANL)
Input, Analysis and Output Data (. OUT)
by using the Files of Type dropdown box.
The file open dialog is exactly the same as in any Windows program.
18
PROSPER
2.2.2 Preferences
The Preferences screen is used to customise the program to your particular
requirements. Click Preferences from the File menu to customise PROSPER. Click
on the appropriate tab at the top of the data entry section in order to change the
option require. The various tabs are described below:
2.2.2.1 Main Screen
This tab is used to customise the appearance of the PROSPER main screen and all
data entry (dialog) screens.
Dialog Font
This changes the font type and size used to display all data entry screens. This may
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
19
20
PROSPER
2.2.2.2 File
May, 2009
User Guide
21
2.2.2.3 Plot
22
PROSPER
Use this tab to set defaults for all aspects of the plot.
Always Use Plot Defaults
Each time a plot is done default values will be used rather than the last selected
values for each particular plot type
X Grid Blocks
Number of gaps between grid lines on X-axis. (Range 1-20)
Y Grid Blocks
Number of gaps between grid lines on Y-axis. (Range 1-20)
Plot Labels
Shows or hides the plot labels.
Plot Scales
Shows or hides the plot scales
Plot Legend
Shows or hides the plot legend. If the legend is hidden, the body of the plot will
expand to fill the whole window.
Scaling Method
Endpoint or rounded. Endpoint means the scales are taken from the exact
extremities of the data being plotted. Rounded means that ranges are chosen to
surround the data but with whole numbers ensured for the end points and the
gridline intervals.
Grid Line Type
Selects from dotted lines, dashed lines, solid lines or tick marks.
Mouse Readout
Switches the mouse cursor position readout no or off.
Date Stamp Title
Selects to append the current data and time to the plot title or not
Line Thickness
To select the thickness of plotted lines
Vertical Font
Selects the default font for all vertical text (Y-axis)
Horizontal Font
Selects the default font for all horizontal text
Default Colours
Sets the default colour scheme for the plot
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
23
This tab allows to add up to four of the Users favourite or most-often used Windows
applications to the PROSPER menu. Although PROSPER has a very flexible reporting
system the User may wish to use a spreadsheet (such as EXCEL), a word processor
(such as WORD) and a presentation package (such as Power Point) to build
presentation quality reports using PROSPER output in a slick and efficient manner.
Any output (plots and reports) produced by PROSPER is automatically copied to the
Clipboard. From there it can easily be pasted into one of the above-mentioned
applications using one simple keystroke. Using the power and flexibility of the
chosen application, high quality reports and presentations can be easily prepared.
All plots can be saved in Windows Metafile format. These can be easily read by a
word processing package or presentation graphics package and give the maximum
flexibility for user customisation.
All reports can be saved in TSV (Tab Separated Variable) format using the Export
facility that means they will automatically be tabulated when read into the favourite
spreadsheet.
Enter a description and a command line for each application to be added to the
PROSPER menu.
The description is the data that appears on the menu.
The command line is the full path name of the program to execute.
24
PROSPER
2.2.2.5 Limits
This tab allows the User to specify limiting values and tolerances for the following
parameters:
-
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
25
2.2.2.6 Units
This tab allows to specify the default Units Systems to use for new files.
If setting the option "Always Use Default Units" to "Yes", then the units displayed for
any file read in will always be set to the default choice, regardless of the settings in
the file.
Units Database Directory: this is the location where the PROSPER Units database
(PRPUNITS.PXDB) resides.With the browse button one can alter it.
The free format number set the precision for all inputs and output data to free.
26
PROSPER
2.2.2.7 Equipment
This option defines the default values for the Pipeline and Tubing Roughness that
will be used in the Equipment Data.
2.2.2.8 VPC
VPC stands for Valve Performance Clearinghouse.
Done
Cance Click on this button to discard changes made on all tabs in the current
edit session..
l
Help
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
27
For members of the VPC consortium, access to the VPC gas lift valve database is
established through this screen.
28
PROSPER
This utility is also used to update the software key and to view versions. Software
keys must be updated when new programs or modules are required or the key expiry
date changed.
Entering the Authorisation Code
To enter the authorisation codes, click the Update button. The following screen will
appear:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
29
Enter the codes you have received from Petroleum Experts from left to right
beginning with the top row. The easiest way to do this is to use the Paste button to
copy the codes from the email sent by Petroleum Experts. Press Continue to
activate the codes or Cancel to quit the code update.
Updating the Software Protection Key
Access to the software automatically ceases when the license expiry date has
elapsed. You are however, reminded several days in advance, which gives you
sufficient time to contact Petroleum Experts to obtain update codes. This occurs
when either:
The software license trial period has ended.
The annual software maintenance fee is due.
Software protection keys also need updating when you acquire new Petroleum
Experts software packages. The procedure for updating the software key is the
same as described above. When the appropriate screen appears, enter the codes
provided - from left to right beginning with the top row. Press OK to activate the
codes, or Cancel to quit the update. To view the expiry date for any of the enabled
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
30
PROSPER
2.2.4 FileList
Use this screen to search for PROSPER files anywhere in your system.
Browse a directory and then Load Files to visualise all the PROSPER files contained
within the selected directory. Information about the files will be imported as well.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
31
32
PROSPER
Type or Paste the OS string in the String field, then select one of basic OS
commands (DoGet, DoSet, DoCommand), if required enter the Value (valid only if
using DoSet) and click Evaluate to perform the function.
In the Returned value it is possible to read the results of the operation.
The buttons Commands, Variables and Functions will access the lists of the strings
of the commands, input/output variables and functions
NEW!!! In the string lists screen it is possible to search for strings by using the Search functi
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
33
34
PROSPER
PROSPER will display a list of the currently installed DLLs of the selected type. To
add a correlation, click Add and select the appropriate file from the file dialogue.
Click OK and it will be imported into PROSPER.
MODEL
EXTENSION
Flow Correlation
.COR
.CHK
.VSM
Information about particular correlations (name, phases and flow regimes modelled,
etc.) can be obtained by clicking the Info button. A screen similar to the following will
be displayed.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
35
36
PROSPER
The Printer Setup command of the File menu allows to select a printer and define its
set-up options.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
37
The appearance of printed reports is controlled by the export data set-up options that
have been set.
Click Setup to display the following screen:
Select a suitable font and set the margins etc. that will be used for printed export
data. Only non-proportional fonts are allowed in reports to maintain vertical
alignment of the columns.
38
PROSPER
Click OK to return to the output screen. Clicking Print initiates generation of the
export data and sends it to the selected destination.
Export data can be sent to the following entities:
Printer -
File Creates an ASCII data file and saves it. Clicking Print will display a
dialogue box that requests a file name and destination. Enter a suitable file name
(the program automatically appends a ".PRN" extension) and click OK to save the
file. The Fixed Format option saves a file in a printer ready format that can be
imported into a DOS based word processor or text editor. Use the Tab Delimited
format to save a file suitable for importing directly into a spreadsheet such as
EXCEL.
Clipboard - Clicking Print after selecting this option copies the data onto the
Windows clipboard. From the Clipboard, can view, edit and paste the data directly
into another Windows application. E.g. a word processing program. Tab delimited
data can be pasted directly into spreadsheets.
Screen Clicking Print after selecting this option allows to view the report on
the screen. Scroll through the data using the scrolling thumbs or arrows. When
finished viewing, click OK to return to the main menu.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
39
This command button is used in the Equipment and Gas Lifted (safety
equipment) option screens. It will select all input parameters and data
points for automated editing.
Calculate
Cancel
Continue
Continues to the next input screen. Any changes to the fields will be
saved and retained in memory for later calculations. A warning message
will be displayed when fields requiring input data are left blank.
Copy
To copy existing data points, select the line entries to duplicate and click
on Copy. Next, select the destination line(s) and click on Copy again.
Subsequent line entries will be not be overwritten by this operation.
Correlations Displays the results of any matching performed under the VLP/IPR
Match option.
Delete
This command button is used in the Equipment and Gas Lifted (safety
equipment) option screens. It allows to delete individual or several data
points.
To delete, select the line entries to erase and click on Delete. If one
wishes to delete all existing line entries, click All and then Delete. The
program will clear the input screen.
Done
Edit
Export
Brings up the Data Export interface. This will be specific to the data on
the active window.
40
PROSPER
Help
Import
Calls up the general import interface that allows to grab data from any
text file. This button will usually be found where tabular data is to be
input.
Insert
This allows to add one or several data points providing there are
sufficient entry fields. Select the line number where to add a new entry
and click on Insert. The program will move existing line entries down to
accommodate the inserted line(s).
Main
Match
Move
Allows to re-arrange data points. Select the line(s) to transfer and click
on Move. Next, select the destination line(s) and click on Move again.
Subsequent line entries will be moved down to accommodate the
transferred line(s).
Plot
Plots any calculated results and displays them on screen. Hard copies
of the screen display can be printed by selecting the Hardcopy command
button on the Plot screen.
Recall
Allows to recall an existing PVTP file. The User will be prompted for the
directory and name of the file.
Report
Calls up the reporting interface with a report that is specific to the active
window. This is generally found on windows that display the results of
calculations. It is then possible to choose to print this report. The report
is generated from a system report template.
Reset
Save
Saves a current PVTP file. If this is a new data file, the User will be
prompted for a file name.
May, 2009
User Guide
41
Allows to define the screen display colours of plot labels, scales, grids,
etc.
Finish
Hardcopy Generates black and white or colour print copies of the screen plot. It is
automatically sent to the device selected.
2.3
Labels
Allows to label plots. All plot labels are stored in memory and saved
when Output files are generated.
Replot
Scales
Allows to re-define the minimum and maximum values for the X and Y
plot axes.
or double-click the
42
PROSPER
The menu options across the top of the screen are the PROSPER main menu options. Each
is described below.
2.3.1.1 File
The File menu is a management menu with commands that enables to open, save
or create new data files.
It is possible to use this menu to define the default data directory, printer set-ups
options and hook in external DLLs. A facility for accessing other Windows programs
via PROSPER is also provided.
2.3.1.2 Options
The Options menu is the starting point of PROSPER and the key to the program.
Use this menu to define the application and principal well features such as prediction method, artificial lift type and fluid type. The options selected are unique
to the current file and apply until changed by the user, or another file is recalled.
These options also determine the subsequent screens, menus and commands that
are displayed.
2.3.1.3 PVT
Use the PVT menu to define well fluid properties and select fluid property
correlations.
PVT correlations can be modified to match laboratory-measured data using a nonPROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
43
2.3.1.4 System
The System menu is used to define the well's downhole and surface equipment as
well as the reservoir inflow performance.
When applicable, Gas Lift, ESP, HSP, PCP and other artificial lift methods
equipment data are entered in this menu.
2.3.1.5 Matching
The Matching menu allows comparison of field data with calculated pressure drops
in well tubing and surface piping. All available correlations can be compared to allow
selection of the model that best suits the field conditions.
2.3.1.6 Calculation
The Calculation menu provides with the relevant calculation options. Calculations
to determine well performance, pressure and temperature profiles in the wellbore,
perform sensitivity analyses, make gradient comparisons and generate lift curve
tables are available in this menu.
2.3.1.7 Design
ESP, HSP, PCP, Jet Pumps, Sucker Rod Pumps, Multiphase Pumps sizing as well
as gas lift mandrel placement and valve setting pressure calculations, coiled tubing
and diluents injection are available from the Design menu. Access to the databases
that hold gas lift valves, ESP, HSP, PCP, Jet pumps, Sucker Rod Pumps (NEW!!!)
equipment characteristics is via the Design menu also.
2.3.1.8 Output
The Output menu is used to generate reports, to export data and to plot data.
Report templates are provided and user templates can also be defined. The data
used can be input data, analysis data, results or plots. Reports can be saved in
various file formats (RTF, TXT and native) and can be displayed or sent to a printer.
Export data can be viewed on screen, sent to the Windows clipboard, sent to a
printer or saved in a file. Plots can be printed directly, saved to a report file or a
Windows metafile. Selected plots can also be sent to the clipboard where they can
be retrieved by other Windows-based programs.
44
PROSPER
2.3.1.9 Wizard
This menu accesses the wizard area of PROSPER. This allows to Create/Edit and
Run wizards that allow the User to build and run models step-by-step guided fashion.
2.3.1.10Units
This menu is used to define the input and output units of measurement. A flexible
system of units is provided allowing to customise the internal units system.
2.3.1.11Help
Provides on-line help for PROSPER. The User can get help on specific tasks, fields
or commands. Help is also given on the keyboard and miscellaneous Windows
commands.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
45
The entry screen is divided in two main sections - System options and User
information.
Under the System options section, define the well characteristics such as fluid type,
well completion, lift method, etc. These selections determine information that will be
required to enter later. The lower section of the screen comprises the header
information and comments that identify the well and will appear on the report and
screen plot titles.
Option Selection
To select an option, click on the arrow to the right of the required field. The list of
available choices will be displayed.
46
PROSPER
2.3.2.1.2 Method
Black Oil
This option uses industry standard Black Oil models. Five correlations are
available for oil producers. For gas condensate systems an internally
developed model is used. These correlations can be adjusted to match
measured data using non-linear regression.
Equation of State
Reservoir fluid is modelled by pseudo components having user-specified
properties. The two equation of state models Peng-Robinson and
Soave-Redlich-Kwong are available in PROSPER to predict PVT
properties.
User EoS DLLs can also be linked into PROSPER.
Target GOR Method (Use Separator Fluids or Use Fluid from PSAT)
2.3.2.1.4 Separator
Single Stage
This option is available for black oil option for following fluids:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
47
Multi-Stage
This option is available for:
- Retrograde Condensate Black Oil model
- Equation of State Method
Up to 10 stages of separation can be modelled for compositional applications.
2.3.2.1.5 Emulsions
No or Emulsion + Pump viscosity correction
Select Emulsion + Pump viscosity correction to allow input of Emulsion
viscosity in the PVT section. This option must be selected to turn on pump
viscosity corrections.
2.3.2.1.6 Hydrates
Disable Warning or Enable Warning
Select Enable Warning to allow flagging of hydrates formation in
calculation screens. To use this feature, go to the PVT section and enter
or import the hydrates formation table.
48
PROSPER
May, 2009
User Guide
49
50
PROSPER
2.3.2.3.2 Type
If Gas Lift is the chosen method, then the following types are available.
No Friction Loss In Annulus
It is the classic approach for the annulus gas gradient. The pressure drop
due to friction in the annulus is ignored and the gas gradient is determined
by the top casing pressure and the temperature profile.
Friction Loss In Annulus
The pressure drop due to friction in the annulus is taken into account, but
the top casing pressure is assumed constant. If this option is selected the
tubing equipment screens will automatically change and require tubing OD
and casing ID data to be entered.
Safety Equipment
Surface delivery lines, chokes, the gas lift injection string and safety valves
in the annulus are taken into account. Top casing pressures will change
with injection rate.
If Hydraulic Drive Downhole Pump is the chosen method, then the following types
are available.
Commingled Annular Supply
The power fluid for the turbine is supplied via the annulus and returns to
surface, commingled with the produced fluid via the tubing.
Commingled Tubing Supply
The power fluid for the turbine is supplied via the tubing and returns to
surface, commingled with the produced fluid via the annulus.
Closed Loop Supply
The power fluid for the turbine is supplied via the outer annulus and
returns to surface via the inner annulus. The reservoir fluid is produced
through the tubing. There is no commingling of produced and power
fluids.
If Progressive Cavity Pump is the chosen method, then the following types are
available.
Sucker Rod Drive
The program will assume to have a surface drive head from which require
rods in order to move the rotor across the pump.
Downhole motor drive
The program assumes to have a downhole motor instead of surface drive
motor.
If Coiled Tubing Gas Lift is the chosen method, then the following types are
available.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
51
52
PROSPER
2.3.2.4.2 Model
Three models for temperature calculations are available:
Rough Approximation
Calculates the heat loss from the well to the surroundings using an
overall heat transfer coefficient, the temperature difference between
the fluids and the surrounding formation and the average heat capacity
of the well fluids. The geothermal gradient entry screen is used to
input formation temperatures (e.g. from logging runs) at measured
depth points. A minimum of the surface and first node temperatures
are required. Temperatures entered should be the extrapolated static
temperatures, and should not be confused with the entry of measured
flowing temperatures required for the Predicting pressure only case.
The Rough Approximation temperature model requires calibration
using measured temperature data. It is not accurate in a predictive
mode.
Enthalpy Balance
This rigorous thermodynamic model considers heat transfer by
conduction, radiation, and forced and free convection. Heat transfer
coefficients are calculated using values held in a user-definable
database. The temperature prediction calculations are transient,
allowing sensitivities against flowing time to be run. This temperature
model requires considerably more input data and computation time for
either Predicting Pressure Only or the Rough Approximation
temperature model.
The production riser is properly taken into account. Therefore the heat
loss prediction between the seabed and wellhead will be accurate.
Due to increased computation times, we recommend that this option
be used only when temperature prediction rather than pressure loss is
the required result
(for e.g. process calculations and material
selection).
The Enthalpy Balance temperature model is capable of accurate
flowing temperature prediction for a wide range of conditions.
The temperature prediction is useful for generating temperature profiles
in:
long pipelines
subsea wells
high pressure/temperature exploration wells
predicting temperature/pressure profiles to help predict wax/
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
53
hydrate deposits.
These models also account for Joule-Thompson Effects.
The temperature calculation must commence from a known condition.
This is usually the reservoir pressure and temperature.
As a
consequence, calculating from a downstream node (unknown
temperature) to an upstream node (known temperature) is not
meaningful
Improved Approximation
As the Enthalpy Balance model, this is also a full enthalpy balance
pressure and temperature prediction model, with the difference that the
term of the enthalpy balance concerning the heat exchange with the
surroundings (which includes free and forced convection, conduction
and radiation) is simplified by a heat loss term characterised by an
overall heat exchange coefficient.
For this reason data related to the completion hardware and thermal
properties are not necessary.
Like any enthalpy balance model, Joule-Thomson Effect is also
accounted for.
These characteristics make this model particularly useful when an
accurate calculation of temperature is sought for and only a few data
on the completion are available.
The geothermal gradient entry screen is used to input formation
temperatures (e.g. from logging runs) at measured depth points. A
temperature gradient in the sea can be entered for offshore
applications. A minimum of the surface and first node temperatures are
required. Temperatures entered should be the extrapolated static
temperatures, and should not be confused with the entry of measured
flowing temperatures required for the Predicting pressure only case.
The Improved Approximation temperature model requires calibration
using measured temperature data. It is not accurate in a predictive
mode.
2.3.2.4.3 Calculation
Full System
Calculations for pipelines, tubing and reservoir
Pipeline Only
Calculations for pipelines only
54
PROSPER
2.3.2.4.4 Output
Show calculating Data
During a calculation it displays the calculated values
Hide calculating Data
Select Hide to speed up calculations by not updating calculation screen
displays. This will automatically be set to Hide when run from GAP
None
Gravel Pack
Pre-Packed Screen
Slotted liners
2.3.2.7 Reservoir
2.3.2.7.1 Type
Single Branch
This option allows to model single branch IPRs. The IPR screen comes with
various standard inflow models from which the user selects one.
Multilateral Well
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
55
Enables the Multilateral IPR model. For the multi-lateral selection, the IPR
screen requires detailed drawing of the downhole completion.
56
PROSPER
Like other databases in PROSPER, the user can add, delete and amend the inputs in
the gun database. A filter allows to select guns by:
- vendors,
- Gun OD
- Gun types
- Minimum restriction and
- Tolerance.
The following section was taken from the SPOT help file and is published with
permission from Shell:
The gun database contains API 19-B1 and API RP 43 Section I Data for perforating
guns available from:
Schlumberger (SLB)
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
Dynawell (DYNA)
GEODynamics (GEODynamics)
Titan (TITAN)
57
Companies were provided with an opportunity to adjust/ update data in the SPOT
Gun Database. It is recommended that Users cross check all critical information with
the appropriate perforating manufacturer/ service company before a gun type/
completion method is selected.
Sections I to IV of API 19-B are summarised below:
Section III - firing a single charge into a metal target at elevated temperature;
Section IV - firing a single charge into a stressed rock sample under simulated
wellbore and reservoir conditions, then measuring the flow performance of the
perforated sample relative to its performance prior to shooting;
Section V2 - measuring the amount of debris retained within a fired fullyloaded gun section in order to calculate how much debris will be introduced
into the wellbore per foot of gun;
It should be noted that API RP43 preceded API RP19B. The American Petroleum
Institute (API) Perforating Subcommittee adopted API RP19B during November of
2000, and state that API 19B is the only document that API recognizes as valid in
this program. As API 19B data is not available for all gun systems, API RP43 data
has also been included in the database (data sources are clearly marked). Although
API RP43 is not officially valid, Section 1 testing for both API RP43 and API 19B is
based on concrete targets.
As concrete is not representative of reservoir rock, API 19-B and API-RP 43 Section
1 data is converted to downhole conditions in SPOT using Shell proprietary
correlations (based on laboratory research). Although these correlations should
provide a reasonable estimate of perforation characteristics in reservoir rock under
downhole conditions, a better estimate of perforation performance can be obtained
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
58
PROSPER
The database is also accessible from the down hole equipment screen so that the
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
59
user can select any tubing from the database directly to be used for the description
of the down hole equipment.
The database lists casing manufacturer, type, specification, seal, Casing OD, casing
weight, Casing ID and wall thickness.
The database can be accessed from the down hole equipment input screen. From
the down hole equipment screen, the user can select any casing available in the
database and use it directly for the description of the well bore.
60
PROSPER
The database lists nominal pipe size, pipe OD, Iron Pipe Size, Steel schedule
number, wall thickness and pipe internal diameter.
The pipe database can be accessed from the surface equipment input screen. From
the surface equipment input screen, the user can select any pipe available in the
database and use it directly for the description of surface pipes.
2.4
2.4.1 Introduction
To predict pressure and temperature changes from the reservoir, along the well bore
and flow line tubular, it is necessary to accurately predict fluid properties as a
function of pressure and temperature. The User must enter data that fully describes
the fluid properties or enables the program to calculate them. There are four
possible approaches:
- Correlations: Where only basic PVT data is available, the program uses traditional
black oil correlations, such as Glaso, Beal, Petrosky etc. A unique black oil model is
available for condensates and details of this can be found later in this guide as well
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
61
62
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
63
Enter the required data in the fields provided. Movement from one box to another
can be done using the TAB key. Next, select a Pb, Rs and Bo correlation and a
viscosity correlation to use then click OK.
Enter the oil solution GOR. This should not include free gas production.
For gas production in wells producing injection or gas cap gas the solution
GOR should still be entered. The balance of free gas production is
accounted for elsewhere.
Mole Percent CO2, N2 and H2S refers to the separator gas stream composition.
CO2 Injection
When an "Oil and Water" model is used to describe the fluid, the viscosity
correlation used by default for gas viscosity calculations is the Lee
correlation.
For some details about the input parameters, refer to the Glossary (Appendix F).
64
PROSPER
2.4.2.2 Tables
In PROSPER the PVT data can also be entered as tables by clicking Tables from the
main PVT input screen. Up to fifty separate tables may be entered, each at a
different temperature. The program will use the data from the tables in all further
calculations provided the Use Tables option has been selected on the input data
screen. This option should be used only when extensive table data is available for a
range of temperatures.
Rather than entering the values by hand, PROSPER can read in tables of Black Oil
PVT properties. To do this, click the Import button from the Tables screen, and
PROSPER will prompt for the name of an ASCII file containing the PVT data.
Petroleum Experts PVT Package PVTp can be used to calculate and export Black
Oil PVT tables. An example of the PVT Table import file format is given in Appendix
E.
Alternatively, data can be passed directly from Excel on a table-only basis using the
Clip button. The Clip button will paste the copied data from Excel into the selected
PVT table.
PROSPER Manual
PROSPER interpolates the entered table data and if the entered data is
incomplete i.e., one table containing only a single row of values will result
in interpolation errors.
May, 2009
User Guide
65
Information on how to import the data from a ASCII File can be found in Appendix H
- Importing Data from Text Files.
2.4.2.3 Match Data
Click the Match Data button and enter PVT laboratory measured data to match to as
shown on the example screen below:
Since gas evolution in the tubing is a constant composition process, Flash data, not
differential liberation data should be used for matching. For each match data table,
enter the temperature and bubble point, then enter pressure versus gas oil ratio, oil
FVF and oil viscosity. Where data is incomplete or not available, leave the field
blank. Use the GOR and FVF at bubble point plus the viscosity if available. Enter
only the minimum number of points to ensure a good match.
Better results for sparse laboratory PVT data sets are usually obtained using
correlations matched to the available lab data rather than using a PVT table lookup.
2.4.2.4 Regression
This option is used to perform the non-linear regression, which adjusts the
correlations to best-fit laboratory measured PVT data. The non-linear regression
matching technique can be used on up to five PVT match tables, each with a
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
66
PROSPER
different temperature.
variables:
Pb
Bubble point pressure.
GOR
Gas oil ratio versus pressure.
Oil FVF
Oil formation volume factor versus pressure.
Oil viscosity Oil viscosity versus pressure.
It is not necessary to match on all properties for all applications. In cases where the
PVT data is incomplete or of poor quality, better results can often be obtained by
matching on the best characterised parameters only. However, because bubble
point can be difficult to accurately predict from correlations, it is recommended that,
where possible, it is used as a match parameter. The minimum data required to
perform a regression match is the bubble point and GOR.
The form of the correlations for FVF is different above and below the
bubble point. If the FVF at bubble point is not available, the regression may
not achieve good results. When matching the oil FVF, always enter data at
the bubble point. Do not enter many match points only use the minimum
number to define the shape of the correlation curves. In most cases, only
data at the bubble point is required.
2.4.2.4.1 Match
From the Regression screen, individual correlations can be matched to selected
measured PVT data by:
Selecting the correlations
Selecting the fluid properties to match to
Clicking Match
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
67
All correlations can be matched to all the fluid property data in one keystroke by
selecting the Match All command button.
2.4.2.4.1.2 Parameters
Having performed the matching process, the match parameters are displayed by
clicking the Parameters button. The non-linear regression technique applies a
multiplier - Parameter 1, and a shift - Parameter 2 to the correlations. The standard
deviation is also displayed, which represents the overall closeness of fit. The lower
the standard deviation, the better the fit. The best overall model is the one that has
Parameter 1 closest to unity.
The Parameters button displays the PVT correlations parameters screen. This
shows the match parameters and the standard deviation for each matched
correlation. Use these statistics to select the best correlation for the data set and
conditions pertaining to the application. A plot should be made (refer calculation and
plot sections) and a visual check of the fit quality performed before making the final
correlation selection. The match parameters can be reset i.e. returned to the unmatched state by selecting the reset option. The following is an example of a
correlation parameters screen:
68
PROSPER
The standard correlations do not always accurately model the FVF above bubble
point (especially for heavy or waxy oils). Additional match parameters (Parameter 3
and 4) have been introduced to allow the FVF to be independently tuned below (P1
and P2) and above (P3 and P4) the bubble point.
In all circumstances, always enter match data at the bubble point to ensure that no
discontinuities occur.
2.4.2.5 Correlations
This options displays the match parameters and standard deviations for each
matched correlation. See the Match section for a more detailed explanation.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
69
2.4.2.6 Calculate
In order to make a plot or listing of fluid property data, PROSPER must first calculate
the values over a specified range of temperatures and pressures. Using the
calculated data points, plots of fluid properties versus temperature or pressure can
be generated. The following is an example of the PVT Calculations screen. If the
correlations have been matched, then the fluid properties will be calculated using the
modified correlations.
70
PROSPER
The PVT section can be used as a convenient calculator by entering User selected
data points, then entering specific temperatures and pressures to calculate fluid
properties.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
71
72
PROSPER
Carefully examine the PVT plots for consistency with the match data. If necessary,
select a different correlation and repeat the PVT calculations until satisfactory results
have been obtained.
PROSPER Manual
For multi-well projects, set up matched PVT models for each producing
May, 2009
User Guide
73
area first. This will save time and reduce the potential for error by recalling
the relevant PVT data into each well file.
2.4.2.9 Composition
In the PVT Input Data screen, click the Composition button, and PROSPER will use
the PVT properties (Oil Gravity, GOR) to estimate the composition of the reservoir
fluid. The estimated composition is used internally by PROSPER to calculate
thermodynamic properties needed in the choke and enthalpy balance temperature
models. The following is an example of an estimated Black Oil composition:
Click BI Coefficients and PROSPER will display the Binary Interaction coefficients to
be used in an EOS description of the fluid. An example BI Coefficients display is
shown below:
74
PROSPER
2.4.2.10Emulsions
If Options | Emulsions is selected PROSPER allows selection of the emulsion
occurrence in the system from the PVT input dialogue. This tells PROSPER where
the viscosity corrections will take place during calculation
The Flowline Emulsion Data button opens the Emulsion Data entry screen.
Water cut can be entered at this point that will then be used to calculate the
emulsion viscosity in the PVT calculation section.
2.4.2.10.1 Emulsions
PROSPER can model the effect of Oil/Water emulsions on mixture viscosity for Black
Oil PVT systems. The behaviour of emulsions in producing well equipment is not
well understood. Emulsion PVT in PROSPER provides a means to assess possible
effects of increased emulsion viscosity by curve fitting experimentally determined
data. It must be emphasised that the method is empirical and does not represent
any rigorous model of emulsion behaviour.
In the laboratory, stable emulsions can be prepared from many crude oil / water
systems. Emulsion samples discovered in surface separation equipment do not
necessarily imply that emulsions are present in the well. Field experience shows
that the effect of emulsions is usually less than predicted by laboratory tests.
Emulsion PVT should be used with caution and only when it is certain that
emulsions are present and it is necessary to evaluate their effect on calculated
pressures.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
75
To enable emulsion PVT in PROSPER, the Emulsion option must first be selected on
the Options screen. Emulsion viscosity will replace the mixture viscosity for selected
elements of the production system. Experimental or empirical emulsion viscosity
data can be entered and curve-fitted using non-linear regression. The fitted curve is
used to optionally replace the oil/water mixture viscosity in IPR, VLP and pump
calculations. When selected, emulsion viscosity for the User-entered value of water
cut will be substituted for the fluid mixture viscosity.
Drop down the Emulsion box and select from the following:
No viscosity corrections
Turns off emulsion viscosity corrections
Everywhere
Emulsion viscosity for IPR, VLP and pump if present
Tubing and Pipe
Emulsion viscosity for casing, tubing and pump if present
Pump only
Emulsion viscosity for pump only
Pump and Above
Emulsion viscosity in pump and tubing above pump
Tubing + Pipe (not pump)
Emulsion viscosity in tubing and pipe only
The selection of system elements affected by emulsion can be changed at a later
time
76
PROSPER
Experimental Parameters
Match Parameters
Results of regression
The pressure and temperature that correspond to the experimental conditions are
entered in Experimental Parameters. This enables PROSPER to correct the
emulsion viscosity for temperature and pressure.
May, 2009
User Guide
77
When the regression has stopped, click Plot to display the matched mixture
viscosity:
2.4.2.11Non-Newtonian Fluid
PROSPER can model the effect of non-Newtonian fluids.
The implementation of the model is based on drilling fluid models developed by
TotalFinaElf.
A fluid whose viscosity is not constant at all shear rates and does not behave like a
Newtonian fluid would fall into this category. This will enable foams in heavy oils to
be modelled more accurately. Most drilling fluids are non-Newtonian.
78
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
79
where:
= Shear Stress
0 = Yield Stress
K = Consistency Index
= Shear Rate
n = Shear Thinning Index
For further details about how the viscosity model is used to determine the apparent
viscosity, please refer to the Help on-line of PROSPER.
2.4.2.12Power Fluid Data
If one of the following Artificial Lift Methods have been selected: HSP (Hydraulic
Submersible Pump), Diluent Injection or Jet Pump, then additional details of the
power fluid must be supplied to estimate the fluid properties.
There are two choices for power fluid type:
If Water is selected, then the only other data required is the salinity of the power
fluid. The program will then estimate fluid properties using the normal water PVT
model.
If Other Fluid is selected, then tables of fluid properties need to be entered that
PROSPER will use for interpolation. The program will never extrapolate so please
ensure that the table data covers the expected ranges of pressures and
temperatures. Click the Properties button and the following screen will be displayed.
80
PROSPER
Tables of data for up to 10 temperatures may be entered. Please ensure that the
tables span the expected range of conditions that will be encountered.
The Generate feature allows to automatically calculate the tables using the
PVT model in the main screen.
If a PVT model is available for the power fluid, the suggestion is the
following:
1. Enter in the PVT main screen the fluid black oil properties
2. Use Generate to create the tables modelling the power fluid
3. Enter in the main screen the black oil parameters for the produced
fluid
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
81
82
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
83
The bottom-right part of the screen will only appear when the option Calculate
Condensate Water Vapour is selected in the Options | Water Viscosity section. If
this option is selected, the effects of condensation of water vapour on the pressure
drop calculation in the tubing / pipeline will be taken into account.
This model applies to most gas wells. The condensate production is included in the
gas stream as an increase in density - the flow remains single-phase gas plus free
water if present. The Separator Pressure is used to estimate the GE (Gas
Equivalent Rate). The separator temperature is assumed to be the same as the top
node temperature. If there is significant hydrocarbon liquid drop out in the tubing, a
retrograde condensate model should be used.
The Separator Pressure is used to calculate
The Gray VLP correlation has an internal PVT routine that models the
effect of liquid dropout in the tubing. This overrides the Dry and Wet gas
PVT.
Please refer to the PVT Matching Data section. Matching operations are
carried out as for oil PVT.
84
PROSPER
If the separator pressure is above dew point, then there can be no liquid
production. When the dew point is unknown, set it to the reservoir pressure.
PROSPER handles conflicting input data by dropping the separator
pressure to atmospheric, and increasing the separator gas gravity as
required accounting for the liquid production indicated by the Separator
GOR. The mass balance is respected at all times.
The black oil condensate model must not be matched as previously done
for oils. This is because the black oil model for condensate in PROSPER
uses a mathematical model and matching could throw the model out of
bounds.
2.4.4.2 Calculations
Fluid property data can be calculated for a specified range of temperatures and
pressures. If the correlations have been matched, then the matched correlations will
be used for the calculations. Plots of fluid properties versus temperature or pressure
can be generated.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
85
and,
2) Soave-Redlich-Kwong(SRK)EoS:
86
PROSPER
and
The PVT calculation method is identical for all reservoir fluid types i.e., oil and water,
condensate or gas.
The choice of fluid type affects the choice of IPR and VLP models as well as the
range of available sensitivity variables.
A Note about using the EOS option
PROSPER can handle pressure drop calculations using EOS PVT in two distinct
ways:
It can calculate fluid properties at each calculation step from the EOS
explicitly. This option eliminates any potential interpolation errors, as the EOS
is used to calculate fluid properties at the exact node pressure and
temperature. The additional computing overhead required by this method
increases calculation times.
If PVT tables have been generated using the EoS, selecting the Interpolated
from Generated Tables option instructs PROSPER to look up and interpolate
the tables. The tables must be calculated over a sufficient number of points
that cover the entire range of pressures and temperatures to reduce
interpolation errors. For problems that require it, the Use Tables option allows
an EOS fluid description to be used without significantly increasing
computation times.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
87
88
PROSPER
May, 2009
User Guide
89
Over the past few years, our PVT experts have been working on ways to speed up
the calculation of properties from an EOS model. Speed is one of the main issues
with fully compositional models and the options in this field will define the speed of
calculations.
The objective of this option is to speed up the calculations without penalising the
accuracy the results. The Medium mode is the fastest (up to 80 times)
Volume Shift
Option to enable/disable the use of Volume Shift in the EoS.
Path to Surface
This Option specifies the path the fluid follows down to standard condition.
This is essential when calculating volumetric properties like FVF or GOR, which are
path dependent. The amount of gas and liquid resulting from the calculations will be
different depending on the path the fluid will take to standard conditions. These are
the available options:
Use K values
The Use K Values option is an addition to the compositional modelling that
allows modelling the process based on K-values (equilibrium ratios). This can
allow process calculations from systems more complex than separation to be
represented as Pseudo separators and can be obtained from process
simulators.
To import the K values select Import KValues:
90
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
91
These options should reflect the EOS available for the fluid (from
PVTP for example) and the process (path) the fluid follows to standard
conditions (which will affect the volumes and quality of the resulting
fluid)
92
PROSPER
The EOS fluid model is activated via the Options Summary screen where the
various EOS options can be selected. The Options can also be changed from the
EoS main screen by selecting Change.
This screen requires input of pseudo component concentrations and properties
(critical temperature, pressure and volume, acentric factor, molecular weight and
specific gravity). Up to 30 pseudo components can be entered. Entry of Critical
Volume, Volume Shift, Boiling Point Temperature and Parachor are optional.
Use of regressed critical volume data will improve the quality of calculated liquid
viscosities. Where critical volume data is unavailable, PROSPER uses a correlation to
estimate the values. The Parachor is used for surface tension calculation. Binary
interaction components are entered on a screen similar to that shown below by
clicking on the BI coeffs button from the EOS input screen.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
93
After entering the interaction coefficients, click OK to return to the input screen.
Then click Generate to display a screen requesting the range of pressures and
temperatures and the number of pressure and temperature steps to calculate.
94
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
95
Properties
Click the Properties button and the program will determine the equivalent black oil
properties by flashing the fluid to atmospheric (i.e. standard) conditions using the
separator scheme entered in the main screen.
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
96
PROSPER
Production rates entered in PROSPER when using EOS PVT assume the
produced fluid is flashed through the user-entered separator train.
The Gray VLP correlations internal PVT will override the EOS PVT.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
97
98
PROSPER
The EOS input screen allows pseudo component data to be imported directly from
data files such as those generated by Petroleum Experts' PVT package PVTp or
other programs. Simply click Import and select the appropriate file from the dialogue
box. Once fluid properties have been generated, they can be saved in a .PVT file by
clicking the Save button and entering a file name when prompted.
Calculate Hydrate...Wax
This utility allows to calculate the Hydrate formation curve, along with the wax
occurrence temperature.
The Hydrate formation curve and wax formation temperature plot will be displayed
along with the phase envelope.
2.4.5.3.3 Target GOR
This feature allows to calculate the recombined fluid composition characterised by a
GOR different to the Original Composition GOR:
Enter the new GOR in the Target GOR field and the Calculate, and the program will
use the Target GOR method defined in the main EoS options in order to determine
the new composition.
The Calculated composition is reported in the Calculated column.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
2.5
99
100
PROSPER
To start data entry for a new application, click All Edit. PROSPER will then display
all the relevant input screens in sequence.
If data has already been entered, clicking the Summary command button will display
a summary of the current equipment.
To go back and edit one particular equipment item, click on the button beside the
appropriate item.
Data can be entered for the surface equipment and then include or exclude it
temporarily from any calculation by setting the Disable Surface Equipment choice
box at the bottom of the screen to Yes.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
101
Once depths have been entered, plot the well profile by selecting Plot. A plot similar
to the one below will be displayed:
102
PROSPER
The reference depth used by PROSPER for all calculations is zero in the
Deviation Survey table. The Deviation Survey table is interpolated to
determine the difference in TVD between any two well nodes. MD and TVD
data must be at least as deep as the bottomhole tubing depth; PROSPER
will not calculate beyond the last depth in the table.
Deviation survey data entry is required also for vertical wells - enter 0,0 for
the surface reference and an MD the same as the TVD of the intake node.
The deviation survey has to start with 0 measured depth and 0 TVD. Due
to this reason, the reference depth (where TVD = 0) has to be at or above
the wellhead.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
103
For Horizontal wells the deviation survey may be entered only up to the
heel of the well, as the well from the heel all the way up to the to is a part of
the inflow description.
2.5.1.1.1 Filter
When more than 18 points are available, the Filter allows a determined number of
points (up to 18) that best-fit the entered points (see figure below).
In the Raw Data table (figure above) enter the data from the survey.
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
104
PROSPER
It is possible to copy the table by selecting the first row (click on the
number 1) and Paste from the Clipboard
These are the function buttons:
Calculate Angle
Reset
Filter
Transfer
screen
When selecting Filter, the program will fit up to 18 points in order to reproduce the
well trajectory previously imported:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
105
The Plot function allows to quality check the fitting. In the plot the well entered
trajectory (in red) is plotted along with the fitted points (in green):
106
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
107
Fittings have been added to the surface equipment section of PROSPER to account
for the various pressure losses associated with pipe fittings throughout a given
system:
PROSPER defines surface equipment as the pipe work between the production
manifold and the upstream side of the wellhead choke. The production manifold is
regarded by PROSPER as presenting a constant back-pressure, regardless of flow
rate. If systems analysis is to be performed relative to the wellhead, (i.e. gathering
system pressure losses are neglected) then no surface equipment input is required.
The surface equipment model can be described using the following 2 elements:
Pipe
Choke
The manifold is set as the first equipment type automatically by PROSPER. Surface
equipment geometry can be entered either as pairs of X, Y co-ordinates relative to
the manifold or the Xmas Tree, Reverse X, Y (Y co-ordinates deeper than the
reference depth are negative) or TVD of the upstream end and the length of the pipe
segment.
The difference in TVD between the ends of a pipe segment is used to calculate
gravity head losses. The internal diameter (ID), roughness and pipe length entered
determine the friction pressure loss. The flowing temperatures for each upstream
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
108
PROSPER
node must also be entered when calculation option Pressure only is selected.
The Rate Multiplier column enables simulation of the pressure drop due to several
identical wells being connected to a production manifold via a common surface flow
line. The fluid velocity in the flowline is multiplied by the value entered increasing the
frictional pressure losses. For most applications it should be left at its default value
of 1.
The editing buttons Cut, Copy, Paste, Insert and Delete operate on data records that
have been selected by clicking on their row number button(s). All records can be
simultaneously selected by clicking the All button. Use the Import button to import
data from a wide variety of sources. Up to 200 pipe segments can be entered,
enabling the user to model very long pipelines.
PROSPER multi-phase choke pressure loss correlation accounts for both critical and
sub-critical flow. We would recommend the use of the ELF Choke correlation that it
similar to the Petroleum Experts method and is more robust in extreme conditions.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
109
Ensure that the length of each pipe segment is equal to or greater than the
difference in TVD between its ends.
The downhole and surface equipment entries must describe a continuous
system. The TVD and temperature of the upstream end of the last pipeline
segment should be equal to the Xmas tree TVD and temperature. In X,Y
co-ordinates, the Y co-ordinate of the last pipe segment must be the same
elevation as the wellhead TVD. (i.e. same magnitude, but opposite sign)
To check that the surface equipment description is accurate, click Plot to display a
plot of the pipe elevation as follows:
110
PROSPER
Tubing
SSSV
Restriction
Casing
PROSPER automatically inserts the Xmas tree as the first downhole equipment item.
To describe the tubing string, work from the shallowest depth downwards, entering
the bottom depth of changes in tubing diameter, ID and roughness factor.
An SSSV is considered to have no length, and is modelled as a sharpedged orifice inserted between adjacent tubing string elements. A
restriction is handled identically to an SSSV.
The pressure loss
calculations in PROSPER account for choking as sonic flow velocity is
approached.
Casing is treated the same as tubing for pressure drop calculations. Downhole
equipment details should be entered down to the producing interval being analysed.
The deepest depth entries for the tubing, deviation survey and temperature should
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
111
be consistent.
Below the uppermost producing perforation, the flow profile (as measured
by a production logging tool) depends on layer productivity etc. The
uppermost producing perforation is the deepest point in the well passing
100% of the production. Below this point, the calculated frictional pressure
gradient may be over-estimated in high rate wells having small I.D.
completions.
To select tubing string elements to build up the tubing string description, click on the
list box arrows to the right of the item fields and select the equipment from the dropdown list. The editing buttons Cut, Copy, Paste, Insert and Delete operate on data
records that have been selected by clicking on their row number button(s). All
records can be simultaneously selected by clicking the All button. Use the Import
button to import data from a wide variety of sources. Up to 18 tubing string elements
can be input. For complex completions, simplify the data entry by entering only the
major elements that dominate the overall tubing pressure drop.
The Rate Multiplier column enables simulation of the pressure drop due to
intermittent sections of dual completion. The fluid velocity in the tubing is multiplied
by the value entered - thereby increasing the frictional pressure losses. For standard
single tubing completions it should be left at its default value of 1.
2.5.1.4 Temperature Survey
This screen enables entry of the flowing temperature profile of the well. If no
bottom hole flowing pressure survey data is available, the static reservoir
temperature at the mid-point of perforations and the wellhead flowing temperature
can be used. A minimum of two depth / temperature points is required.
112
PROSPER
The editing buttons Cut, Copy, Paste, Insert and Delete operate on data records that
have been selected by clicking on their row number button(s). All records can be
simultaneously selected by clicking the All button. Use the Import button to import
data from a wide variety of sources.
PROSPER interpolates temperatures from the survey data for depths within
the table limits, and uses linear extrapolation elsewhere. To eliminate
potential errors, ensure that a temperature is entered for the deepest node
depth. It is recommended that the maximum temperature survey depth,
deviation survey depth and intake node depths are all consistent.
2.5.1.5 Summary
Before leaving the System Equipment screen, the accuracy of the equipment
description should be checked by making an equipment summary. Click Summary
to display the summary screen.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
113
Selecting the appropriate button from the Summary screen can draw a sketch of the
surface and downhole equipment. Select Draw Downhole to display a sketch
similar to the following:
114
PROSPER
To start data entry for a new application, click All Edit. PROSPER will then display
all the relevant input screens in sequence. If data has already been entered, clicking
the Summary command button will display a schematic summary of the current
equipment.
To go back and edit one particular equipment item, click on the button beside the
appropriate item. Data can be entered for the surface equipment and then include or
exclude it temporarily from any calculation by using the Disable Surface Equipment
choice box at the bottom of the screen.
May, 2009
User Guide
115
transfer coefficient.
The heat transfer coefficient should not be confused with the pipe thermal
conductivity. The overall heat transfer coefficient accounts for the heat flow through
the production tubing, annulus and insulation (if present) to the surroundings. Heat
transfer by forced and free convection, conduction and radiation must all be
accounted for in the value of the overall heat transfer coefficient. In PROSPER, the
overall heat transfer coefficient is referenced to the pipe inside diameter.
116
PROSPER
As for surface equipment, enter an overall heat transfer coefficient that describes the
resistance to heat flow by all mechanisms (convection, radiation and conduction)
from the well to its surroundings. The Enthalpy Balance temperature model is a
convenient way to determine average heat transfer coefficients. The heat transfer
area is referenced to the pipe inside diameter.
2.5.2.1.5 Average Heat Capacities
To edit Average Heat Capacities, click its check box then click Edit to display the
following dialogue:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
117
Enter values that correspond to average conditions in the well. Note that for oil, and
especially gas that Cp values are strong functions of both temperature and pressure.
The default values will often give reasonable results in moderate GOR oil
wells. However, actual Cp values for oil and gas vary widely. Do not rely
on the defaults - obtain good estimates of Cp, or use the Enthalpy
Balance method where accurate temperature prediction is required.
118
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
119
To calculate heat losses, additional data such as outside diameter, material type and
insulation (if used) are required to be input. The surface equipment model can utilise
the following equipment types:
Line pipe
Coated pipeline
Flexible tubes
User selected
Choke
To allow for pipe bends, etc., enter an equivalent length/diameter. The choke
calculation handles both sub-critical and critical flow. The program will calculate the
temperature drop across the choke. Descriptive labels for each element can be
entered in the Label field if desired. Labels appear on reports and calculation
screens. Surface equipment geometry can be optionally entered as TVD of the
upstream end of the pipe segment and length or as X, Y (from the manifold or the
Xmas Tree) co-ordinate pairs. Refer to Section 6.1.2 above for more details.
The Rate Multiplier column enables simulation of the pressure drop due to several
wells being connected to a production manifold via a common surface flow line. The
fluid velocity in the flowline is multiplied by the value entered - thereby increasing the
frictional pressure losses. For most applications it should be left at its default value
of 1. As an example, the pressure drop in a flowline connected to 3 identical wells
could be modelled using a pipeline rate multiplier of 3. 2 parallel flowlines having
identical dimensions can be modelled by entering the actual dimensions for one pipe
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
120
PROSPER
and a pipeline rate multiplier of 0.5. It is also possible to vary the rate multiplier along
the pipeline to simulate varying sections of dual pipelines for example.
The editing buttons Cut, Copy, Paste, Insert and Delete operate on data records that
have been selected by clicking on their row number button(s). All records can be
simultaneously selected by clicking the All button. Use the Import button to import
data from a wide variety of sources. Up to 200 pipe segments can be entered,
enabling the user to model very long pipelines.
Pipe insulation (e.g. concrete, foam or bitumen) can be modelled. To define the pipe
insulation click the Enter button to display the following screen:
Select the required insulation type from the drop-down list, then enter the thickness.
Enter the insulation beginning with the innermost layer. PROSPER uses the thermal
properties in its database to calculate the thermal conductivity of the composite
insulation. Click OK to return to the surface equipment screen. Different insulations
can be entered for each section of the flowline as required. The calculated
composite thermal conductivity is referenced to the pipe inside diameter. Pipes can
be laid on the surface (burial depth = 0) or buried. The diagram below shows the
burial depth geometry.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
121
The burial depth is the distance between the soil surface and the bottom of the pipe
(including insulation, if present). The pipe is partially buried if the burial depth < O.D.
of the insulated pipe.
Ensure that the flowline pipe geometry is consistent with the pipe burial
depth. If necessary, insert another node and change the burial depth for e.
g. the riser.
The soil conductivity around buried surface pipes is taken from the
Thermal Properties database for the shallowest rock type entered in the
Litho logy screen. In previous PROSPER releases, the soil conductivity was
fixed at 3.5 W/m/K.
The thermal properties database for downhole equipment elements can be edited or
added to if required. Pressure and temperature changes across subsurface safety
valves and restrictions (nipples) are correctly modelled. The following is an example
of a downhole equipment data input screen:
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
122
PROSPER
For the Enthalpy Balance temperature model the casing dimensions and material
type are entered under Drilling and Completion, so the downhole equipment
description is required only for the tubing string.
To select tubing string elements to build up the tubing string description, click on the
list box arrows to the right of the item fields and make the appropriate selection from
the drop-down list. The editing buttons Cut, Copy, Paste, Insert and Delete operate
on data records that have been selected by clicking on their row number button(s).
All records can be simultaneously selected by clicking the All button. Use the Import
button to import data from a wide variety of sources. Up to 18 tubing string elements
can be input. For complex completions, simplify the data entry by entering only the
major elements that dominate the overall tubing pressure drop.
The Rate Multiplier column enables simulation of the pressure drop due to
intermittent sections of dual completions. The fluid velocity in the tubing is multiplied
by the value entered - thereby increasing the frictional pressure losses. For standard
single tubing completions it should be left at its default value of 1.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
123
in the Temperature Data screen enter the temperature gradient in the formation (just
like in the Geothermal Gradient section for Rough Approximation), and the
temperature profile in the sea, along with the sea velocity.
If the surface equipment is exposed to air, the data concerning to the air
temperature, humidity and velocity will be accounted for the temperature calculation
124
PROSPER
The screen below shows an offshore well with a 30" OD riser run to a seabed depth
of 400 ft. The well also has a 7" OD liner run to 14000 ft with the liner top set at
11000 ft.
The completion fluid Liquid and Gas properties can have a significant effect on the
heat loss through the annulus. If pressure is maintained on the annulus, the mud
weight used should be modified to reflect the actual annulus pressure at the packer
depth. If the well is being gas lifted, the program assumes that the annulus is full of
gas down to the injection point.
The editing buttons Cut, Copy, Paste, Insert and Delete operate on data records that
have been selected by clicking on their row number button(s). All records can be
simultaneously selected by clicking the All button. Use the Import button to import
data from a wide variety of sources.
For complex completions fluids, select the appropriate Customised Options from
the main Drilling and Completions section. Completion fluid property data will be
entered via look-up table data. Figure 6-14 shows the data required when selecting
the Completion Fluid Gas Type | Customised option from the drilling and
completions section.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
125
Five temperature dependent tables of properties can be entered. Please ensure that
the table will span the expected range of pressure- temperature conditions. The
program will not extrapolate outside the range of the input table. Use the Import
button to import data from a wide variety of sources.
2.5.2.2.6 Lithology
The program contains a database of thermal properties for various rock types
including Sandstone, Shale, Limestone, Dolomite, Halite and others. The thermal
properties database can be edited and added to as required. If detailed lithology
data is available it should be entered in the screen as shown below. If no data is
available, use shale from surface to total depth.
126
PROSPER
The reservoir temperature and pressure should be entered for the production
reference depth. The formation temperature gradient is interpolated between the
reservoir and surface environment temperatures.
The editing buttons Cut, Copy, Paste, Insert and Delete operate on data records that
have been selected by clicking on their row number button(s). All records can be
simultaneously selected by clicking the All button. Use the Import button to import
data from a wide variety of sources.
Thermal properties for buried pipelines are taken from the shallowest
formation type entered in the Lithology screen.
2.5.2.2.7 Databases
This optional feature is used to access the thermal properties databases for editing
or addition of user-defined materials. Select Databases and click Edit and the
following selection screen will be displayed:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
127
128
PROSPER
Check that the units are correct prior to entering the thermal properties.
Edited values remain in memory and become part of a particular well model file
when the file is saved. To permanently save edited values or new user-defined
entries for use in other projects click the Save button to keep them in the database.
The Reset button is used to return all entries to their default values.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
129
To start data entry for a new application, click All Edit. PROSPER will then display all
the relevant input screens in sequence. If data has already been entered, clicking
the Summary command button will display a summary of the current equipment. To
go back and edit one particular equipment item, click on the button beside the
appropriate item.
Data can be entered for the surface equipment and then include or exclude it
temporarily from any calculation by using the Disable Surface Equipment choice
box at the bottom of the Equipment Data screen.
130
PROSPER
The heat transfer coefficient can be specified for each pipe segment and should not
be confused with the pipe thermal conductivity.
The heat transfer coefficient accounts for the heat flow through the production
tubing, annulus and insulation (if present) to the surroundings. Heat transfer by
forced and free convection, conduction and radiation must all be accounted for in the
value of the overall heat transfer coefficient. In PROSPER, the overall heat transfer
coefficient is referenced to the pipe inside diameter.
2.5.2.3.3 Downhole Equipment
The Downhole Equipment is the same as for Predicting Pressure Only.
2.5.2.3.4 Geothermal Gradient
PROSPER requires the formation temperature profile together with the heat transfer
coefficient to be entered on this screen:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
131
As for surface equipment, enter an overall heat transfer coefficient that describes the
resistance to heat flow by all mechanisms (convection, radiation and conduction)
from the well to its surroundings. This value can vary throughout the formation. The
Enthalpy Balance temperature model is a convenient way to determine average heat
transfer coefficients. The heat transfer area is referenced to the pipe inside
diameter.
132
PROSPER
Enter the data to describe to temperature gradient in the sea. Up to 20 points may
be entered. Use the Import button to retrieve the data from a wide variety of sources
2.6
Oil &
Water
Dry &
Wet Gas
Retrograde
Condensate
Back Pressure
C and n
Composite
Darcy
Dual Porosity
External Entry
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
Fetkovich
133
Forchheimer
Hydraulically fractured
Jones
Multi-lateral
Multi-layer
Multi-layer - dP Loss
Petroleum Experts
Multi-rate C and n
Multi-rate Fetkovich
Multi-rate Jones
P.I. Entry
SkinAide
Transient
Vogel
SPOT
134
PROSPER
on buttons on the main screen and on a tabbed interface in a data input screen.
This means that data for different models are entered concurrently and can be
compared before selecting the Calculate option. The generic features of the single
well data entry screen are used in the multilateral interface for data entry to those
network items with sufficiently large data structures (namely tubing, completion and
reservoir).
Click System Inflow Performance in the main menu and the main data entry screen
will appear.
2.6.1.1 The Main Data Entry Screen
The screen consists of three parts.
1. Section Buttons. At the top right of the dialog screen are two buttons, labelled
Select Model and Input Data. These allow switching between screens that
control model selection and detailed data input. The former also contains data
pertaining to all models (such as reservoir pressure and temperature), and the
latter manages the data input specific to the chosen model. The selection
buttons have the same function in the multilateral data entry screens.
2. Action Buttons. To the left of the section buttons is a set of buttons that perform
various actions such as Calculate. Only the left-most group appears in the
multilateral data entry screens.
3. Model Selection Screen. The child screen is the area below the action and
section buttons and contains either the model selection or the data input screens.
The same occurs in the multilateral interface, although the actual model
selection and data input screens are different.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
135
136
PROSPER
Cancel
This exits the screen and restores the data to its state at the start of the main edit
session.
Validate
Checks the data on the current child screen for validity. If the data are not valid, the
validation dialog will appear with diagnostic messages.
Reset
This replaces the data of the current child screen with the data that was current
when the screen was entered.
Help
This displays information relevant to the current child screen.
Calculate
Saves and validates all the data pertaining to the chosen models (e.g. Darcy
reservoir model and Enter Skin By Hand) then runs the correct calculation routine if
the data are valid. On successful completion of the calculation the results are
automatically plotted.
Plot
Will produce a plot screen appropriate to the current reservoir model (for example, a
Darcy plot) and plot the data from the last Calculate command.
Report
Enters the PROSPER Reporting System. The report produced will depend on the
current model choices.
Export
Can export current data (input and results) to the printer, a file, the clipboard or the
screen.
Test Data NEW!!!
Allows to enter the test data (rate vs Bottom Hole Pressure) that will be then
displayed in the IPR plot
Sensitivity NEW!!!
Allows to perform sensitivities on the various parameters affecting the IPR
Transfer Data
Saves and validates all the current data before opening a standard File Save As
dialog that provides an opportunity to save the data to file in MBAL input format (.
MIP).
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
137
If PROSPER has been opened from a session in GAP then the data are
posted to GAP instead. The transfer button does not prompt for creation of
a .MIP file.
Save Results
This option is only enabled when PROSPER is run from GAP. On a successful
validation options to either over-write the current file or to save the PROSPER file
using File Save As options are provided.
GAP
This option is only enabled when PROSPER is run from GAP. It shuts down the IPR
screen and minimises PROSPER, thus bringing GAP to the forefront.
Note that the Save and Validate sequence carried out by several of the
action button commands does not actually save to file but transfers data
from the context of the IPR data screen to the PROSPER data structure in
memory. Hence, files should regularly be saved to avoid losing work due
to power failures or crashes.
Reservoir input
o The User also specifies the pressure, temperature, producing GOR and
water cut at this screen.
138
PROSPER
Relative permeability.
o This option can be set to Yes or No in case of oils. If set to Yes, the User
has the option of defining a set of relative permeability curves, which will
be used to change productivity of the system with changing water cut.
The gravel pack selection and the type of completion (cased or open hole)
are chosen from the main Options screen (in the PROSPER main menu)
but some reservoir models have internal gravel pack data entries instead.
In case gas coning option has been selected in main options, for oils the
coning button is displayed to allow the activation of a dialog screen in
which parameters for the calculation of rate-dependent GOR's can be
entered
If the fluid is a gas or a condensate the format of the screen is very similar; only the
reservoir and other model input selections vary for example, in gas systems, we
have CGR and WGR instead of GOR and WC.
The choice of reservoir models governs which subsidiary models (principally skin)
are enabled. Thus, horizontal well models do not require a deviation skin data entry
and some of the more complex reservoir models (e.g. multi-layer with dP friction
loss) contain their own skin and gravel pack models.
PROSPER Manual
Only one dialog is displayed at any one time, corresponding to the tab
selected as shown in the figure below
May, 2009
User Guide
139
Reservoir Model
Mech/Geom Skin
Dev/PP Skin
Gravel Pack
Relative Perm
Viscosity
The tabs are coloured according to the validity of the data on the
corresponding dialogs.
If the tab is green, then the data are valid for the current system setup.
If the tab is grey, then this tab is not applicable to the current
reservoir model (or model selection) and so is inaccessible.
The various screens, accessible by the bottom tabs comprise the dialog
screens, where the input parameters for the selection are entered. Laid in
140
PROSPER
the area below the Section and Action buttons. in case of the model
selection screen it is mainly occupied with ways of choosing models,
namely three list boxes, a drop-down list box and a push button.
For example Figure 7.2 shows a Darcy reservoir model dialog encapsulated in the
data input screen contained in the main entry screen.
The Reservoir Model tab is marked invalid (due to the unlikely reservoir
thickness of 1 feet).
The Dev/PP Skin tab and relative permeability tabs are marked disabled. In
this case it is because the Enter Skin By Hand option is selected which is
assumed to contain the deviation and partial penetration information. In the
latter case relative permeability is simply not selected (see Figure 7.1,
showing the model selection screen).
On each of the IPR Input screens there is a validate button. Pressing this
button invokes a checking routine which flags for the any invalid entries.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
141
Once a specific model is chosen and data entered for it, after which an IPR can be
calculated using the Calculate button. The following sections list various inflow
models that are available for oil wells.
142
PROSPER
equal to bubble point. The User input productivity index (PI) is used to calculate the
IPR. The IPR rates are always Liquid Rates. Hence the PI refers to Liquid Rate.
Q = J ( Pr - Pb )
Where J is the Productivity Index, expressed as STB/(day psi).
2.6.2.2 Vogel
The program uses the straight-line inflow relationship above the bubble point and the
Vogel empirical solution below the bubble point. A single flowing bottom hole
pressure and surface test rate is used to calculate the IPR, below the bubble point.
From this IPR the rate and bubble point pressure are used to evaluate the PI for the
straight-line part of the inflow above the bubble point.
When calculating IPR sensitivities for reservoir pressure, PROSPER retains the
correct well productivity. Otherwise, changing the reservoir pressure changes the
Vogel well productivity.
Pwf
Pwf
Q
= 1 - 0.2
- 0.8
Qmax
Pr
Pr
2.6.2.3 Composite
This is an extension of the Vogel inflow solution (Petrobras method) that accounts
for water cut.
Vogel essentially decreases the inflow below bubble point because of gas formation.
However, if the water cut is higher the inflow potential will increase and approach a
straight-line IPR due to single-phase flow. The composite model captures this by
using the following formulation.
A test flow rate, flowing bottomhole pressure and water cut are required to be
entered.
2.6.2.4 Darcy
The program uses the Darcy inflow equation above the bubble point and the Vogel
solution below the bubble point. Required input is:
Reservoir permeability (total permeability at the prevailing water cut and GOR)
Reservoir thickness (thickness of producing reservoir rock, i.e. vertical thickness of
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
143
Q = J ( Pr - Pb ) + J ' ( Pr - Pwf )
Enter the same inputs as for the Darcy example plus the relative permeability for oil.
Skin can be entered either by hand or calculated using Locke's, Macleod's or the
Karakas and Tariq method.
The fit values of C and n are posted on the IPR plot. If the reservoir pressure is not
available, the program will calculate it. For producing wells, enter a reservoir
pressure lower than the measured flowing bottomhole pressures. The program will
dismiss the reservoir pressure that has been entered and calculate it. For injection
wells, input a reservoir pressure higher than the test pressures entered. The
program will then calculate the reservoir pressure.
2.6.2.7 Jones
The Jones equation for oil is a modified form of the Darcy equation, which allows for
both Darcy and non-Darcy pressure drops. The Jones equation can be expressed in
the form:
( Pr - Pwf ) = aQ 2 + bQ
Where "a" and "b" are calculated from reservoir properties or can be determined
from a multi-rate test. The same data as for the Darcy model plus the perforated
interval is required. Skin can be directly entered or calculated using the available
methods.
144
PROSPER
2.6.2.9 Transient
This IPR method takes into account the change of deliverability with time. This
method can be particularly important for tight reservoirs. Both the Darcy and Jones
equations assume that the well has reached pseudo-steady state flow conditions. In
tight reservoirs, the transient equation can be used to determine the inflow
performance as a function of flowing time. Once the flowing time is long enough for
pseudo-steady state flow to develop within the drainage radius, the Darcy inflow
model is then used. Enter the same data as the Darcy example plus:
Porosity
Time
Time is the flowing time since the last reservoir pressure equalisation up to the time
of the analysis. If the flowing time exceeds , the deliverability is evaluated using ,
which is equivalent to using the pseudo-steady state Darcy model.
The Transient IPR model in PROSPER is designed to
check whether the production is in the transient state or semi-steady state.
If it is in the transient state, then the IPR will be calculated using the equation
mentioned above.
If the production has already reached the semi-steady state conditions, then
the IPR will be calculated using the semi-steady state inflow equation
The units used in the above transient IPR equation are oilfield units:
Q => stb/d
P => psig
Mju => cp
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
145
Gravel packs can be combined with the hydraulically fractured well IPR to
model Frac-Packed wells
Reservoir permeability
(Total permeability)
Formation thickness
(Thickness of producing reservoir rock)
Drainage area
Well bore radius
Dietz shape factor
(Depends on the shape of the drainage area)
Time
(Inflow is transient in early time)
Fracture height
Fracture half length
Dimensionless fracture conductivity
Reservoir permeability
(Total permeability at prevailing water cut)
Reservoir thickness
rock h)
146
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
147
25
h = 50'
zw = 25'
rw = 0.25'
kh = 50 md
vis = 1 cp
P.I. (BOPD/psi)
1.0
20
Simulator - Lines
PROSPER - Symbols
15
4000'
4000'
10
0
0
0.05
0.1
0.15
0.2
0.25
0.3
0.35
0.4
0.45
0.5
L1/2/Lx
2.6.2.13Multi-Layer Inflow
The multi-layer inflow model allows up to 50 discrete reservoir layers to be entered
as shown in the following example input screen:
Each layer can have different reservoir pressures, inflow models and fluid properties.
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
148
PROSPER
The oil gravity, GOR and water cut may be entered for each layer. The produced
fluid properties in the well bore are determined from the summation of the individual
layer contributions. The summation accounts for cross flow between layers having
different pressures. Each layer can be gravel packed if desired. Both Injectors and
Producers can be modelled. For cases where the zones are separated by significant
depth or friction pressure losses are significant, the Multi-layer - dP Loss network
IPR model should be used.
If PVT matching has been used in the PVT section, it is assumed that it
was performed on the commingled layer fluids. The fit parameters
generated will be applied to all PVT calculations for all layers in
determining the combined inflow performance.
To use the Multi-Layer IPR, enter the reservoir temperature then click Input Data to
enter the tab-controlled screen, and then click on the Reservoir Model tab button.
For each layer, select the inflow model from: Darcy, Multi-rate Jones, or PI Entry
methods then enter the layer PVT properties, average pressures, thickness and
skins. For each layer, click the Layer Data button and enter the information required
by the inflow model.
2.6.2.14External Entry
This option allows an externally generated IPR data set to be imported or directly
entered. Up to five tables can be entered to allow sensitivities to be calculated on
any arbitrary set of variables. For example, IPRs for a range of reservoir pressures
calculated by a simulator could be input using this option.
An example of an external entry IPR input screen is shown below:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
149
External IPR tables can also be imported from ASCII files. The file format is given in
Appendix E of the PROSPER User Guide.
2.6.2.15Horizontal well - dP Friction Loss in Wellbore
To adequately model horizontal well inflow in high permeability reservoirs, it is
necessary to account for pressure loss along the horizontal section. PROSPER
divides the horizontal section into 20 sections and a network algorithm solves for
zone production and well bore pressure. Pressure loss between zones is accounted
for. The Horizontal well - dP Friction input screen is shown below:
150
PROSPER
The reservoir parameters entered in the upper section of the screen determine the
overall well productivity using the selected model. The zone parameters are used by
the network algorithm to re-scale the overall productivity on a zone-by-zone basis. A
description of the input parameters follows:
Reservoir Parameters
Horizontal Well Model
(Model used for overall well productivity)
Reservoir permeability
(Total permeability at prevailing water cut)
Reservoir thickness
(Thickness of producing reservoir rock h)
Well bore radius
(Radius of open hole rw)
Horizontal anisotropy
(Ratio of Ky/Kx where Kx is permeability in the direction of the horizontal well and
Ky is the permeability perpendicular to the horizontal well)
Vertical anisotropy
(Ratio of Kz/Ky where Kz is the vertical permeability)
Length of well
(Horizontal section L)
Length of drainage area
(Reservoir dimension parallel to well Lx)
Width of drainage area
(Reservoir dimension perpendicular to well Ly)
Distance from length edge to centre of well
(
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
Xw)
Distance from width edge to centre of well
Yw)
Distance from bottom of reservoir to centre of well
Zw)
151
(
(
Zone Parameters
Data for up to 20 zones can be entered. The required inputs are as follows:
Zone Type
(Blank, Perforated or Open Hole)
Skin method
(Enter by Hand, or Karakas & Tariq for perforated zones)
Gravel Pack
(Yes or No)
Zone Length
(Length of zone along the well)
Zone Permeability (Average permeability at the prevailing water cut)
Flowing Radius
(Internal radius of the completion tubing)
Zone Roughness (Roughness for zone friction calculation)
These parameters describe the local permeability and the flow path along the well
bore. Click the Zone Data button to enter details such as skin and perforation
parameters. If the Skin Method is Enter by Hand, the skin and open hole radius are
required. If Karakas & Tariq is selected, then enter the perforation details as in
Section 7.4.1 and PROSPER will estimate the zone skin. If the zone is to be gravel
packed, this data is entered under Zone Data.
To allow comparison of the IPR with and without friction losses, setting the
zone roughness to zero turns off the friction pressure drop calculation
entirely rather than calculating friction for a smooth pipe
152
PROSPER
Enter a production rate and porosity then select the required coning calculation
method. Click Calculate to find the critical rate and time to breakthrough for the rate
entered. The pressure along the well bore for the specified rate is calculated and
displayed by clicking Plot.
May, 2009
User Guide
153
The Horizontal Well - friction dP IPR models the pressure at the heel of the
well as a function of pressure. The intake node is therefore the heel of the
well. The heel should be the last node entered in System Equipment and
Deviation Survey tables - it is not necessary to enter details of the
horizontal producing section except in the IPR.
154
PROSPER
This screen allows for the entry of up to 50 layers. To enter PVT, IPR data
(permeability, test rates etc. depending on the IPR model selected) and layer skin,
click the appropriate button to display the input screen. The depth entered for TOP
is the depth for which the IPR is to be evaluated. This is normally the same as the
deepest depth entered in System Equipment, but it can be set to surface or other
value.
The input data required are:
Layer Type
Measured Depth
True Vertical Depth
Layer Pressure
Layer Flowing Radius
The IPR at surface can be calculated by entering the surface elevation for TOP
depth and a blank zone from surface to the shallowest producing zone. Use blank
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
155
zones with appropriate reduced I.D. to simulate the effect of sliding sleeves and flow
controls in a multi-zone completion. Click Calculate and the IPR for each layer and
the summation will be calculated and displayed on a plot as follows:
To list the layer production in detail, click Results and scroll through the layer results
one by one. An example results screen is shown below:
156
PROSPER
Scroll from the selection menu to view the results for each of the layers.
Gravel pack and well skin etc. can be seen by scrolling to the right of the results
table. Negative layer production rates indicate cross-flow into the layer.
The multilayer option is now available for dry gas and gas condensate
model
2.6.2.17SkinAide
The Elf inflow and skin calculation method is incorporated in PROSPER. API
perforation characteristics can be used to estimate perforation damage given casing
and formation properties. A detailed description of SkinAide is given in Section 7.7.
2.6.2.18Dual Porosity
This model is useful for naturally fractured reservoirs where the matrix (formation)
porosity is greater than the fracture porosity and the matrix permeability is much
smaller than the fracture permeability, but not negligible. It requires the entry of the
following parameters: fracture permeability, reservoir thickness, drainage area, wellbore radius, porosity, time, storativity ratio and interporosity coefficient. The latter
two parameters are defined as follows:
1. Storativity ratio, w = ff cf / ( ff cf + fm cm)
where ff is the fracture porosity, cf is the fracture compressibility, fm is the matrix
porosity and cm is the matrix compressibility.
2. Interporosity, l = a km rew^2 /kf
where a is a shape factor (see Warren, J.E. and Root, P.J.: "The Behaviour of
Naturally Fractured Reservoirs.", SPE 426, SPEJ (Sept. 1963), 245-255.), km is
matrix permeability, rew^2 is effective well radius squared and kf is fracture
permeability.
2.6.2.19Horizontal Well with Transverse Vertical Fractures
The horizontal well with transverse vertical fractures is based on a model proposed
by T.M. Herge and Leif Larsen in the SPE paper 28845. The model is based on a
relationship between the effective wellbore radius, fracture conductivity, fracture size,
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
157
wellbore radius and number of fractures; the correlation also calculates the distance
between fractures.
Once the effective wellbore radius is determined the model calculates the well
productivity the same way the horizontal well with no-flow-boundaries is calculated.
This is for use with wells that are stimulated with one or more transverse vertical
fractures. It is assumed that the fractures are circular, the well goes through their
centre and they are evenly spaced. If there is one fracture it is in the middle of the
well. The data to be entered are the same as those for a horizontal well, along with
the fracture half-length and its dimensionless conductivity.
The following points describe the method of performing the calculations.
The fracture half length, fracture conductivity, and number of fractures are
used to calculate an equivalent wellbore radius. This calculation is based on
the technique developed by Hegre and Larsen (SPE 28845)
The effective wellbore radius is then used in the Horizontal Well No Flow
Boundary model to compute the IPR of the well.
For the Horizontal Well - Transverse Vertical Fracture model, in some cases where
the equivalent wellbore radius approaches or exceeds the input reservoir thickness,
the well is effectively located on the edge or outside the defined drainage area
leading to reduction in AOF with increasing vertical anisotropy.
2.6.2.20Thermally Induced Fracture Model
2.6.2.20.1 Overview
This IPR model is enabled when Well Type Injector is set in the main program
Options.
The algorithm follows the framework outlined in: SPE 30777, Thermally Induced
Fractures: A Field-Proven Analytical Model.
SPE Reservoir Evaluation &
Engineering, February 1998. J-L. Detienne, Max Creusot, Nicolas Kessler, Bernard
Sahuquet and J-L. Bergerot. Information was also assembled from SPE 7964 (radial
reservoir temperature profile) and SPE 11332 (coefficient for thermo-elastic stress
equation). Note that the temperature profile derivation uses the same basis as the
work of de Lauwerier referred to in SPE 30777.
SPE 7964: Analytical Definition of the Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient, A. B.
Zolotukhin.
SPE 11332: The Effect of Thermo-elastic Stresses on Injection Well Fracturing, T.K.
Perkins and J.A. Gonzalez.
This model is concerned with the thermo-mechanical effects induced by injecting
cold water into a hot reservoir. The method first tests whether a calculated Pwf rises
above the reservoir stress around the well bore. If this occurs then a fracture is
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
158
PROSPER
assumed to propagate and the Pwf at the fracture tip is equated to the reservoir
stress (i.e. equilibrium) by iterating on the fracture length. The fractures effect is
incorporated in a skin term, and two stress effects are considered; a thermo-elastic
one (varies with injection temperature) and a poro-elastic one (varies with Pwf). The
stress at the wellbore is calculated by adding these effects to the initial reservoir
stress. The Pwf is calculated using varying fluid and geometric properties (inner and
outer radii) and a Darcy-like model in three circular zones. The first (inner) is water
that is still cool, the second is water that has warmed up, and the third (outer) is the
original reservoir.
The IPR calculated by this model consists, therefore, of two different zones with a
break-point where the fracturing occurs. See the following figure.
The model is not valid for uncontrolled hydraulic fracturing where the fracture length
may be several hundred feet. The fracture should not extend beyond the so-called
cooled injection zone, the extent of which is calculated using the temperature profile
referred to above.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
159
PVT parameter
Injected Fluid Temperature
Injectivity Index Parameters
Reservoir permeability
(Total permeability)
Formation thickness
(Thickness of producing formations)
Drainage area
DIETZ shape factor
(Depends on the shape of the drainage area).
Wellbore radius
Porosity
(Enter the reservoir porosity)
Time
(Time in days, must be greater than 0.5 days)
Mean Historical Injection Rate
Thermo-mechanical Parameters
Initial Reservoir Stress
Sweep Efficiency
Injected Fluid Specific Heat Capacity
Overall Reservoir Conductivity
Overall Reservoir Specific Heat Capacity
Overall Reservoir Density
Top and Bottom Surroundings Conductivity
Top and Bottom Surroundings Specific Heat Capacity
Top and Bottom Surroundings Density
Reservoir Thermal Expansion (thermo-elastic correlating coefficient, relates
temperature perturbation to stress perturbation)
Biot's Constant (poro-elastic correlating coefficient, relates pressure
perturbation to stress perturbation)
Poisson's Ratio
Reservoir Young's Modulus
160
PROSPER
The water saturation can always be estimated based on the relative permeability
curve and the water cut entered. At a particular reservoir pressure and water cut, the
mobility (M) can be calculated.
The corrected productivity index will be:
This value of corrected PI will be used to generate the IPR.
The possible reduction in liquid mobility due to any increase in the gas saturation is
not accounted for in this option. Hence, If use relative permeability is selected, there
is a further option to consider Vogel correction for GOR using the Standing Method
(Reference: K. E. Brown & H. Dale Beggs The technology of artificial lift methods
Volume 1). The Vogel correction takes into account the effect of increasing gas
saturation on the well PI. It requires the entry of a test GOR value. The GOR
entered is taken as the total produced GOR. Based on the PVT, then this used to
calculate a free gas saturation Sg.
The Sw is calculated on basis of test water cut and test reservoir pressure. So is
calculated from
Once the phase saturation and viscosities are known the PI is estimated from total
liquid mobility ratios as indicated above.
When relative permeability is set to No the oil and water mobility values are
calculated on basis of the assumption that the free gas down hole is zero. The oil
saturation is calculated as:
Based on these phase saturations, the PI correction is made.
After selecting the relative permeability option, we then go to the Relative
Permeability tabbed dialog in the data input screen. The child screen is shown in
the following figure.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
161
For Inflow Models like Darcy with a relative permeability correction, enter a
water cut during test equal to 0, if the permeability entered in the reservoir
input data is true single phase permeability of the rock.
Enter the residual saturation, endpoint relative permeability and Corey exponent for
both oil and water.
A Corey exponent of 1.0 defines straight-line relative
permeability curves. Values greater than 1 give a concave upwards curve i.e.
delayed water breakthrough. Corey exponents less than 1 define a concave
downwards relative permeability curve i.e. early water breakthrough.
Matching measured and calculated IPR pressures establishes the well productivity
for the prevailing water cut. Click on Plot to bring up the following plot in the standard
plot window.
To enter lab relative permeability, click Test Data to display the following screen:
162
PROSPER
Enter the test data and click OK to display the plot again. If necessary, adjust the
values of Corey exponents for oil and water until PROSPER's calculated relative
permeability curves fit the measured data points.
Having entered and verified the relative permeability data, click Finish to quit the plot.
Next, enter the necessary data for the particular IPR method selected and click on
Calculate to calculate and display a plot of the system IPR. The program
automatically calculates the well Absolute Open Flow Potential (AOF).
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
163
To compare measured test pressures and calculated IPR pressures, click Test data
and enter rates and sandface pressures as on the following screen:
164
PROSPER
When relative permeability is being used, water cuts for both the test data and that
used to calculate the IPR curve are required. The water cut during test value will be
carried over from the relative permeability input screen. The water cut for calculation
value can be subsequently changed to evaluate the effect on the calculated IPR.
2.6.2.22Coning Calculation
In addition to the coning model implemented for the Horizontal Well with dP Friction
Loss model, a gas coning option can be chosen from the Options screen in the main
menu. This applies to all oil IPR models. It modifies the solution GOR by multiplying
it by a weighting factor greater than 1, which is a positive function of the liquid rate.
The output is a total, or produced, GOR. The model implemented was originally
developed for high permeability reservoirs (see Urbanczyk, C.H, and Wattenbarger,
R.A., "Optimization of Well Rates under Gas Coning Conditions.", SPE Advanced
Technology Series, Vol. 2, No. 2, April 1994).
The following data are required to calculate the total GOR from a rate:
Reservoir permeability
Perforation height (vertical distance from perforation top to bottom)
Vertical anisotropy
Vertical distance from perforation top to gas-oil contact
Three correlating parameters: F1, F3 and an exponent
If the gas coning is enabled then a Coning button appears on the model selection
dialog screen. Clicking on this brings up a dialog that allows the correlating
parameters to be tuned. There is an automatic matching facility, which calculates F3
from the other data and a (rate, GOR) coordinate. Also, the GOR can be calculated
from different rates whilst in this screen in order to verify the parameters.
May, 2009
User Guide
165
2.6.3.1 Jones
The Jones equation for gas is a modified form of the Darcy equation, which allows
for both laminar and non-Darcy flow pressure drops. The Jones equation can be
expressed in the form:
PR2 - Pw2f = a Q 2 + b Q
Where "a" and "b" are calculated from reservoir properties or can be determined
from a multi-rate test. Required data entry is:
Reservoir permeability
(Total permeability)
Formation thickness
(Thickness of producing reservoir rock)
Drainage area
Wellbore radius
Dietz shape factor
(Depends on the shape of the drainage area)
The Jones IPR model is discouraged to use with high reservoir pressures
as the assumption of the model is to keep 1 / Z constant at pressures
>2400psig.
2.6.3.2 Forchheimer
The Forchheimer equation expresses the inflow performance in terms of a laminar
and a non-Darcy pressure drop coefficients expressed as:
PR2 - Pw2f = a Q 2 + b Q
The "a" and "b" factors are input parameters for the Forchheimer IPR model.
2.6.3.3 Back Pressure
In this form of the back pressure equation:
166
PROSPER
Q = C (P R2 - Pw2f ) n
C is determined from the reservoir pressure and reservoir properties. Required input
data are:
Reservoir permeability
(Total permeability)
Formation thickness
(Thickness of producing reservoir rock)
Drainage area
Wellbore radius
(Open hole radius)
Dietz shape factor
(Depends on the shape of the drainage area)
Exponent n
(Between 0.5 and 1)
2.6.3.4 C and n
This is the common form of the back pressure equation:
Q = C (P R2 - Pw2f ) n
C and n can be determined from a plot of: Q versus (Pr2-Pwf2) on log-log paper. n
is the inverse of the slope and varies between 1 for Darcy flow to 0.5 for completely
non-Darcy flow. This option allows direct entry of C and n.
Q = C (P R2 - Pw2f ) n
The fit values of C and n are posted on the IPR plot and listed in the IPR report.
If the Reservoir Pressure defined in the IPR section is less than the highest value of
the bottom hole pressure for the test points, then PROSPER will automatically
calculate the reservoir pressure. For example, if there are three Well test data points
defined for the IPR model as follows,
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
167
then if the reservoir pressure defined is less than 4036 psig, PROSPER will recalculate the reservoir pressure. If the reservoir
pressure is greater than the highest FBHP specified, then the Multirate C & n model is designed to recalculate the C and n
parameters so that the IPR will pass through the test data points and the reservoir pressure specified.
It is advised to enter more than one test point. Using a single data point
can generate a non-representative IPR profile.
168
PROSPER
Note for injection wells. If flow test data for a producer has been fitted, the
well will have the correct IPR if it is then converted to an injector.
May, 2009
User Guide
169
Krl
1
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
Krg'
Slc
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
Liquid Saturation
The mass flow rate of each phase is directly proportional to its mobility (k/m), Krs can
be determined using PVT and the surface production rates. This technique is used
to determine the reduction in productivity as a function of the produced liquid ratios.
The derivation of the technique and details of the equations used are given in
Appendix C.
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
170
PROSPER
2.6.3.11Multi-layer Inflow
The multi-layer inflow model allows up to 50 discrete reservoir layers to be entered
each with different reservoir pressures, inflow models and fluid properties. Each
layer can be gravel packed if desired. Both Injectors and Producers can be
modelled.
The gas gravity, CGR and WGR must be entered for each layer. The produced fluid
in the well bore is equivalent to the summation of the individual layer contributions.
Refer to Multi-layer Inflow for Oil for more details.
2.6.3.12Horizontal Well - dP Friction Loss in Wellbore
Refer to Horizontal Well - dP Friction for Oil. For Gas, PROSPER uses the Petroleum
Experts IPR method for steady-state flow. The Reservoir porosity and connate water
saturation are required to be input in addition to the parameters described in the
Horizontal Well- dP friction loss model in the Oil IPR section.
2.6.3.13Dual Porosity
Please refer to the Dual Porosity model in the IPR for Oil section. Additional input
data for gas and condensate applications are connate water saturation, a non-Darcy
flow factor and either relative permeability to gas or total permeability.
May, 2009
User Guide
171
total permeability.
The flow at any selected rate should be continued long enough for the reservoir to
approach steady-state (stabilized) conditions. The time to reach stabilized conditions
is called the readjustment time. For wells with wide well spacing (large drainage
radius values), low permeabilities, or high gas compressibilities (low reservoir
pressures), large readjustment times can be expected. In cases where the
readjustment time exceeds the duration of each test, the test data can be corrected
to isochronal conditions and then to stabilized conditions as described below.
When a well is tested from an initial steady state shut-in condition, the increase in
drainage radius with time is not dependent upon the rate. Therefore, separate flow
tests conducted for the same length of time will reach the same drainage radius.
When a well is not shut-in between tests until steady state is reached, successive
tests will indicate values of (P2res P2wf) which are too large because of the
increasing drainage radius. For the general case, a table of correction factors to be
applied to (P2res P2wf) to obtain an isochronal performance curve from
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
172
PROSPER
May, 2009
User Guide
173
NOTE: The a and b parameters for the pseudo pressure Forcheimer IPR are not
the same as the a and b parameters used in the pressure squared Forcheimer IPR.
2.6.3.18Multirate Forchheimer with Pseudo Pressure
This IPR is based on the Forchheimer IPR with pseudo-pressure (refer to previous
section):
The a and b parameters are here determined by means of multi-rate tests data.
Entered by Hand
Calculated Using Models.
It is assumed that this value will contain deviation and partial penetration
information.
In case the entered skin is only mechanical skin, there is an option of
enabling the Wong and Clifford model for deviation and partial penetration
in the input screen for the skin itself.
174
PROSPER
McLeod
Karakas and Tariq
The required input parameters are often difficult to accurately define, therefore the
absolute value of the calculated skin often cannot be precisely predicted. The power
of these techniques is their ability to assess the relative importance of completion
options on the overall value of well skin.
The Elf SkinAide inflow method can also be used to estimate skin pressure drops for
cased- and open-hole completions with and without gravel packs.
PROSPER can also be used to estimate the value of the skin pressure drop across
the completion and the proportion of the total pressure drop attributable to the
various completion elements.
Karakas and Tariq has been found to give good results in many field applications.
The following input data are required:
Reservoir permeability
(Effective permeability at connate water saturation)
Perforation diameter
(Entry hole diameter)
Shots per foot
Perforation length
(Effective perf. length in formation)
Damaged zone thickness
(Thickness of invasion)
Damaged zone permeability
(Permeability in invaded zone)
Crushed zone thickness
(Crushing associated with perforation)
Crushed zone permeability
(Reduced permeability near perf. tunnel)
Shot phasing
Vertical permeability
Wellbore radius
(Enter the open hole radius, not casing I.D.)
An example of the input data for the Karakas and Tariq method is shown below:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
175
A sketch outlining the main geometric variables is shown in the figure below.
Enter the requested data and, having entered some reservoir model data, press Cal
culate to display an IPR plot. The plot shows the pressure drop resulting from the
total skin as well a breakdown of the individual factors contributing to the total skin
as per the following example. The individual factors to be plotted can be chosen
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
176
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
177
178
PROSPER
Note on Skin:
Locke's technique is valid for shots per foot of 1,2,4,6,8,10,12,and 16.
May, 2009
User Guide
Well-bore radius
Drainage area
Dietz shape factor
Formation vertical permeability ratio
Local vertical permeability ratio
Horizontal distance from well to reservoir edge
Depth of top of reservoir
179
The Cinco (2) / Martin-Bronz model is similar to the Cinco / Martin - Bronz model.
The difference between the two models is that the Cinco (2) / Martin-Bronz model
also considers the anisotropy in the reservoir. The vertical permeability entered in
the Deviation and Partial Penetration screen is used to calculate the Deviation Skin.
Accessing this section will allow for the calculating the Maximum Drawdown at which
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
180
PROSPER
the sand is expected to fail. The input data for the three available options are self
explanatory.
The Sand Failure model implemented is a proprietary model received from BP. As
such the formulations for this model cannot be disclosed.
There is also a 'Solids' model available in the tool REVEAL. This Solids model
implemented in REVEAL looks at the sand failure with changes in all three principal
stress directions. Further information on the Sand model implemented in REVEAL is
described in section 2.3.12.3 of REVEAL User Guide. This section describes the
Sand Failure model used in REVEAL along with the requisite references and
equations. The REVEAL User Guide can be accessed from Start | Programs |
Petroleum Experts IPM7 | User Guides | REVEAL.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
181
182
PROSPER
May, 2009
User Guide
183
On the right side of the screen a table shows typical permeability data for different
types of gravels.
The pressure drop across a gravel pack is computed using a summation of a Darcy
and a non-Darcy component. For a cased oil well, the pressure drop due to the
gravel pack (dPgravel) is calculated using the Jones IPR equation:
dP GRAVELPACK
= a Q2 + b Q
Where:
a = The non-Darcy term,
Q = The total liquid rate and
b = The Darcy term
Intermediate calculations are required prior to computing the dPgravel value and
consider the following variables:
Kg
= Gravel Pack Permeability
= 1.47E7/Kg^0.55
PerfDi = Perforation Diameter
SPF
= Shots per ft
PRFINT
= Perforation Interval
AOTF
o
Bo
= oil FVF
= Oil Density
184
PROSPER
Skin can be calculated using one of the methods described in Section 7.3 or directly
entered. Note that partial completion skin is included in the total well skin, and is not
affected by adjusting the gravel pack completion parameters. The total well skin as
measured by a well test prior to gravel packing should be entered. Click Calculate
when finished entering data and an IPR plot similar to that below will be presented
(the plotting of the individual dP components can be chosen from the Variables
menu in the plot window):
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
185
The contribution of the gravel pack to the total skin pressure drop can be readily
seen on the IPR plot. The value of skin posted on the IPR plot does not include the
gravel pack skin. Click Results on the IPR plot screen to display the breakdown of
dP's resulting from each completion element. Sensitivities can be calculated on
factors such as gravel pack thickness, shots per foot etc. to evaluate the
effectiveness of gravel pack designs. Gravel packed completions are also available
in the Multi-layer IPR model.
The PROSPER gravel pack model allows for non-Darcy (i.e. dP proportional to rate
squared) effects within the gravel pack and the resulting rate dependent skin. Lift
curves for gravel packed wells generated using PROSPER can be calculated from the
sandface, through the completion, and back to the production manifold. This more
correctly models the IPR as compared to simply imposing an additional skin to allow
for the gravel pack pressure loss as is done in many reservoir simulators.
Gravel packs can be combined with the Hydraulically Fractured Well IPR to
model Frac-Pack completions.
186
PROSPER
The description of the sand control type is made under | System | Inflow
Performance | Input Data | Sand Control:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
187
188
PROSPER
In order to visualize the rate-dependent skin associated with the pre-packed screen,
one selects | Results and all the calculation results are listed in detail:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
189
190
PROSPER
The description of the sand control type is made under | System | Inflow
Performance | Input Data | Sand Control:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
191
192
PROSPER
In order to visualize the rate-dependent skin associated with the wire packed screen,
one selects | Results and all the calculation results are listed in detail:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
193
194
PROSPER
The description of the sand control type is made under | System | Inflow
Performance | Input Data | Sand Control:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
195
The input data required to model the slotted line completion are:
- Liner Inner Radius,
- Liner Outer Radius,
- Slot height
- Slot width
- Slot density
- Screen Outer Radius (optional)
- Outer Permeability and
- Outside turbulence (optional).
The IPR curve is generated with | Calculate:
196
PROSPER
In order to visualize the rate-dependent skin associated with the slotted liner
completion, one selects | Results and all the calculation results are listed in detail:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
197
198
PROSPER
The gravel pack velocities have been incorporated in Version 6 of the IPM Suite of
tools.
Vc is the velocity of the fluid at the entry point of the casing.
It is calculated by dividing the flow rate of the fluid with the area of flow at the casing.
These velocity calculations were implemented at the request of clients who require
these velocities for gravel pack design.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
199
200
PROSPER
where:
Corr = Permeability Correction Factor (Multiplier)
Cf = Rock Compressibility
PR = Current Reservoir Pressure
PRi = Initial Reservoir Pressure
N = Compaction Model Exponent
This option can be enabled in the main IPR section:
The option will activate a new TAB screen in the Input Data section where the basic
model inputs are required:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
201
202
PROSPER
2.6.10 SkinAide
The SkinAide inflow method has been developed by Elf Aquamarine and
acknowledgement is given for its inclusion in PROSPER. The following description is
based on information provided by Elf.
2.6.10.1SkinAide Theoretical Background
Consider the case of a partially penetrating, deviated well, cased and perforated and
equipped with a gravel pack. The total pressure drop around such a well
corresponds to the pressure difference between:
- an equipotential surface at the external limit of the reservoir drainage area,
and
- another equipotential surface corresponding to the screen.
This total pressure drop is due to a number of features. Moving downstream from the
external limit of the drainage area towards the well:
- the position of the producing interval with respect to the reservoir geometry
(due to partial penetration and deviation).
- the damaged zone.
- interference between the different perforations.
- the crushed zone surrounding the perforation tunnels.
- gravel in the perforation tunnels.
- gravel in the annulus between the screen and the casing.
Pressure drops between equipotential surfaces can be added to one another, and
the conceptual model corresponds to an attempt to simplify the problem by finding
equipotential surfaces.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
203
The pressure drop due to interference between perforations and the damaged zone
is calculated using the Karakas and Tariq correlation.
204
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
205
206
PROSPER
An approximate analytical solution has been found for flow in this region.
2.6.10.1.7 Hemispherical Flow Model
The conventional linear perforation model assumes that the surface of the
perforation tunnel is an equipotential surface. This assumption breaks down when
permeability of gravel in the tunnel becomes sufficiently low. When permeability in
the tunnel becomes sufficiently small, flow in the reservoir approaches hemispherical
flow towards the perforation mouth.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
207
2.6.10.2Using SkinAide
When the SkinAide IPR model is selected, the following IPR Input screen is
presented:
Select the required options for the Flow and Skin models plus Perforation Data. The
options are listed below:
Pe, the static reservoir pressure is the average pressure in the well
drainage area, not the pressure at the external boundary. Pe is used
in the Productivity Index equation:
The reservoir pressure should be entered at the same reference
datum as the intake node depth.
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
208
PROSPER
May, 2009
User Guide
209
The data required can vary according to the options selected. Click each data entry
button in turn and enter the data as follows:
2.6.10.2.4 Geometry
Reservoir Thickness - Enter the thickness normal to the bedding plane in dipping
reservoirs. When thin shales are distributed throughout a heterogeneous
reservoir, use the net sand thickness.
Completed Interval - Enter the perforated interval as measured along the wellbore.
Distance to Top of Completion - This parameter affects partial completion skin and
is measured along the wellbore. If gross sand thickness is used for reservoir
thickness, enter the actual distance to the top perforation (dimension h1 in the
above sketch). When using net sand, restrict the distance to net sand intervals.
Drainage Area - Area drained by the subject well
Dietz Shape Factor - Allows for drainage area shape and well placement.
210
PROSPER
Hole Diameter - Open hole drilled diameter. Use bit size or caliper measured size
where applicable. Perforation length, damage depth are measured beyond the
hole diameter.
Deviation - Average angle between the well axis and vertical.
2.6.10.2.5 Petrophysics
Horizontal Permeability - Reservoir permeability measured parallel to the cap rock
(along the bedding plane).
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
211
Vertical Permeability for Geometrical Skin - Reservoir permeability for the bulk
reservoir measured perpendicular to the horizontal permeability. Determines the
anisotropy ratio between the completed interval and the remainder of the
reservoir.
Porosity exponent c - Porosity raised to this power. Default is 0.0. Note the
exponent value assumes the porosity is a fraction, regardless of the current unit
set.
High velocity flow pressure drops arise from acceleration and deceleration of
reservoir fluids as they pass through pore throats as in the following diagram:
212
PROSPER
Damaged Zone Thickness - Since damaged zone skin is controlled by the ratio of
perforation tunnel length to damaged zone depth, enter a damage zone depth
that respects this relationship.
Damaged Zone Porosity - Porosity to be used in the high velocity flow coefficient
correlation.
Casing Weight - Enter nominal casing weight per unit length opposite the
completed interval.
May, 2009
User Guide
213
Most of the high velocity flow pressure loss occurs in the crushed zone and is added
to the loss in the reservoir. Note that if a zero crushed zone thickness is entered, no
high flow velocity pressure drops are calculated.
Crushed Zone Permeability - Reduced permeability for crushed zone within the
virgin reservoir.
Crushed Zone Porosity - Porosity in the crushed zone for estimation of high
pressure flow losses.
Crushed + Damaged Zone Porosity - Porosity for the crushed zone within the
damaged zone.
Permeability in the crushed and damaged zone is introduced by the ratio:
Rcrushed and damaged = Crushed and damaged zone (horizontal)
permeability / undisturbed formation (horizontal) permeability.
The same anisotropy ratio opposite the completion interval as applies to the
undisturbed formation is used for the crushed and damaged zone
permeability.
It is suggested that the crushed and damaged zone
permeability ratio should be the product:
Rcrushed and damaged = RdamagedRcrushed only.
Where the ratio for the damaged zone:
214
PROSPER
permeability
undisturbed
2.6.10.2.9 Perforations
The perforation data input depends on the option selected. If In-Situ Geometry is
selected, the actual perforation sizes are required. Alternatively, API test data can
be entered for a particular gun, and SkinAide will estimate the perforation geometry
considering completion and reservoir variables such as compressive strength and
casing size.
Common Perforation Parameters
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
215
Shot Density - Nominal shots per foot for the selected perforating gun.
Angle Between Vertical Plane and Perforations - For anisotropic reservoirs, the
angle between the perforation tunnels and the direction of maximum permeability
influences productivity. When 0 or 180 guns are selected, perforations are all
aligned with the low side of the hole. For other gun phasings, SkinAide assumes
an angle of 45.
Affects
216
PROSPER
Cavity Entrance Diameter - Not active - use Tunnel Diameter. SkinAide presently
uses a cylindrical model for perforations. Future versions will allow a coneshaped perforation geometry.
Cavity Tip Diameter - Not active - use Tunnel Diameter. SkinAide presently uses
a cylindrical model for perforations. Future versions will allow a cone-shaped
perforation geometry.
API Test DataThe correction from test data to In-Situ conditions is influenced by the
API test series selected. The form of data input is identical for both options.
API RP 43/1 Entry Hole Diameter - Entry hole diameter for steel / cement target
test. Note that the steel quality changes between Editions 4 and 5 of the API test
specifications. Ensure the relevant data is entered.
Gun diameter - Gun diameter is used to correct API perforation test results for
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
217
stand-off.
Lithology
Reservoir
Uniaxial
Compressive
(psi)
Strength
(bar)
Loose sand
150
10
750
50
1500
100
3750
250
3750
250
Rock Density - Enter apparent In-Situ rock density as measured by a density log,
not the density of the minerals (e.g. Quartz) that comprise the formation grains.
Casing Elastic Limit - Used for correction of API data to In-situ perforation
dimensions. The elastic limit in thousands of psi corresponds to the pipe steel
quality. e.g. N80 casing has an elastic limit stress of 80,000 psi.
Reservoir Stress - Used for correction of API data to In-situ perforation
dimensions. Stress is assumed to be Isotropic. Generally the minimum effective
stress (frac gradient) is suitable.
Gravel Packs in SkinAideWhen the Gravel Pack option has been selected,
additional data entry is required to describe the pack geometry and properties.
Separate gravel properties can be entered for the annular gravel pack and the sand
in the perforation tunnels. This allows mixing of formation and pack sand to be
simulated.
218
PROSPER
Screen Outside Diameter - The space between the screen O.D. and the drilled
hole diameter is occupied by gravel.
Gravel
Mesh
Type
Ottawa Sand
Carbolite
Isopac
Lab
Permeability
(Darcies)
12/20
500
20/40
150
30/50
90
40/60
60
50/70
30
20/40
350
16/20
500
20/40
110
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
219
Tunnel Gravel Porosity - Used to reduce the porosity of sand in the perforation
tunnels.
The inflow and skin pressure drop are computed by clicking the Calculate button
once all the relevant input data have been entered and Plot to display the results.
To evaluate the contribution of individual completion components in the inflow
performance, click Variables and select the parameters to display as in the following
screen example:
Select the required variables by clicking their check boxes. Click Done to display the
results:
220
PROSPER
Skin Components
The conceptual models used to calculate the total skin factor include :
- a contribution due to the position of the producing interval with respect to
reservoir geometry, called geometric skin Sgeometric
- contributions due to pressure losses close to the actual wellbore, beginning
with the pressure loss due to the damaged zone and ending with pressure
loss in the casing/screen annulus for gravel packed wells. This contribution to
the total skin is called the completion skin Scompletion.
The total skin is the sum of the two components
Stotal =Sgeometric + Scompletion
The contribution Scompletion to the total skin is particularly convenient when using
reservoir engineering equations. However Scompletion does not necessarily reflect
the quality of the completion itself. Indeed, imagine two wells with identical
completions, producing reservoirs with identical properties, the thickness of one
reservoir is double that of the other:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
221
Scompletion = a k h DPcompletion / ( Q m B )
Since DPcompletion is identical but reservoir thickness h differs by a factor 2,
applying the above relation leads to values of Scompletion, which differ, by a factor
2.
Mechanical skins are defined so as to reflect the quality of well completion. In the
formula for mechanical skins, the vertical reservoir thickness h is replaced by the
length of the producing interval (measured along the wellbore) hp :
Smechanical = a k hp DPskin / ( Q m B )
where, for oil wells,
a
k
hp
SI
depends on units
2p
permeability
m2
length of the completed interval m
US
7.07 10-3
mD
ft
French
0.0536
mD
m
Pa
psi
bar
m3/s
Pa.s
v/v
bpd
cP
v/v
m3/d
cP
v/v
Charge properties
222
PROSPER
Fluid properties
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
223
224
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
225
The gun data screen is divided into two sections: the upper section of the screen
refers to the section test data whereas the lower screen covers the section 2 & 4 test
data.
2.6.11.4Perforation Length & Entrance Hole Diameter Calculation
1. Introduction
There are 2 terms interchangeably used to describe the length of the perforation
tunnel: perforation length (Lp) and depth of penetration (DoP).
The perforation length is the distance between the well bore radius and the end of
the tunnel whereas the depth of penetration is the distance between the middle of
the well bore and the end of the tunnel.
Subsequently, the difference between depth of penetration and perforation length is
the well bore radius.
In PROSPER, the perforation length is the preferred term used.
2. Fluid Fill Effects
The fluid in the pore space of the rock (referred to here as the Reservoir Fluid) is
defined by the fluid type defined under | Options | Options.
Note that SPOT does not distinguish between the effect of oil and water on
perforation performance. Perforation performance in oil filled rock is assumed to be
the same as that in water filled rock.
2.1. Adjustments of UCS for fluid Fill Effects
UCS = Unconfined (or Uniaxial) Compressive Strength. This is a common measure
of the strength of intact rock. It is normally measured on cylinders of rock core by
compressing the core between two platens and measuring the maximum load at
which the rock fails.
The UCS depends upon the type of fluid that impregnates and therefore needs to be
adjusted as described below.
2.1.1. API 19B Section 1 Concrete Data:
Procedure to adjust UCS for use in concrete->water filled rock DoP correlations:
If the Reservoir Fluid is liquid, no adjustment is made. That is:
UCS adjusted = UCS rock
226
PROSPER
Procedure to adjust UCS for use in liquid or gas filled rock->liquid or gas filled rock
DoP correlations:
Test Fluid
Reservoir
Fluid
Corrected
adjusted
Oil or Water
gas
UCSrock
Oil or Water
Oil or water
UCSrock
UCS rock
Gas
gas
UCSrock
UCS rock
Gas
Oil or Water
UCSrock
UCS
UCS
Explanation:
Rock UCS is measured on a dry rock sample. This is the value inputted by the
user on the Section 4 data input screen.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
227
Section 2 and 4 tests are conducted on water filled rock samples (3% by weight
sodium chloride brine).
Thus, UCS measured corresponds to the DoP measured in a water filled rock
sample
The procedure assumes that UCS is the main factor controlling DoP (which is
current thinking and is supported by the latest Shell Protocol X tests)
2.2 Section 1 (concrete) to reservoir rock calculation
DoP (Depth of Penetration) correlation curves, for sandstone and carbonates, are
used to calculate a DoP factor. Figures 1 & 2 show these curves. One can notice
that the DoP factor is a function of
a. The in-situ reservoir rock strength (UCSadjusted) in kPsi, and
b. The Effective stress
Procedure to convert Section 1 concrete data to 5000psi UCS
As not all Section 1 tests are carried out at 5000psi, the DoPs from Section 1 must
first be normalized.
Calculate the normalization factor using the linear relationship (concrete>concrete).
Note that the UCS (in kpsi) used in this equation is taken directly from the Gun
Database. It is NOT the adjusted UCS for pore fluid fill discussed in Section 2. This
normalization method is based on SPE 18242.
Calculate the normalized concrete DoP corresponding to 5000psi UCS:
Where:
DoPnorm_sec1 = concrete DoP normalised to 5000psi (inches)
Concrete_factortest_usc= factor to convert Section 1 concrete UCS to 5000psi
DoPsection1= average DoP (NOT normalised) measured during the Section 1 test.
This value is obtained directly from the Gun Database
Display the normalised Section 1 DoP (DoPnorm_sec1) in the Gun Database
under DoP Normalised to 5000psi UCS.
Calculate reservoir rock DoP values using:
Reservoir rock DoP = Factor1 *DOPnorm_sec1
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
228
PROSPER
(3)
Where:
Reservoir rock DoP = Intermediate calculated DoP. This DoP value will need to be
adjusted for standoff and multiple casing strings.
Factor1= this is provided using equations 5a, 6a, and Figure 1 and 2. The adjusted
UCS obtained from equations 1a, 1b and 1c should be used in equations 5a and 6a.
This is described in more detail in Section 5.
Explanation:
A factor of 0.67 to convert the dry Briquet compressive strength values into an
actual internal dry compressive strength is not required as the correlations were
matched to actual concrete dry Briquet compressive strength data and Berea and
synthetic rock UCS data (SPE 27424).
The general procedure used in SPE 27424 is to convert the concrete dry Briquet
strength into a wet compressive strength (eq 6) so that Thompsons curves can be
used directly to calculate a downhole DoP at 3000psi effective strength. A slightly
different procedure is employed here in which a DoP factor is calculated compared
to a dry Briquet strength of 5000psi. The adjusted Thompson method cannot be
directly compared to measured data as it assumes that result at zero effective
stress equal result at zero effective stress. Furthermore, wet compressive strength
is not normally recorded for test samples and thus cannot be used to match the
correlations. SPE 27424 summarises the procure to calculate DoP as follows:
Observation of a linear relationship between Section 1 and Section 2 data
(however, the UCS of the rock and concrete used in the Section 1 and 2 tests is
not considered)
Identical results for Edition 4 and Edition 5 Section 2 tests at zero and 3000psi
effective stress respectively (which seems unlikely)
Correlations were based on the following data points. All test points were based on
L80 casing material, 0.5in standoff and water filled casing (or adjusted to that
condition before plotted on the chart). Thus, all correlation concrete-rock
conversion plots assume L80 casing material, 0.5in standoff and brine filled
casing:
Sandstones:
BSP 4.5in BH charge tests in a triaxial block test (in a triaxial test it is assumed
that all of the applied stress reaches the centre of the core sampe)
3 3/8in Millenium Penguins test (not very reliable data)
Synthetic test results using the 3/38in Millennium at atmospheric conditions
NAM 2in PowerJet Omega under 5000psi effective stress
Section 2 data from SPE 27424, Table 2
Polkadot well test and downhole results
Stress cell synthetic test results
Note that all of these laboratory tests (apart from BSP) were conducted in 7in core
samples
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
229
Carbonates:
Harweell test 2in and 2 7/8 inches Power Jet and Power Jet Omega under
8300psi effective stress
Note that this test was conducted in a 4in core sample
The carbonate correlations are only based on 1 data point at 10kpsi UCS and
require more research in order to establish more representative relationships.
Additional data is required to improve the accuracy of the
Sandstone and Carbonate correlations
Figures 1 and 2 are depicted below to convert concrete data to downhole
penetration ratios. All of these figures are based on adjusted effective stress test
results. All synthetic tests were carried out by the Shell Perforating Global
Delivery Team (PGDT) at 0psi effective stress. In order to calculate DoP
correlations at varying effective stress, an adjustment was made to the curves to
reflect effects recently seen with synthetic sample stress/strain tests undertaken
by the PGDT. The main result was that stress is not evenly applied across core
samples in API 19B Section 2 and 4 type test setups (where a bladder is used to
apply stress). In a 4in core sample (UCS +/- 3700 psi) the reduction in radial
strain in the centre of the synthetic rock sample was in the order of 40% i.e. only
60% of the stress applied (+/- 1500 psi) to the outside of the sample appeared to
reach the centre of the synthetic sample during laboratory tests. By extrapolation,
in a 7" core it is predicted that only 30% of the applied stress during a laboratory
test may reach the centre of the core sample. Based on analysis of BSP triaxial
test results and Polkadot downhole results, the 7in factor was adjusted to 40% i.
e. 40% of the applied stress reaches the centre of the sample (refer to DoP
model for additional explanation). Corresponding adjustment factors were
applied to the carbonate and sandstone correlations to account for this reduced
stress effect at the centre of the core samples during a laboratory test compared
to downhole results. The adjustment factor means that stress applied during a
laboratory test can be assumed to be representative of downhole effects. These
stress reduction factors are only applicable for a UCS of 3700psi. Even less of
the effective stress would be expected to reach the centre of a higher UCS
sample. Additional research is required to determine how the impact of effective
stress reduction varies with sample strength.
Figures 1b and 2b contain conventional results, unadjusted for stress cell test
results to convert concrete data to downhole ratios (refer to DoP model- Yvette
comments final3.xls for additional explanation). This means that 5000psi
effective stress applied to a sample during a laboratory test is representative of
5000psi downhole stress i.e. all of the 5000psi effective stress during the
laboratory test reaches the centre of the core sample
Note that the shape of concrete-rock conversion correlation graphs is supported
by SPE 27424.
Stress Adjusted Correlations- adjusted for stress cell test results
230
PROSPER
eff stress 1
eff stress 2
eff stress 3
eff stress 6
eff stress 0
eff stress 4
eff stress 10
eff stress 8
eff stress 1.2
Log. (eff stress 6)
Log. (eff stress 0)
Log. (eff stress 4)
Log. (eff stress 2)
1.2
y = -0.3472Ln(x) + 1.3019
1
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0
10
1.8
y = -0.134Ln(x) + 0.6097
1.6
1.4
1.2
1
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
19
20
User Guide
231
232
PROSPER
1.2
y = -0.3472Ln(x) + 1.3019
1
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0
10
12
14
16
18
20
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
233
1.6
1.4
1.2
1
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
234
PROSPER
May, 2009
User Guide
235
Where
s eff
= Effective stress
= water density
h = Sea depth (if well is offshore, otherwise h=0)
g = Gravitational constant
Pres =Reservoir pressure
The vertical effective stress is used in the conversion of Section 1 DoPs into rock
DoPs through.
The vertical effective stress should be applied in Figures 1 and 2 (this is according to
API 19B, Section 4.2e and SPE 27424).
Explanation:
Arching factors are not taken into account in the effective stress depletion
component
API 19B and SPE 27424 do not explicitly consider perforation orientation or
stress regimes in the application of effective stress. Use of the vertical
effective stress is only valid for certain perforation orientations, however this is
the only scenario considered in SPOT for conversion of Section 1 data. If
Section 4 data input is selected, the user may enter an appropriate effective
stress value according to the perforation orientation
236
PROSPER
and that effective stress and wellbore pressure effects on penetration are not
additive. However, this is contrary to the results of SPE 18243 Table 4 in
which effective stress (confining stress- pore pressure) was kept constant
while wellbore pressure was varied. Varying the wellbore pressure was seen
to alter DoP.
Furthermore, the DoP factors/correlations used in SPOT (Figures 1 and 2)
partially include wellbore pressure effects (as they're calibrated to Section 4
tests).
Section 4 data inputted by the User will already include the effect of wellbore
pressure (provided that the magnitude of wellbore pressure does not vary
between the test and the SPOT DoP prediction).
Sandstone:
Procedure to calculate DoP factor for Sandstone:
In Figure 1 and 1b (above), Factor1 (the normalised DoP factor) is given by:
API 19B Section 1- API 19B Section 2 conventional correlations (equation 5ai)
={-0.00082( )^2+0.03285*( )-0.34726}*{Ln( )}+{1.3019*EXP(-0.122*( ))}
API 19B Section1- synthetic rock correlations (equation 5aii)
={-0.004( )^2+0.0745*( )-0.34726}*{Ln( )}+{1.3019*EXP(-0.305*( ))}
This synthetic relationship is only valid if UCS<10kpsi. Otherwise a result cannot be
calculated
In any circumstance if factor1SYNTHETIC > factor1CONCRETE then, assume
factor1SYNTHETIC = factor1CONCRETE
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
237
Where:
UCS- is the adjusted rock strength in kPsi (obtained using equations 1a, 1b and 1c)
and Seff is in kPsi (calculated using equation 4). The correlation can only be used to
determine perforation performance in a liquid filled wellbore with L80 3/8in casing
material, 3/4in of concrete and 0.5in standoff.
Seff Kpsi (calculated using equation 4)
UCSadjusted Kpsi (adjusted rock UCS calculated using equations 1a, 1b and 1c to
account for reservoir pore fluid fill.)
238
PROSPER
Carbonate:
Procedure to calculate DoP factor for Carbonates:
Using Figure 2 (above), the factor1, (the normalised DoP factor) is given by:
API 19B Section 1- API 19B Section 2 conventional correlations (equation 6ai)
={-0.00082( )^2+0.03285*( )-0.39735}*{Ln( )}+{1.659*EXP(-0.0952*( ))}
Where:
UCS sect4= UCS specified by the User on the Section II/Section IV input
screen
UCS adjusted=UCS calculated using equations 1a,1b,1c
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
239
This equation was taken from Shell Perforating Handbook section 2.1.2.3 and
was derived using API 19B Section 2 (liquid filled) tests. It was assumed that
the relationship was equally valid to be applied to gas filled tests (provided
that the Section 4 and reservoir fluid is the same).
Take differences in downhole and test effective stress into account in the DoP
value. Three options are available and there should be a toggle switch on the
Section II/Section IV data input screen for the User to select between
o Conventional effective stress correlations
o Synthetic rock effective stress correlations for 4in Section II/ Section IV
core sample
o Synthetic rock effective stress correlations for 7in Section II/ Section IV
core sample
The procedure to use for these three options is outlined below.
Carbonate:
= (-0.00082(SEff)^2+0.03285*(SEff)-0.39735)*{Ln(UCS adjusted)} + {1.659*EXP(0.0952*( SEff))} (8ai)
Where:
SEff= Calculated downhole effective stress from equation 4 (kPsi)
UCS adjusted=UCS calculated using equations 1a,1b,1c (kPsi)
Carbonate:
=(-0.00082(Stress_Effsect4)^2+0.03285*(Stress_Effsect4)-0.39735)*{Ln(UCS
adjusted)} + {1.659*EXP(-0.0952*( Stress_Effsect4))}
(8aii)
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
240
PROSPER
Where:
Stress_Effsect4= Effective stress as specified by the User on the Section II/
Section IV input screen in kPsi
UCS adjusted=UCS calculated using equations 1a,1b,1c (kPsi)
Ref for equation 8a and 8b is based on test results at different effective
stresses (i.e. the difference in horizontal shift between different stress values).
This is based on conventional results and does not take into account the
reduced stress effect i.e. not all of the stress applied in a Section 2 or Section
4 test will reach the centre of the core sample.
In any circumstance if ReservoirRockDoP from 4in or 4in core
relationships > ReservoirRockDoP from conventional core relationships,
assume ReservoirRockDoP from 7in and 4in core relationships =
ReservoirRockDoP from conventional core relationships
Synthetic rock effective stress correlations for 4in Section II/ Section IV core
sample
1. A downhole effective stress conversion factor (
Sandstone:
= (-0.003(SEff)^2+0.0642*(SEff)-0.34726)*{Ln(UCS adjusted)} + {1.3019*EXP(0.2033*( SEff))} (8bi)
This synthetic relationship is only valid if UCS<10kpsi. Otherwise a result cannot be
calculated
Carbonate:
= (-0.003(SEff)^2+0.0642*(SEff)-0.39735)*{Ln(UCS
0.195*( SEff))} (8bi)
adjusted)} +
{1.659*EXP(-
Where:
SEff= Calculated downhole effective stress from equation 4 (kPsi)
UCS adjusted=UCS calculated using equations 1a,1b,1c (kPsi)
DoPeff _ stress _ fac4
2. A test effective stress conversion factor (
):
Sandstone:
=
(-0.003(Stress_Effsect4)^2+0.0642*(Stress_Effsect4)-0.34726)*{Ln(UCS
adjusted)} + {1.3019*EXP(-0.2033*(Stress_Effsect4))} (8bii)
This synthetic relationship is only valid if UCS<10kpsi. Otherwise a result cannot be
calculated
Carbonate:
=
(-0.003(Stress_Effsect4)^2+0.0642*(
PROSPER Manual
Stress_Effsect4)-0.39735)*{Ln(UCS
May, 2009
User Guide
241
Carbonate:
= (-0.004(SEff)^2+0.0745*(SEff)-0.39735)*{Ln(UCS
0.2267*( SEff))} (8ci)
adjusted)} +
{1.659*EXP(-
Where:
SEff= Calculated downhole effective stress from equation 4 (kPsi)
UCS adjusted=UCS calculated using equations 1a,1b,1c (kPsi)
DoPeff _ stress _ fac4
2. A test effective stress conversion factor (
):
Sandstone:
= (-0.004Stress_Effsect4)^2+0.0745*(Stress_Effsect4)-0.34726}*{Ln(UCS adjusted)} +
{1.3019*EXP(-0.305*(Stress_Effsect4))} (8cii)
This synthetic relationship is only valid if UCS<10kpsi. Otherwise a result cannot be
calculated
Carbonate:
=
(-0.004(Stress_Effsect4)^2+0.0745*(Stress_Effsect4)-0.39735)*{Ln(UCS
adjusted)} + {1.659*EXP(-0.2267*(Stress_Effsect4))} (8cii)
Where:
242
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
243
Calculate final reservoir rock DoP values taking into account the different
configuration of Section II and Section IV test DoP measurements and SPOT
DoP measurements using:
Reservoir rock Lp = Reservoir Rock DoP
(8f)
Where:
Reservoir rock Lp = Lp
Casing thickness= calculated using casing weight and OD from the
Completion Details screen to calculate the casing ID and thus casing
thickness.
Cement thickness=wellbore hole radius- casing radius
Reservoir Rock DoP = from equation 8d
Finally the Reservoir Rock Lp will need to be adjusted for standoff (see
Section 9) and multiple casing strings (see Section7).
244
PROSPER
It should be highlighted that the casing material type should not have a
significant effect on DoP and is thus ignored here.
The drop down menu in the CASING section should include the following
materials: J55, L80, P105 and P110.
A similar drop down menu will be required in the TUBING section that will be
used if a user has chosen multiple casing/tubing strings.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
245
The below table (Table 1) should be used to convert the EoH for BOTH Big
Hole and DP charges in order to account for the original casing type noted in
the Gun Database or Section II/Section IV data input screen to the casing
material chosen by the user in the Completion Details input screen.
Material
Finally the EoHcasing will need to be adjusted for standoff (see Section 8),
multiple casing strings (see Section7).
If a user chooses a gun from the Gun Database, say a RP43 gun which was
246
PROSPER
tested on J55 material (specified in the Gun database) but the well will contain
L80 casing (specified in the Completion Details screen), then the CF=0.94
(CF for L80 well, original material J55).
If a user chooses an API 19B gun with P110 casing (from the Gun Database)
for use in the same well as above, then the CF=1.1 (CF for L80, original
material P110).
If the Section 4 tests are carried with L80 material (specified in the Section IV
data input screen) and the well is completed with P105 (specified in the
Completion Details screen), the CF=0.95
Explanation:
Correction factors are required as the calculated EoH specified in the Gun
Database is ONLY appropriate if the original perforation penetration is based
on J55 type casing material (note that J55 was the standard casing material
according to the original API RP43 tests; an update of API RP43 was based
on L80 material. API19B is also based on L80 casing).
Similarly the EoH specified in the Section IV/Section II data input screen is
only valid for the casing type in which the test was conducted.
Thus, the correction casing material correlation must be based on the casing
material type specified in the Gun Database. Table 1 gives the mean EoH
correction factors (CF) dependent upon the casing material while Figure 11
provides equations for the values presented in Table 1.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
247
248
PROSPER
For multiple casing strings, the factors in Table 1 and/or Figure 11 should be
used for all strings. That is:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
249
SPOT will only calculate a DoP for 1, 2 or 3 casing strings otherwise if a user
tries to increase multiple strings greater than 3, an error message should
appear.
(9b)
(9)
h1 = first string casing thickness (inches)
h2 = second string casing thickness (inches)
htc = total cement thickness between casing strings (inches). This will be
specified on the Completion Details screen as the distance between each
casing string. That is, htc should be assumed to be equal to:
htc = (ID casing string 3- OD casing string 1)/2, where casing string 1 is
the innermost casing string
250
PROSPER
7. Standoff effects
The following workflow should be used to calculate the effect of standoff on in-situ
DoP
Procedure to calculate effect of standoff on DoP:
In SPOT, it is assumed that standoff only effects DoP of Deep Penetrating
Charges Any other type of charge (i.e. Big hoe) is NOT affected. The type of
charge BH or DP should be specified in the Gun Database (this will be added
to the Database shortly) This is changed to Standoff impacting both DP & BH
charges. Use the same SO model for both DP & BH. While there is less data
on BH standoff available, it is clear that there is a reduction in penetration of
the same order as DP, therefore currently should use the same model.
Based on a chosen gun, the test standoff is read from the Gun Database for
Section I data or the Section II/Section IV input deck. Note that the current
Gun Database does not contain standoff information. This variable will be
added to the Gun Database in the near future.
PROSPER Manual
The DoP stand-off factor (DoPsf) is calculated for the test standoff and
downhole standoff using the below relationships: This is now replaced by an
improved model, which uses recent test data, which has results from 5 SO,
reducing the slop. Also the old model here has a major error. When moving
from the horizontal part of the curve to the slope we get a major shift in
results. This has been improved by having a new model which correctly
May, 2009
User Guide
251
transitions. There is no need for the tail off of the slope as we have data out to
5 and the model will cope with SO out to 7.5 before going below zero with a
2gun (worst case). If necessary the software could contain a negative check
on DoPsf and replace with zero. (if(DoPsf <0,0)
Stand-off (inches)
0 < SO <= 0.3*gun OD
Calculate the ratio of DoPsf for downhole standoff over DoPsf for test standoff
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
252
PROSPER
DoPsfratio =
. The Reservoir Inflow should be calculated using the Downhole standoff and
reported in the Results page in SPOT.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
253
2. Using the above relationships, a DoPsf for downhole standoff factor should be
calculated according to the downhole standoff distance between the gun and casing
of 0.5in. Assume DoPsf @ 1.5in = 1
3. = 1/0.748 = 1.337
4. Calculate . This is the final DoP which is used directly in the Inflow Equations in
SPOT.
7. additional data required in completion data section of SPOT
For wireline guns
We require a user input for "tubing drift" on the Completion Details screen to let the
user enter in tubing drift in the sizing calculation. We also require a user input for
final clearance on the Vendor Database screen. So this means:
gun size in SPOT < minimum tubing restriction - gun swell - tubing drift-final
clearance
SPOT should limit the maximum gun size that can be selected by the user
accordingly.
When SPOT starts, the default value for tubing drift should be 0
For TCP guns
In addition to swell and drift we also must consider wash pipe sizes for fishing. This
means we need to add a user entry box for: "casing drift" on the Completion Details
screen. We also require user inputs for, "wash pipe size for fishing", "wash pipe
clearance" and final clearance on the Vendor Database screen. So this means:
gun size in SPOT < casing size - gun swell - casing drift - wash pipe size wash pipe clearance - final clearance
SPOT should limit the maximum gun size that can be selected by the user
accordingly.
Note that final clearance is the additional clearance requested by a user beyond
the specified tolerances.
When SPOT starts, the default value for casing drift should be 0
254
PROSPER
In addition to these inputs, the following input boxes must be added into SPOT
Deep Penetrating/ Big Hole: a drop down box should appear to allow the user
to select between DP and BH charges. This is a user input and not read from
the Vendor Database as for new perforating guns as old guns may no longer
be in production and thus excluded from the Gun Database
Test Standoff for DoP section 1
Test fluid type
Downhole standoff
Casing material in Section 1 test: Select between J55, L80, P105 or P110. A
dropdown box should appear
The User should also have the option of entering Section 2 or 4 data into
SPOT for the reperforation. The Section 2 or 4 data should be available via
the Old holes only or New and Old holes screen
The User should be presented with 2 crushed zone property options:
1. The Use QinetiQ Developed Skin Model
2. Alternatively, the User may enter a discrete crushed zone permeability
damage factor and crushed zone thickness:
o Kcrush= ratio of virgin reservoir permeability to crushed zone
permeability
o Rc=thickness of the crush zone measured from the edge of the
perforation tunnel
Note that the crushed zone properties and test properties entered here must be used
to calculate the original (old) perforation performance.
The input of crushed zone properties on the Options screen is only applied to the
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
255
new perforating charge. Similarly the downhole standoff values provided on the
Vendor database screen only apply to the new perforation charge.
Information on the Completion Details screen should be assumed to apply to both
the new and old perforating charge
The entire process described in this document must be used t calculate the final
EoH and final DoP for the original (old) perforations and for the new perforations.
256
PROSPER
May, 2009
User Guide
257
In order to fully describe the SPOT reservoir model, select | Input Data at the top
right corner of the screen to access the various tabs (below listed from left to right)
required to enter the model inputs:
- Options
- Layers
- Log Data
- Completion Data
2.6.11.5.1 SPOT: Model inputs - Options
In the following, the various inputs will be described
258
PROSPER
Lp Correlation Type:
Lp is the length of the perforation measured from the well bore radius to the end of
the perforation tunnel.
Conventional:
Synthetic:
No: the quadratic (non-Darcy skin) term is not taken into account.
Activity:
The user has two choices:
New well: the well is being perforated for the first time or
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
259
Well type:
The well type can be:
Vertical
Inflow Equation:
Within Spot, the user has 2 IPR choices:
- Vogel: SPOT uses a straight line inflow relationship above the bubble point and
the Vogel relationship below the bubble point to account for two phase flow. This
equation is based on an empirical relationship developed by Vogel using numerical
simulations.
- Fetkovitch: the Fetkovich IPR model also accounts for two phase flow below the
bubble point. It was developed to improve Vogels correlation.
Log Data Input:
SPOT allows different ways to enter the log-scaled reservoir parameters porosity,
permeability, FDC, shear & compressional sonic, UCS and TWC. The user selects
the combination that applies to his / her project.
The "None Available" can be selected if it applies and the user will be given the
opportunity to synthetically generate those data in log scale later.
Perforating Method:
- Single Run (default)
- "Double Run"
For "the single run" one perforating gun is run into the well and fired and only once.
This is as per standard perforating practices.
The second perforating method is the "Double Run" perforating method.
In the case of the "Double Run" perforating method, it is assumed that an interval is
perforated twice using the same gun. That is, the gun is run into the well and fired,
pulled out of the hole and the same gun is rerun into the well and fired. SPOT takes
into account the probability that old and new perforations will overlie, assuming the
guns are not oriented.
For a double perforating run, SPOT will assume the same degree of mud invasion
for the first and second perforating run.
260
PROSPER
May, 2009
User Guide
261
in deviated and horizontal wells both the horizontal and vertical transportation
models are used. If either model results in sand production SPOT will identify
that sand will be produced. The User should enter the perforation angle for
the perforation type of interest.
This model can also be used as a debris transport model. Thus, it can be used to
model debris flow if the debris diameter is entered (rather than the sand particle size
distribution diameter) and if the density of the debris is entered (rather than the sand
density).
Model limitations include:
The model does not account for random fluctuations in velocity due to
turbulence that may, in reality, enable movement of particles even when no
sand transport is indicated.
The model assumes that the fluid of interest is the reservoir fluid (not the
completion fluid or drilling mud).
262
PROSPER
It should be highlighted that the QinetiQ Sanding Model does not predict perforation
tunnel failure. It only predicts if sand production will occur assuming that failure has
already occurred. I.e. perforation tunnel cleanup.
Crushed zone Model:
The user has two models to choose from:
Entered and
If the entered crushed zone model is selected, the user needs to input:
o
The QinetiQ Test Results" allows the User to select a default crushed zone
permeability relationship which defines the thickness of the crushed zone and the
crushed zone permeability damage factor based on laboratory experiments using big
hole charges.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
263
264
PROSPER
Four main components of the interface are identified, as indicated on the diagram
above, which are described in more detail in the following sections:
1. Network window the window on which the system network is drawn.
2. Navigator window contains a full schematic that can be used to help navigation
about large systems.
3. Menu bar and toolbar. The menu bar is used for issuing commands to PROSPER
and the interface; it contains an abridged set of commands compared to a normal
application framework window because it is a subsidiary window of the main
programme. The toolbar contains menu accelerators, icons for selecting and
manipulating network nodes and links, and icons for zooming or unzooming on the
network window.
4. Visualisation screen up to three windows showing front, side and top views of
the multilateral network.
The network window is the main window on which the multilateral network is
displayed and manipulated. More than one network window can be displayed at one
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
265
time; this means that different views of the same system are available
simultaneously, which can be of help in editing large networks.
The system window is used to draw, edit, and view the system. The network nodes
are represented by coloured icons. The different actions that can be performed on
this window are obtained by clicking the right hand mouse button within the area of
the system window, which brings up a menu. Alternatively, the same set of actions
can be performed using the toolbar or the menu, which are described below.
Addition of Network Nodes and Links
To add an item to the system, activate the required network item type from the
toolbar or by using the right hand mouse button menu. The cursor will change to
indicate that a network item selection has been made. Click on the screen at the
point to insert the element. A network node will be created and an icon to represent
it. A label dialog will appear prompting for a name. If the element is not labelled, a
default label is provided which can be edited later using the icon right hand mouse
button menu.
Only the four left most items in the toolbar (tie-point, junction, completion and tank/
reservoir) are nodes: links, the fifth item, are added differently by dragging between
two nodes. Depending on a set of connection rules, the connection will be made or
not and the correct type of link will be chosen. For example, reservoirs can only be
attached to completions and the type of link is logical; in other cases the link is a
piece of tubing. These rules are reviewed in the description of toolbar items. The
network is hierarchical and arrows drawn on the links indicate the direction of the
connections (which is normally the same direction as increasing vertical depth).
Each icon is given a characteristic colour, depending on the network item it
represents. The colours and items are: red (tie-point), green (junction), yellow
(completion), blue (reservoir) and pink (tubing).
Zoom/Unzoom
To zoom or unzoom, first select the appropriate icon from the toolbar or from the
right hand mouse menu, as described above. To zoom in on an area, hold the left
hand mouse button while sweeping the mouse cursor over the area of interest.
Alternatively, click once at a point in the system, and the programme will zoom or
unzoom on that point using a fixed scaling factor (which may be adjusted using the
Preferences dialog in the Preferences menu).
To revert to a full system view at any time, double-click the left hand mouse button at
any point in the window (except on an icon). The view will re-scale to show the whole
of the system.
Mask/Unmask
To mask or unmask, first select the appropriate icon from the toolbar or from the
right hand mouse menu, as described above. To mask a node, click on itwith mask
selected; to unmask it click on it with unmask selected. Masking removes a node
from the calculation without removing it and its associated data from the network
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
266
PROSPER
(which deleting does). Masking is useful for simulating the effect of removing or
adding in completions. Note that masking a branch will have the effect of masking
those below it in the hierarchy.
Moving Items
Select the move option from the toolbar or from the right hand mouse menu. To
move a single item, place the mouse cursor above it and hold down the left mouse
button while dragging the mouse cursor to the desired new location. To move a
group, select an area as with the zoom option and then hold down the left mouse
button with the mouse cursor in the window before dragging the whole group to a
new location. Items stay selected after a group move but can be de-selected using
the select option.
Deletion of Items
Select the delete icon from the toolbar or from the right hand mouse menu. Groups
of items may be deleted by group-selecting them as above, but with the delete
option chosen. NB: deletion of a node deletes the data associated with it so this
option should be used with caution. To delete a pure (non data-carrying) link re-do it.
Selection of Items
To select an item or items, first choose the select icon (black arrow) from the toolbar
or from the right hand mouse menu, the selected item will change colour. Group
selections can be achieved by first selecting the select icon then drag the left hand
mouse button over the area of interest. The select option is a toggle, so it can select
or de-select items. Group selections can be used to turn off the selection actioned by
a group move.
Editing of Items
If a network item carries data it has an icon associated with it and can be edited by
double clicking on it provided that none of zoom/unzoom, move, delete or select are
chosen. Editing of network item data is covered in the section on Data Entry.
Right Hand Mouse Button Actions
Utility menus will appear when the right hand mouse button is clicked anywhere in
the system view. The normal menu appears when the button is clicked over an
empty space. It contains the commands to add and manipulate network items as
well as commands to bring up dialog screens to change fonts and icon sizes. If it is
clicked over a network icon, a shorter menu will appear with a number of network
item specific functions, such as the ability to change the icon size and label, and
delete and select.
Panning
To move the view around the system, move the cursor close to the edge of the view
in the direction the system will be moved. The cursor will change to an arrow.
Clicking the left hand mouse button will move the system view by a fixed amount
depending on the current scaling factor. To pan quickly, hold the mouse button down
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
267
See the
Close:
System menu:
This window can be used to aid in navigation about a large system. It will always
consist of a system schematic that is independent of any zooming on a system
window. In addition to the network, it contains a tracking rectangle that encloses the
portion of the system currently under view in the system window.
The tracking rectangle has two functions. If the focus is currently on a network
window, this rectangle surrounds the area of the network that that view is displaying.
Alternatively, the rectangle may be used to create new views of the network if the
navigator window is currently in focus. When the mouse is moved over the rectangle,
the cursor changes to allow resizing of the rectangle. In this way, the navigator
window facilitates creating views in areas of interest. Double-clicking the left hand
mouse button in the area will create a new system view displaying the selected area,
although resized to preserve a sensible aspect ratio.
Right Hand Mouse Button Menu
Clicking the right hand mouse button within the navigator window will produce a
utility menu. This contains the following functions:
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
268
PROSPER
Navigator On Top: By default, the navigator is always on top of all system views.
This can be changed by selecting this item from the menu.
Hide Window: The navigator can be hidden using this option and, once removed,
will not appear in subsequent sessions until reopened from the Window menu. The
navigator can also be hidden by clicking on the cross button at the top right hand
corner of the window or by using the Window menu option.
New Window: Another way of producing a new view (see above).
Icon Sizes: Invokes the Icon Sizes dialog (see below).
The toolbar is located below the main menu at the top of the main window. It
consists of a row of icons (described below) which act as accelerators to the menu
functions accessed from the Tools menu or most of those called from the right hand
mouse button in the network window.
The functions of the various buttons are described below. A quick description can be
gained for a given button by holding the mouse cursor over the button for a moment.
A small yellow box with a short description will appear.
Network Item Set-up
The functionality of the network items buttons is duplicated in the drop-down list: a
selection from this list will cause the appropriate button on the toolbar to be shown
as depressed. When a network item button is selected, the cursor, when over a
system window, will be drawn to represent the current selection. Click once on the
system window to cause a new node of the required type to be created at the
chosen point. A label dialog will appear to allowing the node to be labelled; leaving
the label blank results in default node naming. This can be edited later by clicking
the right hand mouse button on the icon created.
Connections between nodes are created by choosing the Link button and holding
down the mouse left hand button whilst dragging between the nodes. There is a
connection hierarchy, which is represented by the branching of a parent branch into
one or more child branches, in the same way that the multilateral well branches out
physically. Indicate the direction of the hierarchy for junction-completion or
completion-completion connections by the order in which they are joined up.
Tie-point. This is the node for which the IPR is solved and is located at
the top of the system (in vertical depth and hierarchically). Hence, the tiepoint can only be a start point.
Junction. The main purpose of the junction is to be a branching node. It
can only have one link into it (from a tie-point, completion or other
junction) but any number coming out.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
269
270
PROSPER
Finish
Done exits the screen but validates the multilateral structure and data first. If the
structure is not valid a warning message appears providing the opportunity to remain
in the multilateral screen. One can exit the data screen, however, the data are
marked invalid.
Cancel leaves the multilateral screen, restoring the network to its state at the start
of the edit session.
Tools
These are equivalent to items to the right of, and indeed inside, the drop-down list
box in the tool bar and have been explained above.
Analyse
This menu contains options to plot and report the IPR results in a similar way to
those in the Single Well IPR. The multi-lateral is treated as one reservoir model
option, such as the multi-layer with dP friction loss. There is also a Calculate option,
which brings up the dialog in the following figure.
The Calculate screen gives the option of calculating one IPR point or a curve. In the
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
271
former case pressure can be calculated from a rate or rate from a pressure. In the
latter case, pressure is calculated for a range of rates up to the AOF, as with other
IPR calculations. From this screen it is possible to specify the number of IPR points
(maximum 20) and the minimum pressure to calculate to. These are to help speed
up calculations if appropriate. Results of the points for curve calculation will be
reported at the bottom section of the screen. Also, having a bearing on calculation
speed is the switch between infinite and finite conductivity modes of calculation. In
the latter case the pressure drop in the tubing is taken into account. Before carrying
out the calculation, the network structure is validated and any errors are reported in
the white list box in the middle section of the screen. If the structure is not valid the
calculation is not carried out. The Details button is used to display pressure and raterelated parameters with respect to the measured and vertical tubing depths of each
branch.
During a calculation, diagnostic information is reported to the list box. Also, a Cancel
button is placed above the Calculate button to allow stopping the calculation. The
buttons to the left of the list box perform the functions in the Analyse menu, except H
elp, which brings up this section. The push button Done exits the screen.
Visualise
These items are dealt with in the section on visualisation screens.
Preferences
The preferences dialog is gained from the Preferences item of the frame window
menu. It allows customisation of a set of User-interface variables for subsequent
PROSPER sessions. The following options are available:
Enable Flyover Status Information. If this is checked then a status box appear as
the mouse is moved over the network item icons.
Auto-repeat delay when panning. When panning, the left-hand mouse button
may be held down to auto-repeat the action. The value given in this field
represents the time (in ms) before the auto-repeat action starts from when the
mouse button is clicked.
Fraction of screen to pan per click. This represents the resolution of panning.
272
PROSPER
Output
Printer Setup - to set up the printer if not already done.
Print - prints the current child window as a hard-copy, metafile or to the clipboard,
whether a network window or a visualisation screen.
Window Menu
New Window. This creates a new system view. The new view is zoomed out to
include all the components.
Close All. Shuts down all system windows in the application.
Cascade. This reorganises the system windows into a cascade.
Tile. Tiles the system windows.
Toggle toolbar display. This will remove the toolbar if it is currently displayed, and
vice-versa. If the toolbar is not displayed, toolbar commands can be accessed via
the right hand mouse button on the system view window.
Toggle navigator display. Displays or hides the navigator window.
Below this is a list of currently active system windows. The current focus window
may be changed by clicking on one.
Help
Brings up this information on the network interface.
Other Items
Apart from the preferences it is possible to change other aspects of the User
interface: namely font and icon sizes.
Network Fonts
Fonts used in the network drawing may be changed. To do this, select the Fonts
option from the menu obtained following a right hand mouse button click in the
system window. This will bring up a font selection dialog. Select the required font and
style and press OK. The new font will be applied to all network drawings and also to
labels in the visualisation windows.
Icon Sizes
The sizes of the icons used to represent the network nodes can be changed. Select
the Icon Sizes option from the menu obtained following a right hand mouse button
click in the system window. The following dialog will appear:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
273
The dialog consists of a slider with a data entry field, which contains the current icon
size (this defaults to 50 out of an arbitrary 0 100 range for a new file). Change the
icon size by adjusting the slider or entering a new size in the entry field. Check the
Automatic Update box to update the system window with the new size as the slider
is moved.
When the new icon size is entered, click on This View or All Views. In the latter
case the change will be applied to all network windows. In the former case, only the
currently active network view will be changed. The new icon size will not be saved; i.
e. all changes will be lost when the current file is exited.
2.6.12.1.2.6 Visualisation Screens
These screens supply three 2-D views (front, side and top) of the 3-D multilateral
object. The salient visual objects (tie-points, junctions, tubing, completions and
reservoirs) are drawn symbolically but they are spaced to scale. The screens are
updated whenever a network item is edited and has a valid data set and whenever
an item is deleted or becomes invalid. The visualisation objects are given the same
colour as their equivalent network objects (e.g. blue for reservoirs), and are identified
by the same labels as in the network structure.
The geometry used is left-handed Cartesian. It is assumed that the positive x axis is
along the direction of zero azimuth, positive y is at 90 degrees and positive z is in the
direction of increasing depth. The front view shows the (x, z) plane, where y is
increasing going into the screen and consequently positive z corresponds to moving
down the screen and positive x corresponds to moving to the right. The side view
shows the (y, z) plane, where x increases coming out of the screen, z increases
going down the screen and y increases going to the right. The top view shows the
(y, x) plane where z is increasing going into the screen, x increases going down the
screen and y increases going to the right.
The screens are brought up using the Visualise menu. One of the three views (front,
side and top) or all of them can be activated using the appropriate menu command.
If all the views are shown then they are tiled with any active network windows. The
title bar of each view window shows the extent of the network for the plane in
question. The co-ordinates are shown with respect to the start of a (hypothetical)
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
274
PROSPER
straight tubing, which enters the tie-point in the direction of zero azimuth and has
measured and vertical depths equivalent to those of the tie-points. In a similar way
to the network window one can pan across a visualisation window by moving the
mouse cursor close to one of the window edges and clicking on the left button when
the panning cursor appears. The fraction of the screen traversed and the autorepeat delay are controlled by the same options as in the network window (chosen
from the Preferences dialog).
Right-hand Mouse Button Menu
Using the right hand mouse button on a view screen one can choose to display the
co-ordinates of any of the visual objects. The displayed coordinates can be written
over one another, it is sometimes better to view them separately. By default, the
reservoir depths are displayed at the start of a session. The next group of functions
from this menu contains zoom, unzoom and restore. The latter option resets the
scale factor and the view origins (which can be moved by panning) to the default
values. The zoom factor is the same as that used for the network window and is set
in the Preferences dialog. Finally, the way the picture is drawn can be altered.
Normally, the zooming not only changes the extent of the drawing seen but also
magnifies the objects (network items and text) drawn. Switch off the magnify mode if
zooming into a cluttered area as this will allow more objects to fit in. Also, the
network drawing is normally scaled to fit the window, irrespective of the relative
extents to the two axes. Choosing the draw to scale option stretches the drawing in
the direction with the greater physical extent (so it no longer fits in the window).
2.6.12.2Data Entry
2.6.12.2.1 Overview
The data associated with any network item is accessed by double-clicking on its icon
when none of the network manipulation options (zoom/unzoom, delete, move and
select) have been chosen. This brings up a screen with editable data fields in it.
Apart from the tie-point and junction data screens, the main data entry screen for
each node is similar to that of the single well main data entry screen (see Section
7.1). However, the reservoir data input child screen does not have any tab buttons
in it. The main data screens differ from the single well case in the action buttons:
only the left-most group - Done, Cancel, Reset, Validate and Help - are available.
Their function is the same as in the single well case. Hence, the differences
between the single well IPR data entry and the similar multilateral ones lie in the
model selection and data input child screens.
Given the hierarchical nature of the network, editing a parent branch causes the
starting points (e.g. depths) of child branches to be initialised. Those data fields that
are initialised from outside a particular network item are set read-only (coloured
cyan) when the screen to edit that net item is brought up. Hence, in order to edit a
net item and fill it with valid data it is normally necessary to have edited the parent
branch first. However, it is not a requirement to edit the network in hierarchical order
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
275
as any child net item can be filled with invalid data and saved before editing its
parent.
Another difference from the single well IPR is that in each screen, on the right hand
side, there is a list box containing a drawing of the network where the data carrying
nodes are sorted hierarchically, by type or alphabetically according to a right-hand
mouse button menu selection. By clicking on the line corresponding to a node the
given screen is closed and the screen belonging to the node clicked on is opened.
276
PROSPER
There must be no more than one tie-point in a network; other loose items are
ignored.
The top node must be a tie-point.
All branches must end in a completion; completions must be attached to at least
one reservoir.
Reservoirs should not overlap in depth (in the current model they are assumed to
be layers).
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
277
10000 feet
(12000, 10000)
(12100, 10020)
(12200, 10020)
Kh = 100 mD
(12400, 10100)
10100 feet
Azimuth = 170 deg.
Azimuth = 0 deg.
10200 feet
Kh = 50 mD
(13000, 10210)
(13000, 10220)
(14000, 10220)
(14000, 10280)
10300 feet
278
PROSPER
horizontal level with C1 and R1 on the left. Now select the link option and drag the
mouse cursor (with the left button down) between the following icons in order to
make the connections: TP1-J1, J1-C1, J1-C2, C1-R1, C2-R1 and C2-R2. Note that
between the tie-point and the junction a tubing icon is drawn to indicate that this link
contains tubing data. The order of the connections J1-C1 and J2-C2 are important
for the reverse would imply that the completions were above the junction
hierarchically.
2.6.12.3.4 Enter the Data
To enter data, double-click on an icon to bring up a screen.
Tie-point (TP1)
Enter 12000 feet and 10000 feet for measured and vertical depth respectively and
then click on Done.
Tubing (T1)
Make sure that Flow Type is Tubing Flow on the model selection screen and a
suitable value (0.354 ft) is entered for well-bore radius. Then leave the model
selection screen with its other defaults and enter the data input screen using the
button Input Data in the top right hand corner. In the Deviation tabbed dialog enter
the three numbers:
12100
10020
in the white boxes in row 2. Now enter the Equipment tabbed dialog by clicking on
that tab. In row 1 choose Tubing from the drop-down list box and then enter the
four numbers:
12100
0.7
0.0006
170
170
(row 2)
(row 3)
0.0006
(row 1)
May, 2009
User Guide
C1 Completion Info.
13000
14000
10210
10280
(row 1)
C2 Deviation
12400
10100
0
(row 2)
13000
10220
0
(row 3)
14000
10220
0
(row 4)
C2 Equipment
14000
0.7
0.0006
1
(row 1)
C2 Completion Info.
12200
12400
10020
10100
13000
14000
10220
10220
1
1
(row 1)
(row 2)
279
280
PROSPER
2.7
Safety Equipment
Friction pressure losses are calculated in the surface piping, tubing/
casing annulus and an annular safety valve where fitted.
To analyse an existing installation, the gas lift details that need to be entered will
depend upon the particular gas lift method that has been selected.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
281
Firstly select the gas lift system type on the Options menu, then enter the gaslift
data by selecting Gaslift data on the System menu.
Enter the required lift gas composition data. It is possible to model CO2 or N2 as the
injected gas. For example, to model CO2 injection enter Gaslift Gas Gravity = 1.53
and Mole percent CO2 = 100%.
Select one of three gas lift methods available. The methods currently available are:
The program assumes that the casing pressure is sufficient to inject lift gas
at the specified depth to achieve the GLR injection target.
282
PROSPER
For the Gas lifted (safety equipment) option, the compressor discharge pressure is
requested instead of the casing pressure.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
283
If a gas lift design has already been done, or the mandrel depths have been entered
for a Gaslift QuickLook Calculation, the valve details can be copied across using the
Transfer button.
The safety equipment data can be entered by accessing the Safety Equipment
button in this screen.
The details of the surface injection system are used to calculate the casing head
pressure as a function of gas injection rate and compressor output pressure.
Frictional losses in the annulus are taken into account when calculating the casing
pressure at each gas lift valve depth. The safety valve pressure loss is clearly seen
on the following gradient plot:
284
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
285
And in the Gas Lift Data enter the properties of the gas and the GLR injected:
286
PROSPER
Surface injection pressure: this is the gas lift injection pressure at surface
Injection depth: depth of the injection valve
Gas lift gas gravity: gravity of the injected gas lift gas
Valve port size: size of the injection valve
Water Cut: water cut of the produced well stream
Liquid level: depth of the liquid in the tubing to be lifted
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
287
The Pump wear factor is used to account for deviation from the manufacturer's
published performance curves due to wear etc.
For example, entering 0.05 causes the program to scale the pump head
curves down by 5% (i.e. head is 95% of the database value).
Entering 0 causes the program to use the database curves directly.
A negative number can be entered to simulate a particular pump that
performs better than the database curve.
When a downhole gas separator is run, the GOR of the oil above the separator will
be lower than the produced oil GOR. Depending on the completion, the separated
gas is produced up the annulus or a separate tubing string. Both casing I.D. and
tubing O.D. are required to be input on the System Equipment Downhole
Equipment.
288
PROSPER
The Pump wear factor is defined as in the ESP pumps, as seen in the previous
section.
Turbine speed is assumed to be the same as the Pump speed. The % Power Fluid
of Reservoir Fluid defines what fraction of the total produced liquids the power fluid
represents.
PROSPER Manual
A figure of 100% means that the amount of power fluid used to drive the
turbine is the same as the amount of produced reservoir fluids.
May, 2009
User Guide
289
In order to select the correspondent pump and rods, the pump database must be set
up first. The section devoted to the PCP design will describe how to enter the
correspondent pump and rods database.
290
PROSPER
Two lift methods are available: Specified Injection Depth and Optimum Injection
Depth. Please refer to the Gas Lift section above for further details.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
291
292
PROSPER
In this section the User has to select the Pump and enter specify its position and
maximum size along with injection rate and pressure.
The loss coefficients are also required. These coefficients are a measure of the
energy loss due to the friction in the above quoted sections of the pump.
The coefficients are provided by the Jet Pump manufacturers.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
293
The Pump Wear Factor is defined in the same way as in the ESP pumps. Please
refer to that section for details.
Other input data are the power available, the pump configuration (single pump or
pumps in parallel) and the pump model.
294
PROSPER
The input data screen is directly connected to the database for the Sucker Rod
Pumps.
2.8
Matching Menu
The PROSPER Matching menu is mainly used for the following objectives:
-
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
295
This should be used only if for a given rate more than one measurement is
available along the production string.
Pipeline Matching
The program uses actual wellhead and manifold pressures together with
temperature data points to match surface pressure drop correlations. Separate
screens allow the match parameters to be viewed and the best match selected.
Correlation Comparison
This is the primary step in quality control of measured well test data.
This option allows pressure gradient plots to be generated with different correlations
to be compared with measured gradient survey data. The comparison enables the
User to:
- Understand if the measurements make sense, that is to say, violate or not
the principles of physics
- Select the flow correlation that best fits the experimental measurement
Correlation Comparison is a fundamental step in the quality check of the model.
QuickLook
This feature is active only if an artificial lift method (Gas Lift, ESP or HSP) is
selected.
It allows calculation of the pressure gradient in an artificially lifted well for a quick
check of lift performance.
For gas lifted wells, valve opening and closing pressures are calculated to permit
troubleshooting gas lift installations.
For ESP and HSP wells, the performance of the ESP and HSP can be checked.
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
296
PROSPER
Correlation Parameters
The tubing and pipeline match parameters can be inspected reset or entered by
hand using this menu option. This capability is useful for troubleshooting, or to input
match parameters determined previously.
Correlation Thresholds
This option allows the User to specify a threshold angle for both tubing and pipeline
correlations at which the program will automatically change to another (specified)
correlation. This option will enable vertical risers in sub sea completions to be
modelled more accurately.
The Gas Oil Ratio is the solution GOR. If the reservoir is under-saturated,
there is no free gas production at the sand face and the GOR free should
be set to zero.
The Gas Oil Ratio can also be entered as Total GOR (Solution + Free
GOR). In this case the GOR Free can be entered as nil. The program will
determine how much gas is in solution and how much in the free phase
according to the PVT.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
297
A comment can be entered for the test. Also, each test can be
associated to a date stamp
Flowing pressure for test rate entered.
Flowing temperature at test rate. Usually has only a minor effect.
Test water cut. (WGR for Gas or Condensate)
Enter either Oil or Liquid rates as selected. (Oil Wells Only)
Depth of measured pressure data point.
Measured pressure at test flow rate.
Pressure of the reservoir when the test was taken. This field will not be
displayed if your IPR model is Multi Layer or Multi Lateral
Solution GOR (Oil) , CGR (Gas) or Separator GOR (Condensate)
Free gas production from a gas cap or injection breakthrough. The
measured total GOR during the test (including the tank gas) must equal
GOR + GOR Free. (Oil Well Only)
298
PROSPER
Depth of operating valve (gas lifted wells only) .A good bottom hole
pressure match will not be obtained if an incorrect injection depth is
used.
Injection Depth
Operating Frequency
Pump Wear Factor
The Test Point Date and Comment fields are provided to allow the optional entry of
notes to identify the match data set. Examples would be test date, source of
pressure data, comments on test quality etc.
This input screen has a number of features to simplify data manipulation. The
selection buttons on the left hand side are used to select data points for further
editing. Hold down the Ctrl key and click the required buttons to select multiple
points. Copy copies the selected points into memory and onto the Windows
clipboard. Click the selection button of the desired destination and click Paste to
copy the data to the new location. Insert shifts the data down to make room for new
entries. The Delete button deletes the selected records. Data from this table can be
copied to or from the Windows clipboard. Therefore, test data can be read in from a
Windows based spreadsheet by first copying it to the clipboard, and then pasting it
directly into the table.
Bad or inconsistent data points occasionally prevent the program obtaining a good
match. The Disable button causes a selected data record to be ignored in the
matching process. Disabled records are dimmed in the VLP matching screen.
Disabled points can be re-included in the matching process by first selecting the
point and clicking on Enable. By sequentially disabling suspect data points,
potentially inaccurate test points can be identified and eliminated from the match.
PROSPER Manual
Click on the button to the left of the well test data that we wish to
estimate the overall heat transfer coefficient.
Click on the Estimate U value button
PROSPER will estimate the overall heat transfer coefficient that
matches the wellhead temperature of the well test.
The User can then go to the Geothermal Gradient section to change
the overall heat transfer coefficient value.
The User can now use the Correlation Comparison button to transfer the
selected well test data to the correlation comparison section. The
procedure is:
May, 2009
User Guide
299
Click on the button to the left of the well test data that we wish to
perform correlation comparison on.
Click on the Correlation Comparison button
PROSPER will bring us to the correlation comparison screen and at
the same time, populate the correlation comparison screen with the
selected well test data.
New!!! In the current version of PROSPER for each well test it is possible to
enter a date stamp and the reservoir pressure at the time of the test.
This feature can be used to store the actual reservoir conditions and allow
the User to get back in time and check old tests.
New!!! Adjust IPR: After matching the VLP, it is possible to solve the
system for reservoir pressure in automated fashion. The algorithm will
estimate the reservoir needed to match the well test. The user will have to
make an engineering judgment about the adequacy of the mathematical
solution.
300
PROSPER
Click the Statistics button to examine the match parameters as shown on the
example screen below:
May, 2009
User Guide
301
Parameter 1 is the multiplier for the gravity term in the pressure drop
correlation
Parameter 2 is the multiplier for the friction term.
If all the data are consistent, these two parameters should be within a 10%
tolerance from the unity.
If PROSPER has to adjust Parameter 1 by more than +-10%, then there is
probably an inconsistency between the fluid density predicted by the PVT
model and the field data (rates/pressures).
If PROSPER has to adjust Parameter 2 by more than +-10%, then probably
the value of the roughness entered in the equipment is incorrect.
In cases the PVT has been correctly matched, the greatest source of uncertainty in
the VLP calculation for oil wells is usually the hold-up correlation. PROSPER will
attempt to make a gravity component (Parameter 1) match by adjusting the hold-up
correlation. If a match is not obtained with a Parameter 1 more than 5% away from
1.0, the density is adjusted. For single phase applications, no hold-up correction is
possible, so any significant deviation from 1.0 for Parameter 1 indicates a PVT
problem.
If Parameter 2 requires a large correction, then it is likely that the equipment
description is in error, or the flow rates are incorrect. As the effect of a shift in the
friction component on the overall pressure loss is less than for the gravity term, a
larger range in the value of Parameter 2 is expected.
Once the matching process is complete, the match parameters will be shown
alongside each of the correlations that have been matched. Use the standard
deviations and the magnitude of corrections made to both parameters to aid the
selection of matched correlation.
Use the Correlation Comparison option of the Matching menu to compare the
optimised (matched) correlations with measured test data. To ensure that the
process has been successful, check that the matched VLP traverses plot close to
the measured pressure data points.
302
PROSPER
matching, PROSPER provides the means to create a robust well model that is
capable of reproducing observed pressures and rates. This is a necessary
condition for making accurate performance predictions and optimisation
studies.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
303
Orkiszewski correlation often gives a good match to measured data. However, its
formulation includes a discontinuity in its calculation method. The discontinuity can
cause instability during the pressure matching process; therefore we do not
encourage its use.
Beggs and Brill is primarily a pipeline correlation.
pressure drops in vertical and deviated wells.
It generally over-predicts
Gray correlation gives good results in gas wells for condensate ratios up to around
50 bbl/MMscf and high produced water ratios. Gray contains its own internal PVT
model which over-rides PROSPERs normal PVT calculations.
Hydro 3P (internal) is a mechanistic model and considers three phase flow.
For very high liquid dropout wells, use a Retrograde Condensate PVT and
the Duns and Ros correlation.
There is no universal rule for selecting the best flow correlation for a given
application. It is recommended that the Correlation Comparison always be
carried out. By inspecting the predicted flow regimes and pressure results,
the User can select the correlation that best models the physical situation.
Further details can be found in the PROSPER Help menu, under HelpFlow
Correlations. References about multiphase flow are reported in Appendix B.
304
PROSPER
Select the desired correlation and then click Calculate, and PROSPER will calculate
the VLP for a range of rates and pressure at the sand face for each of the active test
points that have been entered on the VLP Matching screen. Once this calculation is
completed, click Plot and the VLP/IPR plot will be displayed along with the test point:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
305
The errors between calculated and measured data are shown on the side of the plot.
If the test points are not consistent with the IPR model, the skin, etc. can be
adjusted until a match is obtained. To modify the data of the IPR, select IPR, which
will access the IPR input screen.
NEW!!! During the adjustment of the IPR, to modify the value of the
Reservoir Pressure, change the reservoir pressure entered in the test data
screen
Inconsistent test data points will be easily identified on this plot. Clicking Finish
returns to the Adjust IPR screen. Matching both the VLP and IPR to actual test data
ensures that the PROSPER well model is capable of accurately reproducing the
currently known producing conditions.
306
PROSPER
NEW!!! In the VLP Matching - Adjust IPR screen the option to allow/
disallow Left-Hand Intersection is available. This option can be used in
cases like Gas Coning
The first node pressure is entered in the Input Parameters section - do not include it
in the Match Data table. The Transfer button copies the measured gradient data
from the Correlation comparison data. The same guidelines for GOR apply as for
VLP/IPR Matching. Enter the required data and click Match. The following will be
displayed:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
307
Select the correlations to be matched by clicking on them, and then click Match to
start the matching routine. Parameter 1 is the correction factor applied to the gravity
component of pressure drop whilst Parameter 2 is the factor applied to the frictional
element of pressure drop. The match algorithm continues until the standard error is
less than 1 psi, or 50 iterations have been performed. The adjusted correlation and
measured pressures can be visually compared by clicking Plot. A graph similar to
the following is displayed:
308
PROSPER
The match points appear as blue squares in the figure reported above.
The calculated pressure gradient can be inspected by clicking View. Click the S
tatistics button to display the match parameters. Use the statistics and knowledge of
well conditions and correlation performance to guide the choice of VLP correlation.
Once a correlation has been matched, the match parameters are appended to the
correlation name for all subsequent operations. Should it be necessary to adjust or
clear the match parameters, click the Reset button for a particular correlation, or use
the Reset All button to reset all correlations to their un-matched state.
Best results are usually obtained by using VLP matching. VLP matching is
the preferred option. Gradient matching is only to be considered for
specialised artificial lift applications and where many (reliable) pressure Vs
depth data points are available.
May, 2009
User Guide
309
The User can now use the Correlation Comparison button to transfer the
selected pipeline test data to the pipeline correlation comparison section.
The procedure is:
Click on the button to the left of the pipeline test data that we wish to
perform correlation comparison on.
Click on the Correlation Comparison button
PROSPER will bring us to the pipeline correlation comparison screen
and at the same time, populate the correlation comparison screen
with the selected pipeline test data.
Enter measured manifold and tubing head pressures for a range of rates and click M
atch to enter the calculation screen. Select the correlations to match in the same
manner as for Gradient matching. All editing and calculation controls operate as
described under Gradient matching. Once the matching is complete, click OK to
return to the main menu.
310
PROSPER
Unmatched).
Click Matching Correlation comparison to display the following data entry screen:
Note that in Correlation comparison, the first node is the wellhead only if
there is no surface equipment or it has been disabled.
Enter the surface flowing conditions at which to compare the flowing gradients
calculations for the selected Vertical Lift correlations. Select a surface equipment
correlation then click on the required Vertical Lift correlations to select a number of
them from the list. Please remember that the lowest and highest pressure drops are
given by Fancher and Brown (no slip) and Duns and Ross Modified (highest
pressure drop in the slug flow regime) for oil wells. These can serve as quality check
boundaries for downhole measurements. Fancher Brown should never be used for
actual calculations.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
311
Ensure that the rate type is correct for the specific application.
The value of GOR should reflect the current solution GOR and at no time
should exceed the initial solution GOR.
The GOR Free variable is used to model the effect of free gas production
from a gas cap or injection gas breakthrough. Leave GOR Free set to zero
if there is no free gas production.
The sum of GOR and GOR Free should equal the producing GOR.
Pressure data from a gradient survey can be entered versus depth in the measured
data boxes. The Transfer button copies the measured depths and pressures from
the Gradient Match section.
For gas lifted wells, both the injection depth and gas lift injection rate are
required to be input.
Note that the producing GOR should not include the lift gas injection.
When the input data is complete, click on Calculate to display the calculations
screen, then press the Calculate button to compute the pressure gradient in tabular
form as shown below:
312
PROSPER
Temperature, Pressure.
Total Pressure Gradient, Static gradient, Friction Gradient.
Flow regime, Liquid Hold up, Water Hold up, cumulative hold ups.
Slip Liquid Velocity, Superficial Liquid Velocity, Slip Gas Velocity, Superficial
Gas Velocity, Slip Water Velocity, Superficial Water Velocity.
Mixture Density, Gas density, Oil density, Water density.
Frictional Pressure Loss, Gravity Pressure Loss
Pipe Diameter, Angle of the tubing From Vertical, calculation Node Length
Liquid Viscosity, Gas Viscosity, water viscosity, oil viscosity, Gas-Liquid IFT,
Gas-Water IFT, Gas-Oil IFT, Oil-Water IFT
C Factor and the max size of sand grain that can be transported
Cumulative volumes of phases till that depth.
A visual comparison of all selected correlations and the test data is easily made by
clicking on the Plot button. The plot can be output or saved using the standard
features of PROSPER and Windows. An example comparison plot is shown below:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
313
This plot is a useful quality check on the PVT and field production data. The
Fancher Brown correlation does not allow for gas/liquid slippage, therefore it should
always predict a pressure that is less than the measured value. Measured data
falling to the left of Fancher Brown on the gradient comparison plot indicates a
problem with fluid density (i.e. PVT) or the field data (pressure or rate). The use of
the gradient comparison plot is recommended to help identify flow regimes and
assess input data quality.
314
PROSPER
2.8.5.1 Input
The gas lift QuickLook is accessed from the Matching menu. Clicking QuickLook
from the Matching menu displays the following screen:
The surface measurements section contains two columns for data input.
If unloading valve details have been entered, their opening and closing pressures will
be shown on the plot also.
The parameters required to be entered are:
Tubing head
pressure
Tubing head
temperature
Liquid rate
Water cut
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
315
Injection depth
Vertical flow
correlation
Dome Pressure
Correction above
1200 psi
316
PROSPER
The purpose of this section is to check that all the data is consistent. The static
gradient can also be displayed on the plot by entering two static pressure
measurement points. Downhole measurement entry is optional.
For PROSPER to determine which gas lift valves should be open and closed for the
current producing conditions, the valve depths and characteristics must first be
entered. Click Valves from the QuickLook screen to display the following:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
317
The valve type (casing or tubing sensitive), setting depth, port size, R-value and
dome pressure at 60 F are required to calculate whether valves are open or closed.
Opening pressure etc. fields will be blank until a QuickLook calculation has been
performed. Entering the valve data for the QuickLook is optional.
As an alternative to entering them by hand, gas lift valve characteristics can be
transferred from other sections of PROSPER. Click the Transfer button on the Valves
data entry screen, and the User will be prompted to select the source of valve data.
Select either From Gas lift valves, or From Gas lift design to pick up the depths that
have been previously entered in Equipment Gaslift. After Transferring the valve
depths, select the valve type for each depth. To manually investigate the effects of
changing R-values and dome pressures, these values may be edited or entered by
hand.
318
PROSPER
In the Results box, the program displays the theoretical dP across the injecting valve
together with the casing pressure theoretically required to balance the flowing tubing
pressure at the injection depth plus the dP across the orifice.
Click Plot to display the two computed gradients plus the valve opening and closing
pressures on the same graph:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
319
This plot enables the User to see at a glance which valves should be open or closed,
and how changes in operating pressures would impact on the valves. The results
box displays the following computed values:
Flowing BHP
Static BHP
Tubing
valve
pressure
Casing
valve
pressure
Temperature at valve
GOR
GOR Free
dP across valve
320
PROSPER
Theoretical
pressure
Equivalent P.I.
2.8.6.1 Input
The ESP QuickLook is accessed from the Matching menu. Clicking QuickLook from
the Matching menu displays the following screen:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
321
Select the required pump, motor and cable from the buttons at the top of the screen.
Enter well test parameters as follows:
Tubing head pressure
Liquid rate
Water Cut
Produced GOR (solution GOR plus free
gas)
Static Bottom Hole Pressure (reservoir
pressure)
Enter measured data as follows:
Surface current, voltage and
power
(Self-explanatory)
322
PROSPER
(Self-explanatory)
Length of cable
Gas separation
efficiency
Number of stages
(Self-explanatory)
Enter correlation
Note that PROSPER always calculates from the bottom up for ESP systems
since, in order to find the tubing GOR above the pump, conditions at the
pump intake where gas separation takes place must be known. The
calculation of the downward pressure traverse from the entered tubing
head pressure is therefore iterative.
Select between the up pass and down pass using the buttons located beside the
Case box as in the following example:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
323
Click Plot to display the pressure traverses and the calculated pump intake and
discharge pressures, down hole average rate across the pump (RB/day), free gas
fraction at the pump intake and electrical parameters:
324
PROSPER
If the well bore, inflow and ESP assumptions are all correct, the two pressure
traverses will overlay and the measured and calculated intake and discharge
pressures and surface voltages should coincide.
The following guidelines may be useful in diagnosing ESP wells:
The pump discharge pressure is the tie point for the system. First match
the pump discharge pressure (if available) from the top down traverse. The
pump discharge pressure depends only on the weight and frictional
resistance to the flow rate through the tubing to surface.
Next match the pump intake pressure from the top down traverse. If the
calculated and measured pressure differential (head) across the pump is
different, then the assumptions of pump wear, fluid density (water cut) and
pump frequency should be examined.
The top down traverse will now give the resulting bottom hole flowing
pressure. This should be compared with the bottom up calculation and will
indicate any discrepancy with the inflow performance module assumptions.
May, 2009
User Guide
325
cuts, wellhead pressure, IPR etc.) are correct, the two calculated traverses will
overlay.
2.8.7.1 Input
The HSP QuickLook is accessed from the Matching menu. Clicking QuickLook from
the Matching menu displays the following screen:
Select the required pump and turbine from the buttons at the top of the screen.
Enter well test parameters as follows:
Tubing head pressure
Liquid rate
Water Cut
Produced GOR (solution GOR plus free
gas)
Static Bottom Hole Pressure (reservoir
pressure)
Enter measured data as follows:
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
326
PROSPER
(Self-explanatory)
(Self-explanatory)
(Self-explanatory)
Enter correlation
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
327
Click Plot to display the pressure traverses and the calculated pump intake and
discharge pressures, down hole average rate across the pump (RB/day) and pump
and turbine parameters:
328
PROSPER
If the well bore, inflow and pump and turbine assumptions are all correct, the two
pressure traverses will overlay and the measured and calculated intake and
discharge pressures and surface voltages should coincide.
The following guidelines may be useful in diagnosing HSP wells:
The pump discharge pressure is the tie point for the system. First match
the pump discharge pressure (if available) from the top down traverse. The
pump discharge pressure depends only on the weight and frictional
resistance to the flow rate through the tubing to surface.
Next match the pump intake pressure from the top down traverse. If the
calculated and measured pressure differential (head) across the pump is
different, then the assumptions of pump wear, fluid density (water cut) and
pump speed should be examined.
The top down traverse will now give the resulting bottom hole flowing
pressure. This should be compared with the bottom up calculation and will
indicate any discrepancy with the inflow performance module assumptions.
May, 2009
User Guide
329
directly.
2.9
Calculation Menu
This chapter describes all the calculation methods available in PROSPER and how to
calculate system production rates, run sensitivity analyses, generate lift curve tables
etc. The available calculation types are:
Inflow (IPR)
This option calculates the IPR, that is to say, the relationship between tubing intake
rate and the bottomhole flowing pressure (BHFP). The Inflow calculation allows to
quickly run sensitivities without the need to calculate the system solution rate. This
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
330
PROSPER
is especially convenient for e.g. frac program design, gravel pack design, perforation
programming.
System (Ipr+Vlp)
This option will calculate both the tubing outflow (VLP) and tubing inflow (IPR) curves
and determine the system operating rate and bottom hole flowing pressure. It also
allows to perform sensitivity analyses with a wide range of variables. Sensitivity plots
can easily be generated.
Three options are available:
- 3 variables (for naturally flowing wells)
- 4 variables and
- Multi-Variables ( up to 10 variables).
Gradient (Traverse)
This option enables you to generate gradient plots. If the correlations have been
matched, the gradients will be generated using the tuned correlations.
VLP (Tubing curves)
This option enables the generation of VLP curves that can be exported for use in
various commercial reservoir simulators and Petroleum Experts' MBAL and GAP
programs.
Three options are available:
- 3 variables (for naturally flowing wells)
- 4 variables and
- Multi-Variables ( up to 10 variables).
Choke Performance
This is a convenient choke calculator for flow rates, pressure drop or choke settings.
Choke Performance Curves can be visualised (NEW!!!).
Generate for GAP
Allows to automatically calculate well performance data for gas lifted or naturally
flowing wells for use in Petroleum Experts GAP production system network modelling
program. Not available when Enthalpy Balance is in use.
Bottom Hole Pressure from Wellhead Pressure
This option allows to calculate flowing bottom hole pressure from the wellhead
pressure. This method is only available when using the Pressure and Temperature
and Rough Approximation options.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
331
The selection of lift method and IPR model also affects the available
sensitivity variables and specialised calculations.
A few data on the fluid quality are required, along with the selection of the rate range
for which to run the calculation.
As far as the rate method is concerned, select one of the following:
Automatic Linear
The program works out the AOF (IPR Absolute Open Flow) for various
sensitivity variables entered and for each AOF creates 20 evenly spaced rates
for sand face pressures calculations.
Automatic Geometric
As for Automatic Linear, it works out the AOF for various sensitivity variables
entered and for each AOF creates 20 geometrically spaced rates for sand
face pressures calculations.
Use this option when evaluating minimum stable flow rates.
332
PROSPER
User selected
You can either enter a table of up to 20 rates directly, or PROSPER will G
enerate them for you. Click Generate from the User Selected rate entry
screen and the following screen will be presented:
Enter values for the first and last rates in the table plus the number of entries
required. Depending on the selection of Linear or Geometric spacing, PROSPER will
calculate the required rate table.
Use the Try button for the preview of the entered range and Done to confirm.
User selected rates can be useful when using the AOF is inappropriate for
the range of sensitivity variables to be considered.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
333
The range of Inflow variables available depend on the particular IPR model entered
in System Inflow performance.
For each of the selected variables enter the values by hand, or click Generate to
have PROSPER calculate a range of values as follows. The Generate feature is
exactly the same as the one for the Rate Method entry.
Leaving the sensitivity variable screen empty will run the calculation with the
default parameters entered in the main IPR section.
The Combinations button can be used to enter particular scenarios to calculate.
Refer to Sensitivity Combinations in the section related to System Calculation for
more details.
Once set up the Inflow sensitivity variables, click OK Calculate to calculate the IPR
pressures. The results will be reported in a table:
334
PROSPER
In the Variables area scroll teh various parameter to display the desired sensitivity.
The results can be exported to different destinations (like for example the Clipboard)
by selecting Export.
Clicking on Report will instead export the results to a Report sheet.
Click Plot to display a screen similar to the following:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
335
On this plot by pressing on the VARIABLES option on the menu bar, you
can get a display of all the variables that have been calculated during IPR
calculations, like skin, dP skin etc. These can be plotted as well.
336
PROSPER
The first input screen requires the Top Node Pressure and the data concerning the
fluid quality (e.g. WC and GOR) and allows to select correlations for surface and
downhole equipment as well as select a rate method.
PROSPER Manual
The Top Node represents the downstream end of the system, hence it is:
-
The Solution Node represents the point at which the nodal analysis is
performed. Three options are available:
-
Bottom Node. It is the bottomhole, that is, the deepest point in the
downhole equipment
May, 2009
User Guide
337
Well Head. It is the Xmas Tree, that is, the upper point of the
downhole equipment.
The Solution Rate reported is given by the VLP and IPR curves
intersection. These curves are interpolated between the selected
calculation rates and so the result may change according to the rate values
used.
It is important that an appropriate rates range and distribution is selected
according to each case in order to avoid significant interpolation errors.
An IPR is required for both Automatic rate methods. For wells having very
high AOFs (e.g. horizontal wells) the well rate is determined mainly by the
tubing size. Manual rate selection may give better results in such cases.
338
PROSPER
Only the sensitivity variables relevant to the chosen system will be available. For
example, if a well is gas lifted you will be given the option of gas injection rate as a
variable. This option will not be available if the well is naturally flowing.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
339
340
PROSPER
Normally tubing diameter should not be varied in the casing below the tubing shoe.
This option is also useful for determining e.g. the effect of increasing tubing size
above a safety valve while keeping the diameter of the rest of the tubing string
diameter constant.
If no liquid rates are entered, the program uses the current list of rates
(either internally calculated or User input) and calculates the solution for
the combination of sensitivity variables for each of up to 10 cases.
If liquid rates are entered in the Combinations screen, these take
precedence. The program will then find the VLP and IPR pressures for
each combination of sensitivity variables.
Note that a solution rate is not computed in this case.
Once sensitivity values have been entered in either the Combinations or Variables
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
341
A calculation screen
On the right hand side there are the results of the system calculation: solution rates,
FBHP, WHP, WHT, etc.
On the left hand side, instead, there are the calculated parameters related to VLP
and IPR. Scroll to the right to read the results.
In the Variables area it is possible to scroll the different cases or the values of the
sensitivity variables for which the calculation were performed.
Details of Solutions
To examine the solution in more detail, click the Solution Details button. Individual
solution points can be viewed by clicking on the arrow buttons located beside each
sensitivity variable. Outflow or Inflow solutions can be viewed as shown in the
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
342
PROSPER
In the case of wells with ESP, HSP, PCP or Jet Pump, the solution details contain all
the results related to the pump.
Plotting Results
The results can be plotted by clicking Plot. The System plot will appear as follows:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
343
To plot the solution rates and pressures versus the selected variables, click S
ensitivity and a sensitivity plot will be displayed. To select sensitivity variables to
plot, click Variables and make your selection on the following screen, for example:
344
PROSPER
The Sensitivity screen allows you to choose X- and Y-axis variables. Click OK to
view the Sensitivity plot. The program automatically plots the sensitivity values of
the X-axis variable. If variable Combinations have been used, the sensitivity cases
will be automatically plotted.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
345
The pressure gradient for any particular solution rate can be calculated by clicking S
ensitivity PvD (Sensitivity Pressure vs. Depth).
Performing Gradient Calculations for a Given Solution
For each of the solutions calculated it is possible to determine the correspondent
gradient. To do so, in the System Calculation screen select Sensitivity PvD:
346
PROSPER
Select the desired case by scrolling on the variables, and then Continue and C
alculate to generate the gradient. The results are displayed on the following screen
example:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
347
By clicking the Extended button, a greater range of plot variables can be accessed.
Virtually any combination of computed results can be plotted against each other.
348
PROSPER
Return to the standard choice of plot variables by clicking the Original button.
The plots are held in memory until overwritten by a new set of calculations. Plots
can also be displayed or output by selecting Plot from the main menu. The Units
menu can be used to change the display units if required.
Special Note for ESP, HSP, PCP and Jet Pump Applications
When calculating a System solution for a pump equipped well, in the Solution Point
screen lists details of the pump solution such as pump intake pressure etc. (See
example pump solution in the screen below)
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
349
Figure 1020
ESP Solution Point
Clicking Pump Plot on the pump solution screen displays the sensitivity solutions
plotted over the pump characteristic curves (this is available only for ESP and HSP).
As shown by the example screen below, the effects of the sensitivity variables on
the pump operating point can be readily evaluated.
350
PROSPER
This plot is a powerful tool for evaluating how an ESP design can accommodate
future changes of well conditions.
All pump (both ESP & HSP) designs should be validated by calculating
sensitivities and ensuring that efficient operation at the design rate can be
achieved over the entire range of expected well and pump efficiency
conditions.
For pump (both ESP & HSP) equipped wells, the Sens. PvD gradient calculation
shows the pressure increase across the pump. An example gradient plot is shown
below:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
351
352
PROSPER
Enter the required data, mostly the same as the one requested by System
calculation, plus the first and the last node for the calculation, which will determine
the section of completion for which to run the gradient calculation.
Then select Continue to access the Sensitivity Variables (or Combinations) screen.
Refer to previous sections for the description of this area.
Selecting Continue again will access the calculation screen. In this screen the User
can select the flow correlations for the downhole and the slug method:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
353
Click Calculate to compute flowing gradients for all the sensitivity cases. Once the
calculations have been completed, the results tables can be inspected by clicking
the respective variable arrows until the desired variable combination is visible.
Important
The Gradient calculation results report very useful parameters
concerning details on the DP calculation, PVT data, mass flow
rates and in the case of pipeline gradients, characteristic
parameters of slugs, etc.
A plot of the gradient results similar to that below can be displayed by then clicking
the Plot button:
354
PROSPER
Gradients can be plotted for the well and flow line separately or combined on the one
plot. Details on the plotting features are available in Section 10.1.1.
2.9.3.1 Options
Every time a Gradient calculation is performed, a number of post-process
calculations are carried out, like for example maximum grain size, erosional velocity,
liquid loading (Turner velocity) and pigging calculations.
The parameters affecting these calculations can be accessed in any Calculation
screen by means of Options button.
This screen can also be accessed from the main menu toolbar by selecting System
Solids.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
355
Where:
-
356
PROSPER
2. Gas Wells
The equation used in this case is applicable to high gas flows and does not
include a factor for viscosity: viscosity has only an insignificant effect on lifting
sand.
Where:
-
In both the oil/water and gas cases, PROSPER knows the fluid velocity in the
wellbore. Therefore, it will calculate the maximum particle diameter that can be
transported by the well flow.
These calculations are important when an attempt is made to cut back the
production rate so that the well will stop producing sand and will help determine if the
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
357
References:
1. Fairhurst.CP Sand Transport in the South East Forties Pipe Line, BHRA,
1983
2. Smith.M A Model for Predicting Solids Transport in near Horizontal MultiPhase Oil and Gas Pipe Lines, XFE report 8/2/1993
3. Wasp, Kenny & Gandhi Solid-Liquid Flow Slurry Pipe Line Transportation,
Gulf Publishing Company, Clausthal, Germany 1979
A Conoco paper (An Alternative to API14E Erosional Velocity Limits for Sand Laden
Fluids) challenges API14E on the basis that it can be very conservative for clean
service and is not applicable for conditions where corrosion or sand are present. It
proposes a simple alternative approach that has been verified by a comparison with
several multi-phase flow loop tests that cover a broad range of liquid-gas ratios and
sand concentrations. Values of S for different components are proposed in the paper
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
358
PROSPER
The constants C and S for the two formulations can be customised by selecting S
ystemSolids and tab button Erosional Velocity or the Options button in any
calculation screen.
PROSPER calculates the erosional velocity for solid-free fluid using the API-14E
method and the entered C value. If the sand production rate has been specified,
PROSPER will calculate the erosional velocity using both the API-14E and Conoco
methods and will then compare the results and will use the computed lower-value of
erosional velocity. To review the computed erosional velocity values using the
Conoco method set the value of C sufficiently high until the values do not change
for changing values of C.
After gradient calculations are performed, scroll right on the results screen to view
the erosional velocity values.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
359
360
PROSPER
Results of the calculation of the Turner velocity are reported in the Gradient
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
361
2.9.3.1.4 Pigging
This calculation can be used to describe the pigging characteristics of the flow in
pipelines.
Assuming 100% removal efficiency of a sphere and that all the liquid removed by the
sphere is in the form of a continuous slug, the pigged slug volume can be estimated
by integrating the difference between the liquid hold-up and the no-slip hold-up in the
pipeline. Also the time to produce the slug can be calculated from
These are the additional results reported in the Gradient Traverse results table:
Pigged Slug Length
Pigged Slug Volume (cumulative pigged slug volume for the given pipe
element node)
Time to Produce Pigged Slug Length
Time for Pigged Slug to reach Outlet
Pigging Efficiency can be entered by User.
362
PROSPER
Water Cut and GOR entered in this screen will be neglected if these variables will be
selected as sensitivity parameters.
When User Selected rates are used, you can enter rates in terms of Liquid, Oil or
Gas. The results will be given in terms of the specified rate type, but depending on
the type of well, PROSPER will first convert the rates to equivalent oil or gas to
calculate the VLP pressure. This feature can be used when preparing lift curves for
high GOR oil wells. Remember when using gas rates, that increasing the water cut
will also increase the liquid production rate. Extreme VLP pressures can easily
result.
Gauge Data: The information on the Gauge Data is used for Integrated Field
Management (IFM) Applications. These can be left blank for use in IPM suite of
tools.
Click Continue to access the Select Variables screen and set up the required
sensitivity variables.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
363
To generate lift curves for simulator (like Eclipse) for an oil well, the VLP is generally
calculated for the following sensitivity variables:
Variable 1: Pressure at first node
Variable 2: Water cut
Variable 3: Gas Oil Ratio
An example calculation variables screen for generating lift curves is shown below:
Select the variables required by your external application and enter a list of values
for each. Click Continue to access the calculation screen, then select Calculate to
generate the lift curves. An example lift curve calculation screen is shown below:
364
PROSPER
The calculated VLP results can now be exported to a number of external application
programs. Once the calculations have been completed, click Plot to visually check
the results and Export Lift Curves to access the export selection screen.
Currently, PROSPER supports the following export formats:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
Schlumberger - ECLIPSE
Welldrill - SIMCO 3
ExxonMobil - Pegasus
SSI COMP4
FranLab FRAGOR
SSI COMP3
LandMark - VIP
Roxar - MORE
Petroleum Experts GAP/MBAL
Shell - MoReS
BeCip - ATHOS
Amoco - GCOMP
Chevron-CHEARS
ExxonMobil-EMPOWER
ConocoPhillips-PSim
CMG-IMEX/GEM
365
.ECL
.SIM
.MOB
.CP4
.FRA
.CP4
.VIP
.MOR
.TPD
.MRS
.ATH
.GCM
.CHE
.Hyd
.WBH
.IMX
366
PROSPER
PROSPER appends the export file with a suffix corresponding to the selected file
format as shown in the table above. Depending on the export format selected, the
User will be prompted for a file name and additional data such as table number, flow
table I.D. etc. Refer to the simulator documentation for further details.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
367
Finding a VLP correlation that performs well for the entire range of rates that
must be spanned by the lift curves can be difficult. Some correlations handle
slug flow (e.g. Hagedorn Brown) but fail in the mist flow regime e.g. after injection
gas breakthrough. Care must be exercised in selecting correlations to ensure
368
PROSPER
that the wells are properly represented over the most important range of flow
rates to be modelled in the simulation.
Problems can occur for extremes of water cut and GOR. e.g. if the oil production
rate is fixed, the liquid production rate becomes very high as the water cut
approaches 100%. To maintain lift in a high water cut well, a specific GLR is
required. If injection gas is expressed in terms of GOR injected, the required
GOR approaches infinity as the water cut approaches 100%. A huge range of
GOR injected is therefore required to model the well. The use of liquid rates and
injection GLRs in oil well lift curve tables is recommended to avoid such
problems.
Depending on the particular simulator used, it is not possible to pass the variable
names or units between programs. Users are reminded to ensure that the
sensitivity variables and output units used in PROSPER are consistent with those
expected by the simulator. In particular, gas units (MMscf Vs Mscf), gas lift (GLR
Vs Gas Lift Injection Rate) and rates (Oil Vs Liquid) should be checked.
PVT correlations should only be used within the range of temperature and
pressure for which they were derived. Occasionally, combinations of tubing
curve variables require an excessive VLP pressure to pass the specified rate,
and the PVT correlation may fail. Occasionally, PROSPER may halt rather than
continuing the calculation with a fictitious result. You may have to revise the
range of variables or select a different PVT correlation in such cases. Beware of
chokes and restrictions in the equipment description that may result in excessive
calculated pressure drops. If using externally generated PVT tables, they must
span the entire calculation range. Make sure that GOR is constant above bubble
point, and the FVF is decreasing.
Provided you enter the rates by hand, it is not necessary to enter an IPR to
calculate VLP tables. PROSPER needs the IPR to find the calculation rates if an
Automatic rate method has been selected. Automatic rate selection is not
available for 4 Variable VLP calculations.
Oil well lift curves can now be calculated in terms of gas rates for specialised
applications. Make sure that the liquid rates that result from your choice of GOR,
water cut etc. does not result in impossible liquid rates. Be especially careful
when there are chokes and restrictions in the system.
The 'Tubing Curves (Standard)' option will prompt the user to enter the bottom hole
pressure, i.e. the first node pressure corresponds to the bottom hole pressure.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
369
PROSPER will perform the calculations from the deepest node (i.e. bottom hole) to
the pump depth. Using the pump performance curves, Pump Head is calculated for
the given frequency, water cut etc. and therefore the Pump Discharge Pressure can
be calculated. PROSPER then determines the PVT of the oil above the pump after
accounting for possible gas separation. The pressure drop above the pump is then
calculated to find the top node arrival pressure. These calculations are performed for
each required production rate. The VLP Pressure value indicated corresponds to the
Pressure at the end point of the system; i.e. if there is no surface equipments
entered, the VLP Pressure will correspond to the wellhead pressure, if surface
equipment is entered, then VLP Pressure will correspond to the Manifold Pressure.
'Lift Curves for Simulators' require tables of rates and BHPs ordered by THP. The
Lift curves for Simulators option allows input of Top Node pressure, water cut,
operating frequency etc. PROSPER iterates to find the pressure at the deepest node
(VLP) for the given top node pressure. For this case the Top Node Pressure will
correspond to the Wellhead Pressure (if there are no surface equipments entered) or
the Manifold Pressure (If there are surface equipments entered). The VLP Pressure
will correspond to the Bottom Hole Pressure or the pressure at the last point in the
downhole equipment section.
VLP lift curves for simulators or Petroleum Experts applications (GAP and
MBAL) can be batch generated for groups of wells by PROSPER from
GAP. Refer to the GAP documentation for details.
370
PROSPER
The VLP Multi Variable should be used when modelling simultaneously gas lifted oil
field and gas lift distribution network both in GAP.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
371
Calculation Options
Select your required calculation option from the following:
Predict Mass Flow Rate
PROSPER determines the flow rate for specified choke opening and
inlet and outlet pressures
372
PROSPER
ELF
A model based on Perkins (SPE 206333) approach along with discharge
coefficients determined by the author (Stephane Rastoin of ELF Aquitaine
at TUALP). This is also the recommended method used to calculate
pressure drops down hole for SSSVs and restrictions. It should be used
for the majority of applications.
Click Calculate, and PROSPER will calculate the liquid and mass flow rates. Similar
screens are used to enter data for the dP and Choke Setting prediction options. For
critical flow conditions, it may take some time for the calculation to converge.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
373
374
PROSPER
The table is quite large allowing to start off with up to 16000 rows of data which is
automatically expandable up to 32000 rows. The data can be scrolled with the
scrollbar at the right hand side of the screen.
Appropriate vertical lift and surface pipe correlations can be selected at the bottom
of the screen.
Selecting the import button allows you to bring in data from an outside source. Table
data can be saved to file using the export button and plots using either time or the
log of time can also be viewed and exported using the plot feature. Within the plot
screen data can be enabled or disabled point by point or in a block manner by using
the right-click mouse button.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
375
Data can be ordered with relation to time by using the sort button. This will also
remove any blank rows between data in the table.
2.9.7.1 References
SPE PAPER 22870
Modelling of Well bore Heat Losses in Directional Wells Under Changing Injection
Conditions
K Chu and S Thakur, Amoco Production Co.
376
PROSPER
PROSPER 's Enthalpy Balance temperature model is one of the most accurate
temperature prediction methods available.
PROSPER Manual
User Guide
377
Artificial lift design is not enabled when the Enthalpy Balance temperature
model is in use.
From the Design menu the Database containing all the information about gas lift
valves, ESP pumps, motors, cables, etc. is accessible. A dedicated section is
reported at the end of the chapter.
In the following sections each of the design options are illustrated.
2.10.1.2New Well
Selecting Design Gas Lift New well from the Design menu will display the Gas
Lift Design input screen:
378
PROSPER
In this screen it is possible to enter the input data for the gas lift design task.
The input data screen is divided into several areas. The Input parameters panel is
used to enter the design operating conditions. The other panels allow the User to
enter the design options for a given application.
Entered By User
Use this option when designing for a given production rate and gas lift gas
injection rate or when modelling the performance of an existing installation. If
Check Conformance with IPR is selected, the program will modify the rate and
the gas injection rate, if necessary, to honour the IPR.
If a maximum production calculation has been previously done, the lift gas and
design production rates can be User Entered. The design rate can be entered
either in terms of liquid or oil production only. The design lift gas injection is
entered as the Maximum gas available.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
379
Input Parameters
Having set up the calculation options, enter values for the following variables on the
Input Parameters panel:
For Entered by User designs, set to the actual injection for the design
production rate.
380
PROSPER
Minimum Spacing
Sets the minimum spacing between valves. Use 200 - 400 ft normally.
Static gradient of load fluid
Minimum transfer dP
Only active when Ignoring IPR for Unloading has been selected. If
set to zero, unloading valve trims will be sized to inject sufficient gas to
lower the unloading tubing pressure to the transfer pressure at the
valve depth.
Increasing the value of Minimum transfer dP will lower the unloading
GLR injected and reduce trim sizes.
Referring to the sketch (Figure 11.2) below, the transfer pressure is:
(Pmin) = Ppd - (Ppd - Pid) * % minimum transfer dP /100
Increasing the injection GLR shifts the tubing gradient during unloading closer
to the objective gradient line (i.e. to the left). The unloading valve trim is sized
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
381
Unloading valve trim sizing depends on whether or not the IPR is used
to determine well flow rates while unloading. Existing Users should
review this section carefully.
382
PROSPER
This coefficient is used to scale down the maximum gas injection rate
that can be flowed through a valve or the orifice. As the maximum gas
rate is decreased, this means that to flow the same gas rate as the
original case (with no de-rating), larger valve or orifice should be used
Valve Type
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
383
method gives additional safety for the opening of the first unloading valve without
sacrificing available pressure for the deeper unloading valves.
Pmin - Pmax
Enter fraction of TEF
Injection Point
Before the gas lift design is performed, the User can decide if the operating valve is
a gas lift valve or an orifice.
Dome Pressure Correction above 1200 psi
There are two equations for dome pressure temperature correction for dome
pressures above 1200 psi.
No
PROSPER will use the standard API temperature correction method for all
pressures. This method is known to be inaccurate at high pressures. The option is
provided for convenience in comparing results from hand calculations etc.
Yes
The API method is used below 1200 psi, and an improved algorithm is used
above 1200 psi. This is the default and recommended option.
For speed in comparing designs, this option can be set to No. However,
the User must be aware that the design rate may not be able to be met by
the well.
384
PROSPER
Yes
This is the recommended PROSPER unloading valve trim sizing method.
Unloading valves are sized to achieve a minimum flowing gradient above the
valve assuming that the load fluid is being produced. The IPR is used to
calculate the well production rates during unloading. Minimum transfer dP (as
explained under inputs below) is ignored for this option.
No
This is the standard hand-calculation method. Unloading valve trims are
sized to achieve the GLR required to lower the tubing pressure to the transfer
pressure. The GLR is based on the full design production rate - the actual
production rate during unloading is not calculated. This results in the
selection of larger valve trims. Minimum transfer dP is used to increase the
transfer pressure, thereby reducing the unloading gas requirement and valve
trim size.
Orifice Sizing On
Two options are available:
Calculated dP at Orifice
Min dP Across Orifice
Please refer to the end of this chapter for an illustration of how to access
and edit the database for the gas lift valves
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
385
Displaying the Well Performance Curves / Finding Design Rate (New Well)
The first step is to find the design production rate.
Click Get Rate. PROSPER will calculate the Gas Lift Performance
Curve and determine the optimum Gas Lift injection rate and maximum
oil production rate.
386
PROSPER
injected.
When the calculations have finished, the results can be displayed in the form of a
well performance curve by clicking Plot. A graph similar to the following will appear:
The target design rate and GLR injected can be read off the performance curve plot.
The design rate is:
The maximum oil production shown in the Performance curve plot, provided
that the available gas injection and liquid production rate limits have not been
exceeded.
In case the maximum gas available is exceeded by the highest oil rate on the
plot, the oil rate corresponding to maximum available gas is taken as design
rate.
PROSPER will design for the maximum oil production rate entered in the main
input screen, if it exceeds the rate calculated from the performance curve.
The performance curves can span several flow regimes. Discontinuities
in some flow correlations may cause occasional curve fitting problems.
In such cases, a correlation such as Hagedorn Brown may give better
results.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
387
The program will then determine the depth of the operating valve and the
spacing for the unloading valves. Depending on the design settings, this will
usually take more than one pass.
On the first pass, the injection and unloading valve depths are determined
assuming no casing pressure drop to close valves.
Having determined the number of valves to use, the operating valve depth is
revised to reflect the new operating casing pressure.
The spacing procedure is repeated using the revised operating casing
pressure until the number of unloading valves and their setting depths no
longer change.
When Check Rate Conformance with IPR is set to Yes, PROSPER recalculates the solution rate and reduces the design rate if necessary.
The final design production and Gas Lift injection rates are displayed on
the design gradient plot.
388
PROSPER
The plot shows the tubing and casing pressure gradients for the design rate plus the
position of the operating and unloading valves. The unloading fluid gradients are
plotted also. The design data box lists the Actual production and injection rates
together with the operating surface casing pressure.
Results
To display the valve details click Results and the table with the results will be
displayed.
Click on Calculate to calculate the Dome Pressure and the TestRack Opening
Pressure (valve setting pressure at 60C).
The valve depths, tubing pressure, unloading gas injection rate and trim
sizes are shown in the left screen panel.
The Dome pressure corresponds to the Dome Pressure at 60 deg F and not
at the valve operating temperature.
The test rack opening pressure is calculated using the relationship
Ptro = (Pd @ 60 deg F) / (1 R)
Where Ptro = Test Rack Opening Pressure
Pd @ 60 deg F = Dome Pressure at 60 deg F.
R = Ratio of Port Area to Bellow Area of Valve.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
389
Valve types are identified as Valve for unloading valves or Orifice for the
last mandrel if the injection point is selected as orifice. No opening or
dome pressure calculations are made for the orifice.
The design parameters such as valve depth, opening and closing pressures, orifice
size etc. are displayed in the table. Use the scroll thumb below the table to scroll
right to see items e.g. R-value, not visible in the display window.
390
PROSPER
This screen is similar to the Gas lift Design (New well) screen, except that the
variables relating to spacing the valves have been removed.
Please refer to the previous section for the description of the entry fields.
For this design type options for the choice of the first valve can be selected:
First Valve Choice
Completion Fluid to SurfaceUnloading valves will be placed assuming that
completion fluid fills up the entire well and thus must be unloaded from the
entire well.
PROSPER Manual
User Guide
391
option.
Completion Fluid Level Calculated PROSPER estimates the standing liquid
level from the reservoir pressure and static pressure gradient. Any mandrels
that are above this depth will be set with Dummy valves.
This approach can save valves for low pressure reservoirs. The User
must be certain that work over fluids can leak off to balance the reservoir
pressure
Minimum Squeeze PI Method (ELF)This method can be used when the well
productivity is sufficient to ensure that completion fluids can be squeezed into
the formation during unloading. An unloading tubing gradient is calculated by
taking the static reservoir pressure and increasing the injected GLR, until the
gradient arrives at the design top node pressure. Unloading valves are spaced
by comparing this tubing gradient with the available casing pressure at depth.
Enter the depth of all mandrels in the well, including those fitted with
dummy valves.
PROSPER will select the best depths for the operating and unloading
valves from this list.
When more mandrels are available than needed for the current design,
PROSPER will automatically set dummies at the intermediate depths.
The valve type initially entered is unimportant.
PROSPER will overwrite the valve type when it performs the design.
This table is effectively a list of the potential valve depths and can be used to
prepare designs for new wells where equipment limitations determine the available
mandrel depths.
392
PROSPER
If entries are made in the Casing Pressure drop or Max. Gas Injected fields
on the mandrel depth screen shown in the figure above, these values will
overwrite the values entered on the main design screen.
Leave these fields blank to design using the same values of pressure drop
or gas injection for each unloading valve.
May, 2009
User Guide
393
If a calculated rate design method has been selected, a screen similar to the
following will be displayed:
394
PROSPER
Once the calculations have stopped, click Plot to make a plot of the production rate
Vs gas injected. It is similar to that of a new well design.
Calculating Mandrels with Valves / Displaying their Position
The design is performed for the target rate by clicking Design. Once the calculation
has finished, the design can be checked graphically by clicking the Plot button to
display a plot similar to the following:
May, 2009
User Guide
395
The design gradient plot shows the Actual design production and Gas Lift
injection rates together with the injection pressure at surface while injecting at
the orifice.
Click Calculate to determine the Dome and the TestRack Opening pressure will be
updated for the new valve series.
To access parameters such as the transfer pressure and port size, click on
the scroll arrow at the bottom of the Input parameters panel.
To perform sensitivity calculations for the current design, the valve depths
must be transferred to Equipment Gas Lift before making calculations.
Based on flowing tubing pressures PROSPER determines the injection
point during production.
NEW!!! Design Sensitivity on Port Size
By selecting Change Valve it is possible to re-calculate the parameters
associated to the valve sizes.
396
PROSPER
For the design rate and GLR injected, a pressure traverse is calculated from
the top node (including the flow line, if present) downwards using the gas
lifted flowing gradient.
The injection depth is the depth at which the flowing tubing pressure equals
the casing pressure gradient less the design dP loss across the orifice or the
Maximum Injection Depth (packer depth), whichever is the shallower. This
step establishes the flowing tubing pressure gradient to be used for valve
spacing.
The shallowest unloading valve is placed at the depth that balances the
tubing load fluid pressure with the casing pressure (less a 50 psi safety
margin) at that depth.
Further unloading valves are placed by traversing down between the load fluid
pressure gradient and gas lifted tubing pressure gradient (calculated for the
design gas lifted production rate) lines.
Valves are placed ever deeper until the inter-valve spacing equals the pre-set
minimum, or the maximum injection depth has been reached.
Once the first pass design is complete, PROSPER re-calculates the flowing
gradient tubing using the current operating valve depth. For casing sensitive
valves, the valve depths are re-calculated to allow for the casing pressure
drop to close valves. The process is repeated until the valve depths no longer
change.
When Check Rate Conformance with IPR is set to Yes, the solution rate is checked
to ensure that it can be achieved. PROSPER reduces the design rate if necessary
and repeats the spacing exercise.
PROSPER Manual
To prepare a design for tubing sensitive valves, the required input is the same
May, 2009
User Guide
397
as for Casing Sensitive valves except that instead of entering the casing
pressure drop to close valves, the percentage Pcasing - Pwh to close valves
is r
A straight line is extended from this point to intersect the tubing pressure at the
injection point. The valve transfer pressure is defined at any depth by this line.
A larger value of % Pcasing -Pwh will increase the transfer pressure further away
from the flowing tubing gradient. This provides a greater safety margin against
multi-point injection, but requires the unloading valves to be spaced more closely.
Selecting transfer pressures using only the % Pcasing - Pwh straight line can result
in shallow valves having a too conservative transfer pressure and the deeper valves
may transfer too close to the tubing gradient line. PROSPER adjusts the design
transfer pressures so that valves are spaced efficiently while at the same time
ensuring a good safety margin against multipoint injection.
398
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
399
400
PROSPER
b) The closing pressure for the valve is provided by a spring which is set to apply
a certain compression force.
c) The valve stem has a tapered end which fits into the tapered end of the port.
d) As such even when the valve is in the open position, the tubing pressure will
have an influence on the opening or closing of the valve.
Advantages of a Proportional Response Valve:
a) Since there is no gas charge, the valve is unaffected by well temperature. As
such the design of these valves becomes simpler. Errors due to inconsistent
flowing temperature are also eliminated.
b) The valves proportional response to production pressure fluctuations makes it
automatically maintain tubing pressure gradient and the right gas injection
rate.
In the database of PROSPER for a Proportional Valve, a number of parameters are
required. The following describes these various parameters
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
401
a) Fe: this represents the dynamic value of the Av / Ab ratio (Av = Valve Port
Area & Ab = Bellow Area), which is calculated from experimental data by
solving the valve opening / closing pressure equations. The parameter Fe
corresponds to the term R for a Casing Sensitive Valve.
b) SMALL, MEDIUM, LARGE: there are three configurations for the same valve.
For each configuration a value of Fe and the slope of K and M are defined
c) Pcf: this corresponds to the Injection Pressure i.e. the Gas pressure in the
casing annulus.
d) Pvc: this corresponds to the Spring Adjustment Pressure
e) K: this is a correction parameter that is used to quantify the maximum
possible rate that can be injected through the valve.
f) M: represents the slope of throttling line. (The throttling line represents the
rate that can be injected through the valve for reducing values of tubing
pressure for a constant Injection pressure)
Further information about these various parameters can be found in Gas Lift
Manual by Gabor Takacs. (PennWell Corp).
402
PROSPER
May, 2009
User Guide
403
Once the gaslift equipment details are entered the flowing gradient or static gradient
can be estimated:
Flowing
Calculations are made for flowing conditions at the User-entered target production
rate. PROSPER calculates well performance curves for gas injection at each
mandrel depth. Production rates and pressures at surface and mandrel depth are
determined. Annulus volume and bottoms up times are also calculated. The flowing
gradient for the operating condition can be plotted with opening and closing
pressures for each unloading valve displayed.
404
PROSPER
Static
Calculations are made for shut-in conditions. The static tubing gradient is
determined using the liquid density calculated for the producing water cut. When the
reservoir pressure cannot support a full liquid column, a gas gradient is used back to
surface.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
405
406
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
407
408
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
409
Clicking on Calculate the program calculates the pump duty necessary to achieve
the design production rate. PROSPER will display the pump duty solution, as shown
in the figure above.
PROSPER uses the IPR from System Inflow Performance to calculate the
flowing pressure at the sand face and the specified VLP correlation to find the
pump intake pressure for the design production rate.
The program then works down from the specified top node pressure to arrive
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
410
PROSPER
To check that the separator efficiency chosen in the input is acceptable for
the design case, the Dunbar Criterion may be used as showed below.
Click Sensitivity to display the intake pressure and intake GLR plotted over a range
of gas separator efficiency curves.
Check that the design operating point lies above the empirical limit represented by
the Dunbar Factor line.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
411
412
PROSPER
In the Select drop-down boxes, PROSPER lists the equipment in its database that is
capable of meeting the design requirements.
Select Pump
PROSPER presents pumps that can meet the following criteria:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
413
Normally, the first pass design will have an operating point fairly close to
the selected pump's optimum efficiency. However, as well conditions
change with time, this may not be the best design for the life of the
installation
414
PROSPER
A report can be generated which gives details of the pump selection and
design conditions
The robustness of the first pass design must then be checked over the range
of expected well operating conditions by running sensitivities in the C
alculation menu
PROSPER allows sensitivities to be run on both well performance and pump
parameters such as pump setting depth and operating frequency.
The ESP system design process is completed by iterating between the Calculation
and Design sections until the final design is optimised over the projected pump run
life.
Viscosity corrections, where applicable, will be considered in choice of available
pumps and the number of stages required.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
415
416
PROSPER
2.10.4.1HSP Calculate
This section determines the head required to be supplied by the pump to achieve a
specified production rate.
From the main HSP Design screen select Calculate:
Clicking on Calculate the program calculates the pump duty necessary to achieve
the design production rate. PROSPER will display the pump duty solution, as shown
in the figure above.
PROSPER Manual
PROSPER uses the IPR from System Inflow Performance to calculate the
flowing pressure at the sand face and the specified VLP correlation to find the
pump intake pressure for the design production rate.
The program then works down from the specified top node pressure to arrive
at the required pump discharge pressure.
May, 2009
User Guide
417
The difference between the intake and discharge pressures represents the
required pump head.
PROSPER compresses the liquid and gas as the pressure increases across
the pump, so the volumetric rate will be less at the discharge than at the
pump inlet.
The mass flow rate and the required head are used to determine the pump
fluid power requirement.
For certain configurations the produced and power fluids can be commingled above
the pump. Hence, the PVT properties of the well fluids can be different below and
above the pump.
Emulsions
418
PROSPER
In the Select drop-down boxes, PROSPER lists the equipment in its database that is
capable of meeting the design requirements.
Select Pump
PROSPER presents pumps that can meet the following criteria:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
419
physically compatible with the pump and that the most economical
combination of operating voltage and current is chosen.
Normally, the first pass design will have an operating point fairly close to the
selected pump's optimum efficiency. However, as well conditions change with
time, this may not be the best design for the life of the installation.
Different combinations of pump and turbine can be quickly experimented with
in the HSP design section until an optimum design is obtained.
A report can be generated which gives details of the pump selection and
design conditions.
Important Note
The robustness of the first pass design must then be checked over the
range of expected well operating conditions by running sensitivities in the
System Calculation menu.
To access the System Calculation, select the System button within
the HSP design section.
This is a specialized form of the calculation that ensures that the
power generated by the turbine is equal to the power required by the
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
420
PROSPER
pump. This is achieved by varying the power fluid injected until this
requirement is met. The calculation is therefore somewhat slower
than the normal system calculation.
The HSP system design process is completed by iterating between the Calculation
and Design sections, until the final design is optimised over the projected pump run
life.
Viscosity corrections, where applicable, will be considered in choice of available
pumps and the number of stages required.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
421
This is the case of PCP with Sucker Rod. If the PCP is driven by a Downhole Motor,
the data to input are similar to the ones seen in the ESP.
All the parameters are self-explanatory on the basis of the previous sections.
Design Procedure
The design of an HSP installation using PROSPER is divided into two phases. One
is where the head and power requirement calculations are made and the second
part is where on basis of the calculations, the equipment is selected.
The following description assumes that inputs of the well details and PVT data have
already been correctly completed and that where applicable, pressure drop
correlations have been matched to field data.
2.10.5.1PCP Calculate
This section determines the head required to be supplied by the pump to achieve a
specified production rate.
From the main PCP Design screen select Calculate:
Clicking on Calculate the program calculates the pump duty necessary to achieve
the design production rate. PROSPER will display the pump duty solution, as shown
in the figure above.
PROSPER uses the IPR from System Inflow Performance to calculate the
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
422
PROSPER
flowing pressure at the sand face and the specified VLP correlation to find the
pump intake pressure for the design production rate.
The program then works down from the specified top node pressure to arrive
at the required pump discharge pressure.
The difference between the intake and discharge pressures represents the
required pump head.
PROSPER compresses the liquid and gas as the pressure increases across
the pump, so the volumetric rate will be less at the discharge than at the
pump inlet.
Emulsions
If Emulsions have been selected on the Options screen, viscosity
corrections are applied to pump capacity and head. Otherwise, no HSP
viscosity corrections will be applied. If an Emulsion PVT model has been
built in the PVT section, then the emulsion viscosity can be optionally used
in the HSP calculations and elsewhere. As mentioned in the PVT section,
emulsion behaviour in oilfield systems analysis is poorly understood. The
emulsion PVT model provides the means to apply empirical corrections
and should be used with caution.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
423
In the Select drop-down boxes, PROSPER lists the equipment in its database that is
capable of meeting the design requirements.
In the case of motor driven PCP, motor and cable will have to be selected.
As seen for ESP and HSP installations, the PCP design should be checked by
performing sensitivities in System Calculation, in order to verify the design against
the expected change of conditions along the life of the well.
424
PROSPER
System menu:
The input data and the options to enter in this screen are exactly the same as for the
normal Gas Lift Design (design for a User Entered Rate, or for Maximum Production,
etc).
Please refer to section 11.1 for a detailed explanation.
To perform the Design, select Continue. This will access a screen similar to the Gas
Lift Design:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
425
In the case of the figure above, select Get Rate to calculate the Gas Lift
Performance Curve and then Design to perform the design.
The program will determine the maximum injection depth, the rate produced and the
gas to inject.
The Plot feature allows visualising the design:
426
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
427
428
PROSPER
Clicking on Calculate the program calculates the pump duty necessary to achieve
the design production rate. PROSPER will display the pump duty solution, as shown
in the figure above.
PROSPER uses the IPR from System Inflow Performance to calculate the
flowing pressure at the sand face and the specified VLP correlation to find the
pump intake pressure for the design production rate.
The program then works down from the specified top node pressure to arrive
at the required pump discharge pressure.
The difference between the intake and discharge pressures represents the
required pump head.
PROSPER compresses the liquid and gas as the pressure increases across
the pump, so the volumetric rate will be less at the discharge than at the
pump inlet.
According to the Surface Fluid (the Power Fluid) Injection Rate and Injection
Pressure, the program will determine R (ratio between the areas of the nozzle
and of the throat), the diameter of the throat and the diameter of the nozzle
Emulsions
If Emulsions have been selected on the Options screen, viscosity
corrections are applied to pump capacity and head. Otherwise, no HSP
viscosity corrections will be applied. If an Emulsion PVT model has been
built in the PVT section, then the emulsion viscosity can be optionally used
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
429
Select a pump from the database whose Actual performance (in green in the figure
above) is close to the Desired performance.
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
430
PROSPER
As seen for ESP, HSP and PCP installations, the Jet Pump design should be
checked by performing sensitivities in System Calculation, in order to verify the
design against the expected change of conditions along the life of the well.
Working principle:
A prime motor moves the gearbox, which rotates the crank. The crank is attached to
a counterweight and is connected to the Pitman arm. The Pitman arm is then
connected to the walking beam.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
431
The rotary movement of the crank is propagated and translated into a reciprocating
movement of the rod connected to the downhole pump.
From the figure above it is possible to see that as the crank rotates, the rod shifts the
plunger up (upstroke) and down (downstroke) in the pump barrel.
The downhole pump is composed of a barrel with a ball-and-seat valve at the bottom
(standing valve) and a plunger with another ball-and-seat valve (traveling valve).
During the downstroke the plunger is lowered in the barrel, the traveling valve is
opened and standing valve is closed; in this way the fluid is displaced in the tubing
above the plunger.
During the upstroke, the traveling valve is closed, whilst the standing valve is
opened, letting the fluid flow from the formation into the barrel. The fluid that was in
the tubing in the previous step is pushed towards the surface.
432
PROSPER
The resulting plot is called "dynamometer card". This plot is a very useful method to
verify that the pump is working fine and to diagnose eventual problems.
The example reported below illustrates the shape of a dynamometer card for the
ideal case of pump and rod perfectly rigid, no friction, perfect pump action:
Design
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
433
The design of a Sucker Rod Pump installation is a trial and error procedure that
consists of:
- starting from assumptions on the pump hardware (pump and rod type, depth,
size), flow conditions and design stroke rate or production rate, and then
- determining the operating parameters, like: pump displacement, peak
polished rod load, minimum polish rod load, peak torque, polished rod
horsepower, counterbalance effect (CBE) etc.
- verifying how the pump installation behaves through the dynamometer card
and torque chart
This is achieved by solving the wave equation:
2
2 u(x, t)
u(x, t)
2 u(x, t)
=a
-c
+g
2
2
t
x
t
Solutions to this equation have been provided by Gibbs (ref. Appendix B).
The solutions to the equation above allow to determine the surface and downhole
dynamometer card and then a torque analysis can be performed to determine the
torque.
These diagnostic plots can be used to verify the working conditions of the designed
pump and sucker rod and in the case the design can be reviewed by changing
assumptions and restarting the design.
434
PROSPER
May, 2009
User Guide
435
Allows to select the method used to calculate the pump intake pressure:
- Entered Value
- Calculated from IPR
- Calculated from Fluid Level
Design Input
These inputs specify the design operating conditions (flowing wellhead and
bottomhole temperature, wellhead pressure, pump characteristics and efficiencies,
pump position)
2.10.8.2.2 Perform Design
After entering the input data, select Calculate to perform the design of the Sucker
Rod Pump.
The program will calculate the production rate and all the information related to rod
load, torque, stress, etc.
On the right hand side of the screen the plots related to Rod Load, Torque and
Pump velocity are reported.
436
PROSPER
The Top Rod Loading and Top Rod % Of Goodman Diagram are measurements
of the stress in the top rod based upon the peak polished rod load and the crosssectional area of the top rod. The API RP11BR discusses the Modified Goodman
Diagram and its construction.
PROSPER is painting in red those parameters if they exceed 100% and there are
basically 2 ways of lowering those values below 100%, 1 is to increase the area of
the sucker rods, 2 is to reduce the peak load.
The Index of Torsional Effectiveness (ITE) is a measurement of the ability of the
beam pump unit type to smooth out and idealize the net crankshaft torque load
(under normal conditions handling a full pump barrel of incompressible fluid).
The ITE is ratio of the average net torque to the peak net torque expressed as
percentage.
The higher the ITE the more effective the unit geometry in converting the polished
rod load into a smoother and more ideal torsional load.
ITE
Beam
Pump
Performance
Under 15%
Very Poor
20-25%
Fair
25-30%
Average
30-35%
Good
35-40%
Very Good
Unit
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
437
The Chart can be plotted in form of bars or pie and different visualisations are
available:
Production Rate by Rod Type
HorsePower Required by Rod Type
Production Rate Per HorsePower by Rod Type
438
PROSPER
Jet pumps
MultiPhase pumps
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
439
440
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
441
the data to enter are: manufacturer, valve type, Type, Specification, Port size, R
value.
The sample gas lift valve database is provided to allow the User to
run the examples. Before designing for field installation, the User
must first ensure that the database contains current and accurate
valve characteristics.
2.10.9.2ESP Database
The ESP Database contains the performance curves of pumps and motors and the
characteristics of the cables.
2.10.9.2.1 Pump Database
Select the tab screen ESP in the Database to access the ESP database:
442
PROSPER
The performance curves are provided in the form of coefficients for a polynomial
equation fitted to actual performance data.
The database is completely editable: it is possible to Add, Amend or Delete any
record.
It is also possible to Export the database to different locations (file, spreadsheets,
etc.) or create an Import file.
Selecting a pump and then Plot, the performance curve of the pump is plotted:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
443
Click Variables to select between Head, Horsepower and Efficiency for plotting.
To add a new pump select Add and enter the required information:
Next step is to enter the performance data for head and power as per
manufacturers performance curves and fit them to a polynomial. To do so, select He
ad Coefficients and HP Coefficients and enter the data:
444
PROSPER
Then Fit to regress and calculate the polynomial coefficients, then Done to go back
to the previous panel. The coefficients have been transferred:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
445
446
PROSPER
To add a new motor select Add and enter the required info in the Motor Data:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
447
Enter the data and fit the polynomials by selecting the buttons NamePlate AMPS,
Speed, Efficiency and Power Factor. Use Fit to determine the polynomial
coefficients.
On the right hand side of the screen above (Power Options) enter the different
Power, Voltage and Current the motor is compatible with.
Only a few data about the electric characteristic of the cable are required.
Select Add to add a new cable:
448
PROSPER
2.10.9.3HSP Database
The HSP Database contains the performance curves of pumps and turbines.
The performance curves are provided in the form of coefficients for a polynomial
equation fitted to actual performance data.
The database is completely editable: it is possible to Add, Amend or Delete any
record.
It is also possible to Export the database to different locations (file, spreadsheets,
etc.) or create an Import file.
Clicking on Plot displays the Pump performance curve:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
449
450
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
451
The Turbine performance is entered by selecting Add in the Turbine Settings area.
The steps to enter the performance data and fit them to a polynomial are the same
as seen in the ESP section. Refer to that section for details.
2.10.9.4PCP Database
The PCP Database contains data concerning the performance of pumps and the
characteristics of sucker rods, motors and cables.
2.10.9.4.1 Pumps Database
Select the tab screen PCP in the Database to access the PCP database:
452
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
453
To add a new pump select Add and enter the required data as per manufacturers
specs:
454
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
455
To add a new sucker rod select Add and enter the required data:
456
PROSPER
As far as motor and cables are concerned, please refer to the ESP section for
details.
May, 2009
User Guide
457
record.
It is also possible to Export the database to different locations (file, spreadsheets,
etc.) or create an Import file.
To add a new pump select Add and enter the required data as per manufacturers
specs (nozzle and throat sizes, minimum and maximum rates, etc.):
458
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
459
460
PROSPER
May, 2009
User Guide
461
To add a new pump select Add and enter the required information:
462
PROSPER
To add a new sucker rod select Add and enter the required data:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
463
As far as motor and cables are concerned, please refer to the ESP section for
details.
2.11 Output
The Output menu is used to report, export and plot input data entered into PROSPER
and the results generated by the various calculation options in the program:
Report
This option generates reports about input data and results
Export
This option transfers input data and results to different locations (printer,
spreadsheets, screen, etc.)
Plot
This option generates plots for input data and results
These functions are available also in any of the input/output screens of the program.
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
464
PROSPER
2.11.1 Report
The Report option is used to prepare reports and plots from a current analysis. This
section describes how to use the reporting system with the templates provided with
the system and how to customise these templates.
In the File tab screen initialise the data relevant to the reporting system. Enter the
Location Of Report Output Files. This is the default directory where reports printed
to file are to be placed. Also enter the Location Of User-Created Reports. This is
the path to a directory where User-defined report templates are to be stored.
2.11.1.2Reports
The reporting interface gives the User complete control over how the reports are
formatted and what information is utilised to make up the report. This is facilitated by
the use of report templates, which can be edited to suit the specific requirements. It
is possible to choose to use the default report templates provided with the system or
to choose to create slightly different versions of these reports. The selected
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
465
templates can then be used to generate the actual reports, which can be sent to a
variety of places (printer, file or screen). The report templates are displayed in a
hierarchy and all templates which have been selected (by double-clicking on it) show
an X in the check-box beside the template name.
To access the Reports area, select OutputReports form the menu toolbar.
There are two modes for the editing of report templates: System and User. System
mode does not allow the User to change any template whereas User mode allows
creating new User-defined templates from scratch or based on an already existing
system report template and also allows editing an existing User-defined report
template. Selecting User mode also makes the User Reports section of the template
hierarchy visible. The User Reports hierarchy contains all report templates which
have been tagged as being a derivation of a system report template as well as any
free standing User-defined templates.
466
PROSPER
The reporting main window consists of four main parts: The command segment at
the top of the dialogue containing the buttons, the report selection hierarchy, the
output device selection group and the template type selection group. The output
device group is only used when printing from selected report templates.
The available commands are:
OK
Print the selected reports to the selected output device and terminate the dialogue
Cancel
Help
Setup
Select a printer
User
Switches between System and User edit mode, This shows or hides the User
Reports section of the report hierarchy and enables or disables the Create and Edit
buttons. If in User mode this button shows the text System and vice-versa.
View
View a previously saved native format file on-screen. This brings up a file selection
box for choosing the appropriate report and passes this file name to the Report
Executor
Create
Edit
Edit an existing user report template or create a new template from a system
template (only visible in User edit mode)
Group
Allows the grouping of report templates references and the storing of the group
information in a file for later recall. This allows batch printing of reports for any
analysis
Screen
Native File
The reports are saved as .FR files in the output reports directory
RTF File
The reports are saved as .RTF files in the output reports directory
Text File
The reports are saved as tab delimited text files for easy spreadsheet import
The native (.FR) file format can only be read by the reporting system whereas the
RTF format can be read by many Windows word processing applications. When
printing to file the User will be presented with the following dialogue:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
467
The default directory will be set to the default output directory but this can be altered
using the Select Directory button. This can then be applied to all output files by using
Change All. If it is necessary to change the output directory of one of the files, this
can be achieved by using the Browse button (button that shown on the right side of
the filename box) associated with each report. The filenames can themselves be
edited in the text box, which contains them.
For any given report in the system hierarchy the User can choose to view or print a
report using either the system report template provided or a User-defined report
template based on that system report template (or at least that position in the
hierarchy) or it is possible to choose a report grouping which can be made up from a
combination of User and system reports. Choose between these options using the
report template type selection group at the bottom right of the main window. If the
User report template option for any hierarchy position is selected and there are
multiple User-defined report templates for that position, then a dialogue appears
which allows selecting the desired template.
468
PROSPER
Double clicking on any of the report templates (or selecting and pressing Ok) will
cause it to become the User-defined report template for that hierarchy position for
the current reports session. The default choice is the topmost user defined report
template. It is possible to stop a User-defined report template from being associated
with that hierarchy position by selecting it and then pressing Delete. This does not
actually delete the report template (it can still be seen within the User Reports
section of the hierarchy).
If a report grouping is selected, then a similar dialogue appears and the User can
select the appropriate group file. After selecting a file all the reports referenced in the
group will appear checked in the hierarchy and then it is possible to press print for
all of these reports to be sent to the selected output device.
Template Editor Commands
The template editor works on the principle of moveable fields or groups of fields
where the inputs to these fields can be any value from PROSPER. Headers and
footers can be defined, which can be shown on each page, have fields which have a
value which is the result of a calculation or even have groups of fields which are
displayed only if a condition is met.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
469
Data fields from PROSPER are added using the F2 key, selecting the data items
required and then pressing Ok when finished. The selected data items will then
appear as fields, one by one, as the left mouse button is clicked. The fields can be
roughly positioned in this way. The User is not limited to one pass at adding data
items to the report template. More items can be added at any time in the same
manner.
Once a field has been added to the report template the User can edit some of the
properties of the text which will be shown in the field and assign a group number to
the field by double clicking the left mouse button on it and the font properties can be
changed by double clicking the right mouse button on it. Other properties, such as
whether the field has a box around it, etc., can be changed through the menu
options, a full description of which are given below.
470
PROSPER
The template editor commands can be selected by using the menu, toolbar or
keyboard shortcuts. Help can be obtained on any menu item by highlighting the
menu item and then pressing the F1 key or by consulting the index of help topics
under the help menu.
File Menu
This menu contains commands for saving the current report template file and
specifying the report template parameters.
Save:
Use this selection to save the current report template to the current file name. If a file
is not yet specified, the form editor will prompt for a file name. If a file extension is
not provided, the editor automatically appends an .FP extension to the report file. If a
file with the same name already exists on the disk, the form editor will save the
previous file with a backup extension (.RE).
Save As:
This selection is similar to Save File. In addition, it allows saving the report template
to a new file name.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
471
Report Parameters:
This option allows setting certain report parameters. Firstly, it allows specifying the
name of the report. The margin for the printed page can be set. It is possible to
instruct the report executor to print trial records for adjusting forms such as labels
and invoices and set the default date format for input. The date format that specified
here will be enforced for parameter input during the report execution session, and
any date constant used in expressions.
Report Filter:
This option allows entering a filter criterion for the report. Each data record will be
tested with the expression provided here. A record is selected only if this expression
evaluates to a TRUE value. For example, if the expression was sales->amount>100,
then only the records with the sales amount more than 100 will be selected.
Printer Setup:
This option allows selecting a printer from a list of installed printers and invoking a
printer specific dialogue box for the selected printer. Select the parameters from a
set of printer specific options. These options include page size, page orientation,
resolution, etc. The printer options selected here determine the width and height of
the report.
Exit:
Use this function to exit from the form editor session. If the current file is modified, a
prompt will ask to save the modifications.
Edit Menu:
This menu contains commands to edit the report objects. One or more report objects
must be selected before using this option.
Cut:
Use this option to copy the current item or all the items in the current selection to the
clipboard. The copied items are deleted from the form.
Copy:
Use this option to copy the current item or all the items in the current selection to the
clipboard.
Paste:
Use this option to paste the items from the clipboard to the current form.
Position Text:
Use this option to position the text within the item boundaries. The text can be
justified on the left, right, top, or bottom edges or it can be centred horizontally or
vertically. This option is valid for the label and field type items only.
Item Outlines:
Use this option to specify the item boundaries (left, right, top, and bottom) to draw for
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
472
PROSPER
one or more selected items. The colour and width of the boundary lines can be
specified too.
Item Background:
Use this option to set the background colour or pattern for one or more selected
items.
Centre Horizontally:
This option is used to centre horizontally one or more selected items. When more
than one item is selected, the form editor first centres the selection rectangle and
then moves the selected items such that the position of the selected items relative to
the selection rectangle does not change.
Delete Item:
Use this option to delete one or more currently selected items. If the current section
is being deleted, the program asks for confirmation before the deletion. All items
within the section are also deleted.
Fonts:
Use this function to change the font and colour for the text for one or more selected
objects. This option is valid for the field and label type objects only.
When selecting this option, the form editor shows the font and colour selection
dialogue box. The current font and colours are pre-selected in the dialogue box. Use
this dialogue box to specify the selections.
Snap to Grid:
This option allows turning on or off the invisible grid on the form. When the grid is
turned on and an item is moved, it automatically aligns to the closest grid location.
This option also allows setting the grid width.
Report Size:
The following options shrink or elongate the report in the horizontal or vertical
direction by the amount equal to the width or the height of the selection rectangle.
Expand Horizontally
Use this option to create horizontal space by moving items horizontally. For example,
consider three items, A, B, and C placed horizontally. If a new item between the
items A and B is to be inserted, it is possible to use this function to create the
desired space between these two items and place the new item in the newly created
space. To move the items B and C toward right, create a selection rectangle after
the item A and select this option. The width of the selection rectangle specifies the
movement of the items B and C toward right (noted that the selection rectangle does
not need to include all items to be moved). All items toward the right of the selection
rectangle and with the vertical placement between the vertical spaces spanned by
the selection rectangle are moved.
Expand Vertically
Use this option to create additional vertical space by moving the items downward.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
473
For example, consider three items, A, B, and C placed vertically. If a new item
between items A and B is to be inserted, it is possible to use this function to create
the desired space between these two items and place the new item in the newly
created space. To move items B and C downward, create a selection rectangle
below the item A and select this option. The height of the selection rectangle
specifies the downward movement of items B and C (noted that the selection
rectangle does not need to include all items to be moved). All items below the
selection rectangle are moved.
This option also expands (vertically) the current section by the height of the selection
rectangle.
Compress Horizontally
Use this option to delete extra horizontal space by moving items horizontally. For
example, consider three items, A, B, and C placed horizontally. The User can use
this function to bring items B and C closer to the item A. To move items B and C
toward left, create a selection rectangle after the item A and select this option. The
width of the selection rectangle specifies the movement of items B and C toward left
(noted that the selection rectangle does not need to include all items to be moved).
All items toward the right of the selection rectangle and with the vertical placement
between the vertical spaces spanned by the selection rectangle are moved.
Compress Vertically
Use this option to delete vertical space by moving the items upward. For example,
consider three items, A, B, and C placed vertically. It is possible to use this function
to bring items B and C closer to the item A. To move items B and C upward, create a
selection rectangle below the item A and select this option. The height of the
selection rectangle specifies the upward movement of items B and C (noted that the
selection rectangle does not need to include all items to be moved). All items below
the selection rectangle are moved.
This option also shrinks (vertically) the current section by the height of the selection
rectangle.
Field Menu:
This menu contains options to insert, modify, delete and maintain fields.
Insert New Fields:
Data Field: This option is used to paste a new data field to the report template. This
option will display a list of data files and data fields to choose from. When selecting a
field, the form editor displays a positioning rectangle. Use the mouse to position the
field rectangle and click any mouse button. The current field attributes can be
changed using the Edit Current Field Option.
Calculation Field: This option is used to paste a calculation field to the report
template. This option will prompt for the name of the field, and the field expression.
The field expression can contain any number of valid operators, functions, system
fields, dialogue fields, and data fields. The field type is determined by the result of
the execution of the field.
After entering the field expression, the form editor displays a positioning rectangle.
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
474
PROSPER
Use the mouse to position the field rectangle and click any mouse button. The
current field attributes can be changed using the Edit Current Field Option.
System Field: This option is used to paste a system field to the report template.
This option will display a list of system fields (date, time, page, etc.) to choose from.
When selecting a field, the form editor displays a positioning rectangle. Use the
mouse to position the field rectangle and click any mouse button. The current field
attributes can be changed using the Edit Current Field Option.
Dialogue Field: This option is used to paste a dialogue field to the report template.
A dialogue field must have been created using the Edit Dialogue Field Table before
using this option. The dialogue fields are used to prompt the User for data during the
report execution session.
The option will display a list of dialogue fields to choose from. When selecting a field,
the form editor displays a positioning rectangle. Use the mouse to position the field
rectangle and click any mouse button. The current field attributes can be changed
using the Edit Current Field Option.
Edit Current Field: This option is used to edit the field attributes for the current field.
This option is available only when a 'field' type object is selected.
Edit Field Expression: This option is used to edit the field expression for the current
calculation field. This option is available only when a 'calculation field' type object is
selected (see Insert Calculation Field). The option shows the existing calculation
expression and allows making any modifications.
Edit Dialogue Field Table:
Create: This option is used to create a new dialogue field. Once a dialogue field is
created, it can be inserted in the report by using the Insert Dialogue Field selection.
A dialogue field is used to prompt the User for data during report execution. For
example, it can allow the User to set the begin and end dates for the report. A
dialogue field can be used in the field expressions and can be inserted in the report
template for information purposes. A dialogue field in the report filter can be used to
reject records not meeting a specific User criterion.
Modify: This option is used to modify the User prompt, width and prompt order of a
dialogue field. The prompt order determines the order at which the dialogue fields
are presented to the User for data input.
Delete: This option is used to delete a dialogue field from the dialogue field table.
The User cannot delete a dialogue field that is being currently used in the report.
Section Menu:
This menu contains commands to insert, edit and delete report sections.
New: This option is used to create a new section. A section is identified by the
section banner and the separation line at the bottom of a section. There are three
basic types of sections. A header section displays the data that remain constant or
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
475
changes only when a sort field changes. The detail section displays the transaction
record fields. A footer section is used to display totals and summary information.
ReportEase allows up to 9 header and footer sections. A higher numbered header
section is allowed only when all the lower numbered headers are already selected.
Similarly, a footer section is allowed only when the corresponding header section is
already selected.
Edit Current: This option is used to modify the properties of the currently selected
section. For the 'detail' section, the User can specify the number of records to print
across the page. This option can be used to print multiple address labels across the
page.
Sort Field: This option is used to specify a sort field for a header section. A sort field
is used to sort the data records.
Break Field: This option is used to specify a break field for a header section. The
break field is used to determine a sort break. Typically, the break field would be the
same as the sort field. However the break field can be specified differently from the
sort field. A calculation expression can also be specified for a break field.
Filter: This option is used to enter a filter criterion to print a section. Normally, every
section included in the report template is printed in its appropriate sequence.
However, if the User wishes to print a section depending upon a condition, he can
enter this condition expression using this option. The expression must evaluate to a
logical value (TRUE or FALSE). During the report execution, the section will be
printed only if the expression evaluates to a TRUE value.
Line: This menu contains commands to create and edit a line object:
Create a Line: Use this option to draw a line. When selecting this option, the form
editor displays a positioning rectangle. Use the mouse to position the rectangle and
click any mouse key. The line will be drawn within the position rectangle. The line
size can be changed using the sizing tabs.
Edit Current Line: Use this option to edit the angle, colour, and thickness of a 'line' type
object.
Label: This menu contains commands to create and edit a label object:
Create a Label: Use this option to create a new label. When selecting this option,
the form editor displays a positioning rectangle. Use the mouse to position the
rectangle and click any mouse key. The 'label' object will be created within the
positioning rectangle. By default, the form editor inserts the text 'label' in the label
item. The label text can be edited in the editing window.
Edit Current Label: A label text can be edited by simply selecting the desired label
item and clicking on the edit window.
As the User inserts or deletes the text, the length of the label text changes. Normally,
the form editor will automatically adjust the item box boundaries to completely
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
476
PROSPER
enclose the new text. However, this automatic size adjustment ceases if the User
manually resizes the item boundary by pulling on the sizing tab. This feature can be
used to enclose the text in an item box larger than the default size.
Picture: This menu contains picture import functions:
Import Picture from Clipboard
Use this command to copy a picture bitmap from the clipboard.
When selecting this option, the form editor creates a positioning rectangle equal to
the dimensions of the picture. Use the mouse to position the picture rectangle and
click any mouse key. The picture will be placed within the position rectangle. The
picture size can be changed using the sizing tabs.
Import Picture from Disk File
Use this command to read in a picture bitmap from a disk file.
When selecting this option, the form editor creates a positioning rectangle equal to
the dimensions of the picture. Use the mouse to position the picture rectangle and
click any mouse key. The picture will be placed within the position rectangle. The
picture size can be changed using the sizing tabs.
Arrange:
This menu contains commands to align size and space a set of selected objects:
Alignment At:
Horizontal Top Edge:
Use this option to horizontally align the top edge of the selected items to the top
edge of the leftmost item in the selection.
Horizontal Bottom Edge:
Use this option to horizontally align the bottom edge of the selected items to the
bottom edge of the leftmost item in the selection.
Horizontal Centre Line:
Use this option to align the horizontal centre line (imaginary) of the selected items to
the centre line of the leftmost item in the selection.
Vertical Left Edge:
Use this option to vertically align the left edge of the selected items to the left edge of
the topmost item in the selection.
Vertical Right Edge:
Use this option to vertically align the right edge of the selected items to the right
edge of the topmost item in the selection.
Vertical Centre Line:
Use this option to align the vertical centre line (imaginary) of the selected items to
the centre line of the topmost item in the selection.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
477
Even Spacing:
Horizontally:
Use this option to place the selected items horizontally at an equal distance from
each other. The inter-item distance is equal to the distance between the first two
leftmost items.
Vertically:
Use this option to place the selected items vertically at an equal distance from each
other. The inter-item distance is equal to the distance between the first two topmost
items.
Even Sizing:
Width:
Use this option to change the width of the selected items to the width of the topmost
item.
Height:
Use this option to change the height of the selected items to the width of the leftmost
item.
Undo Previous Arrangement Command:
Use this function to undo the previous arrangement command.
Report Executor Commands:The report executor allows viewing reports that have
been generated and saved to a native format file. It is invoked by using the View
option from the reporting main window and selecting a file from the file selection box.
The file selection box will point to the default data directory and will have the filter
extension set to the correct file type (.FR).
478
PROSPER
2.11.2 Export
An export can be made either directly from the individual sections of the program, or
from the Output | Export menu option. This section describes how to customise
exports.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
479
2.11.2.1Export Setup
Use the main menu Output | Export option to export data from a current analysis, or
from a previously saved .OUT file. When clicking Export a series of screens leads
the User through the process of selecting the data required for the export. To include
a section of data, click the check box to the left of a particular item and, depending
on the selection, further input screens will be presented. This process ensures that
only relevant sections are exported. A sample export dialogue box is shown below:
After entering the choices, Click Done to return to the main export dialogue box. The
User must then select a destination for the export data. Clicking Print initiates
generation of the data and sends it to the selected destination. Setup accesses a
screen for selecting fonts, margins etc. as in the Plot menu (Section 12.1). The font
selections made for export data are independent of the plotting fonts.
Exported data can be sent to the following locations:
File - Creates an ASCII data file and saves it. Clicking Print displays a
dialogue box that requests a file name and destination. Enter a suitable file
name (PROSPER automatically appends a .PRN extension) and click OK to
save the file. The Fixed Format option saves a file in a printer ready format
that can be imported into a DOS based word processor. Use the Tab
Delimited format to save a file suitable for importing directly into a
spreadsheet such as EXCEL.
Clipboard - Clicking Print after selecting this option copies the exported data
onto the Windows clipboard. From the Clipboard, the User can view, edit and
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
480
PROSPER
paste the data directly into another Windows application. e.g. a word
processing program.
Screen Clicking Print after selecting this option allows viewing the
exported data on the screen. Scroll through the data using the scrolling
thumbs or arrows. When finished viewing, click OK to return to the main
menu.
Once a .PRN file has been saved, further copies of the exported data can be made
using a word processor from outside PROSPER. To ensure that printed exports are
correctly formatted, only non-Proportional fonts can be selected for export data. The
fonts on the export setup screen are independent of those selected on the plot setup
screen.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
481
Show All and Hide All buttons are used to make changes to the entire list of
variables. Individual variables can be selected or de-selected by clicking them
directly. When clicking OK, only the selected variables will be displayed on the
calculation screen.
In addition to the calculation results screens, Layout also controls the variables
displayed in Output Export (to file, clipboard, and printer).
2.11.3 Plot
A plot can be made either directly from individual parts of the program, or from the
Output | Plot menu option. This section describes how to customise plots for both the
screen and hard copy. From the Plot Output main Window select the plot to view by
highlighting it in the list of available plots and then press the Plot button or simply
double-clicking on the appropriate plot
482
PROSPER
ZoomingPlots can be zoomed simply by placing the mouse pointer (which changes
to a pair of cross hairs over the active plot area) at the corner of the region to
enlarge, and then dragging until the area of interest is enclosed by the zoom box.
Release the mouse button and the outlined area will be zoomed to fill the entire plot
area.
2.11.3.1Plot Command Summary
FinishReturns to the previous menu. Use Finish to close a plot.
Scales
PROSPER normally picks appropriate scales to display the data. Use Scales to enter
custom upper and lower limits for both X- and Y- scales. To display round numbers
on the intermediate grid lines, ensure that the span of the upper and lower plot limits
fits evenly with the number of plot blocks set in the Options menu.
Replot
Re-plots the graph using the original scales. Use this option to un-zoom a plot.
OutputSelects the output options menu. Plots can be output to the Windows
May, 2009
User Guide
483
monochrome formats. Plots can then be pasted directly from the clipboard into other
Windows applications such as a word processor. Windows metafiles can be saved
and read by a variety of applications. If hard copy is selected, the following hard copy
options screen will appear:
Select the desired plot options and click Print to output the plot. Depending on the
actual hard copy device connected, the User may need to experiment with font styles
and sizes. Note that some fonts cannot be rotated, and are unsuitable as a Vertical
font. If Y-axis labels are being plotted horizontally, try a different font selection.
Return to the plot menu by clicking OK.
ColoursThis option enables to customise the colour of any item on the plot. Note
that laser printers and monochrome monitors will often produce better results if
colour plotting is disabled. A sample colour customising screen is shown below:
484
PROSPER
OptionsThe Options button enables to customise the overall appearance of the plot
screen and select font type and size etc. A sample options screen is shown below:
Some plots include a results box on the screen. If the default position of the box
interferes with the plot, it can be moved by holding down the Shift key and using the
mouse to drag it to another location. The fonts selected on the Plot options screen
apply only to plots. The export data fonts are set up on a separate screen.
Variables
Use this button to select variables for plotting. The variables available change
according to the type of calculations that have been completed and the particular
plot type that has been selected. Where applicable, extended plot variables can be
selected.
Test Data
Clicking Test data displays a screen in which the User can enter up to 10 measured
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
485
data pairs. Once the test data has been entered, it can be displayed together with
the calculated data when the plot is re-drawn. If the current .OUT file is subsequently
saved, the test data will also be saved and will appear on subsequent plots.
Help
Accesses the on-line Help system. See Section 14 for more details of the Help
system.
2.12 Units
This chapter describes the system of units. The built in flexibility of the units system
enables the User to select any variable and define the unit of measurement to be
used. This feature allows to modify the units system so that it corresponds to data
reports supplied by a service company or customise the units system to suit the
Users own personal preferences.
PROSPER always works internally in Field units. To facilitate data entry and output
display in any units system, PROSPER accepts data in the specified Input units and
converts it to Oilfield units for calculation. The results (in Field units) are converted
back to the specified Output unit set if necessary. By making selections from the
different categories, it is possible to work in the preferred units and save the results
in the units required by company policy.
The changes made to the units system are retained in the program memory and
apply to all files opened during the current processing session. The program allows
to create a custom units system.
486
PROSPER
The Units Summary screen is contains the list of parameters and their units options:
Units selection
Select the units for the input and output of the variables
Validation
Used to set up the error checking limits for each selected input variable.
Click on the Details buttons to the right of each variable name in order to view the
details of each particular variable.
2.12.1.1Unit Systems
The User can change the units system form tool bar menu
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
487
Oilfield Units
Norwegian S.I.
Canadian S.I.
German S.I.
French S.I.
Latin S.I.
Customised unit systems can be created and saved under new names. Different
units can be selected for both input and output.
Scroll through the measurement variables list until the unit item to modify
is visible on the screen.
488
PROSPER
Select the unit field corresponding to the measurement item and click on
the arrow to its right to display the list of unit options.
To save changes, click Save. A prompt will be displayed to enter a name for the
new Units System. This new system can now be recalled and applied to any file.
Custom unit sets can be erased by clicking the Delete button, then selecting the
unwanted units system. The ability to have separate input and output unit systems
allows the User to work with familiar units and to create reports or export data in any
required unit system. PROSPER calculates them internally in Oilfield Units. To
validate unit conversion factors, click the button located to the right of the particular
variable and the multiplier and shift used for unit conversion will be displayed.
Clicking Report Print will create a summary report of conversion factors in use.
If some particular units have been modified during the course of a PROSPER
session, the changes will be written into the .SIN file when the input data are saved.
Irrespective of the current units system settings, recalling a previously saved .SIN
file will cause PROSPER to revert to the units saved in the recalled .SIN file. To
permanently impose a new set of units on the recalled file, open a custom units file
(or use one of the internal unit sets) and then save the .SIN file. The new units
settings will be used whenever the .SIN file is loaded.
2.12.1.4Validation Limits
To reduce the possibility of entering incorrect data, PROSPER checks that input data
falls within predetermined validation limits. For most purposes, the default validation
limits are adequate. For particular applications, the User can change the validation
limits if required by entering new values directly from the units definition screen.
Find the required variable by scrolling through the list, and then enter required
changes in the low and high validation limit boxes. Enter the custom validation limits
in the units currently in use. To permanently attach the new validation limits to a
custom units system, click Save before leaving the validation screen by clicking OK.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
489
Input and Output units can be selected from this screen. Validation limits can be
entered for the selected units. The Options panel enables to set the number of
decimal places to display for each unit type.
2.13 Wizard
This feature allows the User to set up models and perform certain tasks following a
pre-defined sequence.
The use of Wizards is of particular benefit to inexperienced Users, as it allows to
easily set up a model based on active wizard examples by advancing through the
input screens in the correct sequence and asking at any step the User for the
required information. In this way the User will familiarize with PROSPER windows as
well as with the essential steps required to set up, match and use the models.
490
PROSPER
Then select the desired Wizard and click on Run to run it.
All that the User has to do is to follow the instructions that time to time are displayed
and complete the input screens with the required data.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
491
To create a new wizard select instead New. This will display an empty script window.
The script consists of a series of VB commands using OpenServer strings to set the
values of the input parameters, perform calculations, and retrieve results.
Please refer to the OpenServer User Guides for further details about the basic
OpenServer functions.
On the top part of the script window there is the Commands list window, which
provides immediate access to all the OpenServer variables. This window allows
selecting the desired variable and getting a copy of it, which can be pasted in the
script window below.
2.13.2.1Notes of OS strings
A class of OpenServer strings - the so-called menu commands - allow displaying
each of the input screens. The structure of these commands is in general:
492
PROSPER
DoCmd(PROSPER.MENU.<tag>)
If <tag> is for example Options, the command will display the main PROSPER
options.
To display a plot, instead, the command is:
DoCmd(PROSPER.PLOT.<number>)
If <number> is 1, for example, the command will display the IPR plot.
2.13.2.2Wizard examples
As above mentioned, a few Wizards are available along with the software. These
examples lead step-by-step the User through the screens in order to build typical
models.
The example scripts can also be used by experienced Users as templates to build
their own scripts.
Recommendation
Petroleum Experts recommends to set up the models according to the worked
examples shown in the Appendix A. This will allow the User to have a better
understanding of the physics that is behind the software and the importance of the
matching process.
2.14 Help
PROSPER has an on-line Help facility which enables the User to get information
quickly about a menu option, input field or function command. This facility enables to
display instructions for completing a particular task or input field without exiting from
the current screen. The help windows offer a list of topics which not only include
definitions and functions specific to PROSPER, but details on using some features of
Windows as well.
To use the PROSPER on-line help system, the help file must be located in the same
directory as the program. If the User is new to Windows, information on using the
Help system can be made available when selecting the Help option in the PROSPER
main menu and choosing 'Using Help'. This will display a help screen from which the
information required can be selected from a list of topics.
The Help facility has function buttons located at the top of the windows, which can
be used to navigate within the help system. If a particular feature is not currently
available, the button associated with that function is dimmed. Information on specific
help topics may lead to other related topics. Some words in the Help windows are
marked with a solid underline and appear in colour (green) if the User uses a colour
screen.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
493
These words are called jump terms and can be used to move around Help more
quickly. When clicking a jump term, Help will move directly to the topic associated
with the underlined word(s).
494
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
495
If the User need to contact Petroleum Experts about a problem with the program, please
have the version number and creation date shown on this screen available should it
be required.
2.15 Appendix
2.15.1 B - References
2.15.1.1PVT Calculations
1
Sutton,
R.P. 'Evaluation
of
Empirically
Derived
496
PROSPER
& Farshad, F. Properties for Gulf of Mexico,' (Used for Glaso, (Feb. 1990), 79-86.
Lasater, Standing & Vazquez-Beggs)
F.
'The Viscosity of Air, Water, Natural Gas, Crude Trans., AIME (1946) 165,
Oil and its Associated Gases at Oil Field 94-98.
Temperatures and Pressures,'
Beal, C.
Eilerts et al
Katz, D.
Kurata, F.
Katz,
D., 'Surface Tension of Crude Oils Containing Trans., AIME (1943), 1624,
285-294.
Monroe, R. & Dissolved Gases,'
Trainer, R.
Lee, et al
10
Lohrenz et al
11
Coats, K.H.
12
Nghiem, L.X., 'Compositional Modelling with an Equation of SPE 9306 SPE ATCE,
Dallas, Texas, Sept. 21-24,
Fong, D.K. & State'
1980.
Aziz, K.
13
Winkler, H.W. 'Algorithm for More Accurately Predicting SPE 18871 SPE POS,
& Eads, P.T. Nitrogen-Charged Gas-Lift Valve Operation at Oklahoma City, March 13High Pressures and Temperatures'
14, 1988.
14
Peng,
D.-Y. 'A New Two-Constant Equation of State'
and
Robinson, D.
B.
15
Bradley et al
16
Bukacek,
Richard F.
17
PROSPER Manual
Hydrocarbon
Gases
I.&E.C.
Fundamentals
(1976) 15, No.1, 59-64.
Petroleum
Engineering
Handbook. SPE 1987
May, 2009
User Guide
497
Marhoun
18
Improved
Temperature-Viscosity Journal
of
Petroleum
E.
O. "An
Science and Engineering, 5,
Egbogah & J. Correlation For Crude Oil Systems"
(1990), 197-200
T. Ng
498
PROSPER
The ideal way to do this is to perform a compositional analysis where the composition of the gas
separated, condensate and the gas vented are known. Then these fluids are recombined to get the
well stream composition and properties.
However most of time the compositions are unknown, and also the quantity and gas specific gravity of
the stock tank gas vented are often not measured.
In those cases, correlations can be used to calculate the gas specific gravity and the GE (Gas
equivalent) or VEQ (volume equivalent).
The VEQ or GE represents the volume of gas vented in the tank plus the volume in scf that would be
occupied by a barrel of stock-tank liquid if it were gas.
PROSPER is using a correlation that depends on the separator pressure to calculate the GE.
The GE is added to the gas rate and used to calculate the pressure losses in the tubing using the
energy balance equation.
In fact from the diagram above we can see the separator pressure dependency, for instance if the
separator pressure is 0 psig, the tank vented gas will be zero, if the separator pressure is higher then
more gas will pass in solution with the liquid towards the tank. So the separator pressure has an
impact on GE.
Other correlations of GE available in the literature that depends on the separator pressure can be
found in the following references: An Improved method for the determination of the Reservoir gas
specific gravity for retrograde gases Gold et.al., also the in the book The properties of Petroleum
Fluids W. McCain (Chapter 7: Properties of Wet Gases) explains and show some these correlations
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
499
available.
2.15.1.2IPR Calculations
1
Dietz
'Determination
of
Average Trans., AIME.(1965).
Reservoir Pressure From Build Up
Surveys,'
Fetkovich M.J.
Forcheimer
al
Jones
L.G., 'Use of Short Term Multiple Rate SPE 6133 SPE ATCE,
Blount, E.M. et Flow Tests to Predict Performance New Orleans, Oct. 3-6.
al
of Wells Having Turbulence,'
Vogel J.V.
Houz,
O.P., 'Infinite
Conductivity
Vertical SPE
12778
SPE
Horne, R. & Fracture in a Reservoir with Regional Meeting, Long
Ramey, H.J. Jr. Double Porosity Behaviour'
Beach, California, April
11-13, 1984.
Dikken, B.J.
10 Chaperon, I.
et
Zeits
V.
Dutching,
(1901), 45, 1782-1786.
11 Goode, P.A. & 'Inflow Performance of Partially SPE 19341 1989 SPE
Wilkinson, D.J. Open Horizontal Wells'
Eastern Region Meeting,
Morgantown, WV, Oct.
24-27. Also JPT, August
1991, pp 983-985.
12 Papazatacos,
'Cone Breakthrough
P., Herring, T. Horizontal Wells'
Time
500
PROSPER
R., Martinsen,
R.
&
Skjaeveland, S.
M.
8-11.
13 Cinco-Ley, H., 'Transient Pressure Behaviour For SPE 6014 SPE ATCE,
Samanieogo, F. a Well With a Finite-Conductivity New Orleans, Louisiana,
& Dominguez, vertical Fracture '
Oct 3-6 1976
N.
14 Mavor, M.J. & 'Transient Pressure Behaviour of SPE 7977 California
Cinco Ley, H
Naturally Fractured Reservoirs'
Regional Meeting SPE,
Ventura, California, April
1979
15 Wong,
D., 'Application of the Pressure SPE 13056 SPE ATCE,
Harrington, A. & Derivative Function in th Pressure Houston, Texas, Sept.
Cinco Ley, H
Transient testing of Fractured 16-19, 1984
Wells'
16 Warren, J.E. & 'The behaviour of
Root, P.J.
Fractured Reservoirs'
17 Hegre, T.T. & 'Productivity
of
Larsen, L.
Horizontal Wells'
Multifractured SPE
28845
SPE
European
Petroleum
Conference,
London,
UK, October 1994
'Productivity Evaluations
in Long Rectangular
Areas.'
H. Cinco, F. G.
'Unsteady-State
20 Miller,
H.
J. Distribution
Created
Ramey, Jr.
Directionally Drilled Well'
of Wells
Drainage
Pressure SPE 5131
by
A
2.
3.
Beggs, H.D. and Brill, J.P.: A Study of Two Phase Flow in Inclined Pipe,
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
501
5.
6.
Fortunati, Two Phase Flow Through Well-head Chokes, paper SPE 3742
presented at 1972 SPE European Spring Meeting, Amsterdam, May 17-18.
7.
8.
Mandhane et al, A Flow Pattern Map for Gas-liquid Flow in Horizontal Pipes,
International Journal Multiphase Flow, 1, 537-541.
9.
Moody, Friction Factor for Pipe Flow, Trans., AIME (1944), 66, 671-675.
10.
Mukherjee, H. and Brill, J.P.: Liquid Holdup Correlations for Inclined TwoPhase Flow, JPT (May 1983), 1003-1008.
11.
12.
13.
Duns, H. Jr and Ros, N.C.J.: Vertical Flow of Gas and Liquid Mixtures in
Wells, Proc., Sixth World Petroleum Congress, Frankfurt (1963) 451.
14.
15.
Gould, T.L, Tek, M.R. and Katz, D.L.: Two-Phase Flow Through Vertical,
Inclined, or Curved Pipe, JPT, August, 1974, 915-925.
2.15.1.4Temperature Calculations
1
Chiu,
K. 'Modeling of Wellbore Heat SPE 22870 1991 SPE Annual
Losses in Directional Wells Fall Meeting, Dallas, Oct. 9-9.
and
Changing
Injection pp 517 - 528.
Thakur, S. Under
Conditions,'
C.
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
502
PROSPER
Hasan, A. 'Heat Transfer During Two- SPE 22866 1991 SPE Annual
R.
and Phase Flow in Wellbores: Part I - Fall Meeting, Dallas, Oct. 9-9.
pp 469 - 478.
Kabir, C.S. Formation Temperature,'
Hasan, A. 'Heat Transfer During Two- SPE 22948 1991 SPE Annual
R.
and Phase Flow in Wellbores: Part II Fall Meeting, Dallas, Oct. 9-9.
pp 695 - 708.
Kabir, C.S. - Wellbore Fluid Temperature,'
Gibbs
S.G.
Analysis
Schmid 'System
Sucker-Rod
Pumping'
t
Z.,
Doty D.
R.
Gibbs
S.G.,
Neely
A.B.
Patton
L.D.
'A Computer Technique for SPE 1986 SPE 38th California Regional
Analyzing Pumping Well Meeting, October 26-27, 1967, in Los
Performance'
Angeles, California, 243-249.
Gibbs
S.G.
Gabor 'Sucker-Rod
Takacs Manual'
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
503
2.15.2 C - Equations
2.15.2.1Black Oil Model for Condensate
PSEP
TSEP
TANK
ggtot
g gsep
GOR
sep
g gtnk
GOR
tnk
g g tot =
ggt
c
CGR
28.966
62.43
0.0764
Mc
STB/SCF
lb/lb.mol
lb/cu.ft
lb/Scf
lb/lb.mol
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
504
PROSPER
=
Mass of Condensate =
=
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
505
=
Moles of Cond.
506
PROSPER
This expression thus gives, the average gas gravity of a mixture, which
has a condensate to gas ratio of CGR STB/SCF, with the gas having a
gas gravity of ggt and the condensate having a specific gravity of c and
molecular weight of Mc.
This also can be used to work out the condensate to gas ratio of a
mixture gas if the gas gravity is known as shown in the following
equation.
CGR sep =
g g sep - g g tot
4588 .3 g c - 132904 g g sep g c /M c
Also assuming that the condensate is above dew point, the initial CGR under
reservoir conditions is,
CGR
res
Rsep
1
+ Rtnk
May, 2009
User Guide
g g res =
507
g g res =
At Separator Conditions:
CGR
sep
g g sep - g g tot
NOTE:
ggt > ggsep
CGRsep negative
CGR
res
Rsep
1
+ Rtnk
The CGR at pressures lower than dew point is estimated by a second degree
polynomial as shown
CGR = CGR
min
+ (CGR
res
- CGR
min
P
f
)
P
1 - f
dewpoint
where
Pmin being the maximum liquid dropout pressure and a function of the dewpoint
pressure.
i.e.
Pmin = F (Pdewpoint
508
PROSPER
comp
f
P
Pdew
- f
Pdewpo int
1- f
f = 0.15 +
7.08
+ 1.45 * % Condensate
TRES - 161
Bg
561 .5 Bo
May, 2009
User Guide
509
Where
Lmax is the maximum liquid dropout percentage.
Thus we need to estimate Bo and Bg to find CGRmin from the following equation
CGR min
CGR
res
- Lmax B g
561 .5 Bo
k
P
q o = 2 prh o *
m
r
o
k g P
q g = 2 prh
*
m
r
g
k
P
q w = 2 prh w *
m
r
w
kg
k
k
m r = 2 prh r o o + r g
+ rw w
mo
mg
mw
mr
= 2 ph
r
r
kg
ko
k
+ rg
+ rw w
r r o
mo
mg
mw
......................1
510
PROSPER
mr
r
= 2 prh f
r
t
..............................................................2
r = So ro + S g r g + S w r w
1 and 2
.....................3
kg
ko
k
r
r
+
r
+ rw w
o
g
mo
mg
mw
P
r
=rf
r
t
By Definition:
Equation 3 becomes:
rg
ro
r w P
P
r
k
+
k
+
k
=
r
f
r
c
o
g
w
mo
mg
m w r
t
r
r o k o + k g g + k w r w P
0 m o
mg
m w
k g mo
k
k m
= o ro +
r g + w o r w P
m o
ko m g
ko m w
0
p
qg
k
q
= o r o +
r g + w r w P
mo
qo
qo
0
p
GOR out B g
k
WOR out Bw
= o r o +
rg +
r w P
mo
Bo
Bo
m( p ) =
Combining we get:
m( p ) r f r c m o m( p )
*
r ko
=
r
r
F
t
Where
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
F = ro +
GOR out Bg
Bo
rg +
511
WOR out Bw
rw
Bo
_
m o m( p )
2 m( p )
1 m( p )
+
=
f
c
2
r r
Bo
t
r
C = c
So ro + S g r g + S w r w
F
For Condensates:
m g m( p )
2 m( p )
1 m( p )
+
=
f
c
r r
kg
t
r 2
C=c
Fg =
So ro + S g rg + S w r w
Fg
Bo CGR out
Bg
ro + r g +
Bw WGR
Bg
rw
2.15.2.3Temperature Models
512
PROSPER
Where:
Ta1 = Ambient temperature at L1
T1 = Fluid temperature at entry
T(x)
PROSPER Manual
User Guide
513
= Deviation angle
= Fluid mass flow rate
G = Geothermal gradient
W = Product of phase mass flow rates and heat capacities
Cpw +
Cpo +
Cpg
This value is used to calculate heat loss in surface or downhole pipe work This
should not be confused with the thermal conductivity for a particular type of pipe.
The overall heat transfer coefficient accounts for the heat flow through the pipe,
annulus (in a well) and insulation (if present) to the surroundings. Heat transfer by
forced and free convection, conduction and radiation must all be accounted for in the
value of the overall heat transfer coefficient. Insulated buried flowlines can have heat
transfer coefficients as low as 0.1 (BTU/hr/F/ft2) whereas uninsulated, unburied
flowlines can be higher than 100. Typical values for individual flowlines are :Buried Carbon Steel Flowlines 1.0
Unburied
Flowlines
Carbon
Steel
16.0
5.6
2.8
The overall heat transfer coefficient (U value) used to determine the heat exchange
in the Surface Equipment (Xmas Tree to Manifold) is entered in the Surface
Equipment section of the Equipment Data input area.
The overall heat transfer coefficient entered in the Geothermal Gradient section is
the one used to determine the heat exchange in the Downhole Equipment (Xmas
Tree downward).
The U values entered in the two sections mentioned above will be used throughout
the model when running a calculation like System, Gradient, VLP calculation, or also
the VLP matching itself.
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
514
PROSPER
During the VLP/IPR matching process the U value can be tuned in order to match
the observed temperature profile (using the feature Estimate U value in the VLP/IPR
matching screen).
As rule of thumb we suggest to use as starting values of U the following:
- In the case of dry gas fluid: 1-3 BTU/(hrft2F)
- In the case of retrograde condensate fluid: 5-7 BTU/(hrft2F)
- In the case of oil fluid: 8-9 BTU/(hrft2F)
The values of the heat transfer coefficient above reported are the ones that we
suggest to use as starting point during the temperature matching process, as we
found out that in many cases they are not too far from the actual values.
Please, note that the heat transfer coefficient, which accounts at the same time for
the different mechanisms of heat transfer, may have very different values,
depending on all the factors affecting the heat transfer (the packer fluid, fluid
characteristics, flow regime, type of completion, materials used, thickness of tubing
and casing etc.).
Again, if a measurement of wellhead temperature is available along with the well
test, it is possible to get the correct estimation of the U value.The overall heat
transfer coefficient is referenced to the pipe inside diameter
2.15.2.3.2 Enthalpy Balance
Enthalpy Balance temperature model in PROSPER applies the general energy
equation for flowing fluid:
In terms of Enthalpy
,
this is written:
In other terms:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
515
If heat transfer with the surroundings (Q) is neglected, the usual pressure equation
solved in multiphase flow results. PROSPER solves the general energy equation by
considering the enthalpy balance across an incremental length of pipe. The
enthalpy term includes the effects of pressure (including Joule-Thomson effect) and
phase changes.
The
algorithm
commences
by
calculating the enthalpy at the known
pressure and temperature of the first
calculation node. i.e. H1 at (T1,P1)
For a given pipe increment, the
enthalpy (H2) at the other end of the
pipe is estimated. The difference (H2
-H1) is compared to DH.
Where
516
PROSPER
P2 = P1 - GDL ;
T2 = T1 -
dt
DL
dz
P1 + P2
2
T=
T1 + T2
2
The total heat transfer coefficient is estimated for the T, P of the iteration step to
calculate the heat exchanged. Using the energy equation, we can find dh. If dh
does not equal H2-H1, the iteration continues until convergence. The Enthalpy
Balance method solves the energy equation simultaneously for both temperature
and pressure. The solution temperature at the downstream side of the pipe
increment is therefore the value of T2 when the iteration has converged.
The heat transfer coefficient is used to calculate dQ within the enthalpy balance
iterations and not the temperature.
The heat transfer coefficient is itself a function of the temperature of both the fluid
and the surroundings; therefore iteration is required to find both the heat transfer
coefficient and the enthalpy balance. The formation is a thermal sink at temperature
Te. The temperature profile near the wellbore is dependent upon producing time
and the thermal diffusivity of the formation. The heat diffusivity equation accounts
for localised heating (or cooling) of the formation by the well fluids.
For a pipe increment, the heat flow is calculated using:
Where:
infinity.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
517
is the effective thermal conductivity of the formation (including allowance for well
fluids in porous formations)
is the solution of the heat diffusivity equation
The exact solution of heat diffusivity equation is:
This equation is
For intermediate times, PROSPER uses a fit of the TD vs tD generated using the
exact solution. At later times a logarithmic approximation is used:
The overall heat transfer coefficient takes into account forced convection inside the
pipe and free convection outside the pipe plus radiation and conduction.
518
PROSPER
Conduction
Forced Convection
Free Convection
and Radiation
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
519
Now, let us examine the components of the overall heat loss coefficient individually:
is due to forced convection inside the pipe
where:
and
520
PROSPER
H2
H1
rti
H1
P1 , T1
rto
rci
rco
rcem
where
is emissivity.
Similar expressions are used for each casing string and each term combined to find
the total conductivity term .
The data listed below is at standard conditions. Correlations are used to estimate
thermal properties at other temperatures and pressures.
Dry Rock Properties
PROSPER Manual
Cp
BTU/lb/deg F
BTU/hr/ft/deg
May, 2009
User Guide
521
F
Sandstone
0.183
1.06
2.64
Shale
0.224
0.7
2.4
Limestone
0.202
0.54
2.71
Dolomite
0.219
1.0
2.87
Halite
0.219
2.8
2.17
Anhydrite
0.265
0.75
2.96
Gypsum
0.259
0.75
2.32
Lignite
0.3
2.0
1.5
Volcanics
0.2
1.6
2.65
Conductivity
BTU/lb/deg
F
BTU/hr/ft/deg
F
1.0
0.35
1.02
0.345
Heavy Oil
1.04
0.34
Medium Oil
0.49
0.083
Light Oil
0.5
0.0815
Gas
0.26
0.0215
Water
salinity)
(Low
Water
Salinity)
(High
The dry rock properties are modified to wet rock properties using the in-situ porosity,
permeability and rock consistency.
Downhole Equipment
Conduction
Heat
Transfer
Coefficient
Emmissivi
ty
522
PROSPER
BTU/ft/hr/deg
F
Mild Steel Tubing
26
0.65
Plactic
Tubing
20
0.65
18
0.4
15
0.3
27
0.9
0.9
Flexible
0.3
0.95
Bitumen
0.6
0.95
Foam
0.02
0.8
Concrete
0.1
0.9
Coated
Stainless
(13%)
Steel
Stainless
(15%)
Steel
Line Pipe
2.15.2.4Choke Calculation
From Bernoulli:
From Mass Conservation:
In the throat, the maximum velocity is the speed of sound. Under critical conditions,
the choke becomes independant of the downstream pressure and temperature.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
523
Vms : 2 phase sound velocity from FORTUNATI, Vms will be much lower than the
velocity of either phase. Critical conditions are reached at much lower velocities.
For deviated wells, the Beggs and Brill hold up correction is used.
To determine interfacial tension, the Parachor technique is used.
Petroleum Experts correlation uses the Gould et al Flow Map and for the various
flow regimes we use the following:
Bubble flow:
Slug flow:
Transition:
524
PROSPER
In bounded reservoirs
4.86
2.07
31.6
30.9
2.72
0.232
0.115
31.6
27.6
27.1
60
21.9
3.39
1
3
1
22.6
3.13
0.607
2
1
5.38
2
1
5
PROSPER Manual
2.36
0.111
May, 2009
User Guide
12.9
525
0.098
In water-drive reservoirs
4.57
10.8
19.1
25
(MAX 10)
526
PROSPER
Point
for
2000
2010
2020
3000
3010
3020
4000
4010
4020
5000
5010
5020
May, 2009
User Guide
527
6000
6010
6020
Note:
Import table units must be defined in field units. Once the data has been imported
the PROSPER units system can be used to display the values in any desired units.
2.15.4.3Lift Curves
The following is an example of a flowing well lift curve in ECLIPSE format:
-- VFP TABLE for PRODUCER -VFPPROD
1 10430 'LIQ' 'WCT' 'GOR' /
100 1000 10000 /
114.696 514.696 5014.7 /
0 0.5 0.9 /
0.8 1 5 /
0/
1 1 1 1 2002.17 1258.71 2733.66 /
1 1 2 1 1479.42 1083.09 2655.25 /
1 1 3 1 413.537 806.953 4503.13 /
1 2 1 1 3948.98 2376.35 3439.27 /
1 2 2 1 3619.42 1985.43 3270.18 /
1 2 3 1 494.134 928.339 3352.16 /
1 3 1 1 4913.94 4485.14 4672.16 /
1 3 2 1 4895.27 4343.38 4563.92 /
1 3 3 1 3925.4 2141.93 3460.48 /
2 1 1 1 3629.53 2559.11 3358.56 /
2 1 2 1 3539.7 2209.16 3216.7 /
2 1 3 1 1098.95 1408.86 4038.35 /
2 2 1 1 4817.47 3863.58 4190.39 /
2 2 2 1 4746.81 3540.81 3985.01 /
2 2 3 1 1916.92 1594.64 3434.72 /
2 3 1 1 5347.77 5166.94 5283.46 /
2 3 2 1 5337.64 5102.83 5210.6 /
2 3 3 1 5138.74 3590 4155.85 /
3 1 1 1 8202.54 8206.84 8494.42 /
3 1 2 1 8081.09 8085.64 8397.43 /
3 1 3 1 7436.73 7142.24 8450.65 /
3 2 1 1 9393.27 9014.22 9196.49 /
3 2 2 1 9308.64 8911.21 9105.01 /
3 2 3 1 8567.24 7774.64 8436.27 /
3 3 1 1 9912.37 9798.83 9952.61 /
3 3 2 1 9906.65 9776.86 9924.11 /
3 3 3 1 9813.74 9404.22 9463.37 /
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
528
PROSPER
2.15.4.4IPR
*
* This is an example IPR input file
*
The format is pressure, rate, curve value
*
The numbers can be space, tab or comma delimited
* Up to twenty points per curve, up to five curves
*
*Blank lines or lines with an asterisk (*) in the first
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
529
2.15.4.5ESP PUMPS
* Blank lines or lines begining with an asterisk are ignored.
* The format for the pump data is
* Line 1 Manufacturer pumpname size (ins) frequency(hz) Min. rte Max. rate No. of
Stages
* Line 2 six coefficients for head curve (ft of water)
* Line 3 six coefficients for power curve (HP)
* Curves are polynomials of the form
* Y = AO + A1*x + A2*x*2 + A3*x**3 + A4*x**4 + A5*x**5
****************************
****************************
****************************
*** CENTRILIFT PUMPS
****************************
****************************
****************************
***
550 950 1
A2
A1
-3.873426E-08
A0
8.776504E-06 -7.290256E-04
1.397720E-10
1.695927E-07
1.838891E-05
530
PROSPER
-4.764406E-07 -2.538143E-03
4.492726E-08
1.474800E-04
2.15.4.6ESP MOTORS
*Manufacturer
Reda
* Number of motors, rpm, frequency
2 3450. 60.0
*Series OD
456 4.56
*amps
6.53822E-01 -1.34128E+00 8.86349E-01 -1.06114E-01 5.61883E-01
01 *
*rpm
-6.24718E+01 2.04999E+02 -3.03911E+02 1.45552E+02 -1.15803E+02
+03 *
*efficiency
-5.57129E-01 1.60591E+00 -7.30540E-01 -1.98693E+00 2.49918E+00
03 *
* power factor
-5.44220E-01 2.16557E+00 -2.81504E+00 7.11957E-01 1.04810E+00
01 *
3.43896E3.58291E
1.91886E2.49609E-
*Series OD
540 5.4
*amps
-2.16508E-01 6.79101E-01 -5.79651E-01 3.59379E-01 5.24583E-01 2.26834E01 *
*rpm
-2.14557E+01 8.55182E+01 -1.66122E+02 9.44086E+01 -1.44510E+02 3.58175E
+03 *
*efficiency
3.67150E-01 -1.64327E+00 3.01018E+00 -3.02514E+00 1.72215E+00 4.17187E01 *
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
531
* power factor
4.64765E-01 -2.48102E+00 5.12024E+00 -5.23541E+00 2.71560E+00 2.75835E01 *
*Series Type HP
456 S 100.0
456 S 100.0
456 S 100.0
456 S 110.0
456 S 120.0
456 S 120.0
456 S 120.0
456 T 200.0
456 T 220.0
456 T 240.0
456 T 240.0
VOLTS AMPS
1075 51
1355 46
2205 29
1190 60
1255 70
1295 59
2245 35
2710 46
2380 60
2250 70
2590 59
540
540
540
540
540
540
540
540
540
540
540
945 120
1945 59
1100 115
2140 54
1135 127
2235 64
2270 127
2475 122
3345 89
2835 120
3300 115
S
S
S
S
S
S
T
T
T
T
T
180.0
180.0
200.0
200.0
225.0
225.0
450.0
480.0
480.0
540.0
600.0
2.15.4.7ESP CABLES
* Cable Type
* Volt drop coefficient Maximum ampage
#1 Copper
0.26
115
#2 Copper
0.33
95
#4 Copper
0.53
70
#6 Copper
0.84
55
#8 Copper
1.32
50
#10 Copper
2.08
50
#12 Copper
3.32
50
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
532
PROSPER
#1 Aluminium
0.33
#2 Aluminium
0.53
#4 Aluminium
0.84
#6 Aluminium
1.32
#8 Aluminium
2.08
#10 Aluminium
3.32
95
70
55
50
50
50
2.15.4.8HSP PUMPS
*
* H Y D R A U L I C D R I V E D O W N H O L E P U M P S*
================= ========= =============== =========
* This is a sample pump import file. Blank lines or lines begining
* with an asterisk are ignored. The format for the pump data is
* Line 1 Manufacturer pumpname size (mm) reference Speed(rpm) Min.
* operating rate Max. operating rate No. of stages Max no. of Stages Min
* Speed Max Speed
* Line 2 six coefficients for head curve (ft of water) (a0 to a5)
* Line 3 six coefficients for power curve (HP)
(a0 to a5)
* This data is supplied FOR EXAMPLE PURPOSES ONLY
********** DO NOT USE FOR SYSTEM DESIGN
* Contact your pump supplier for current performance data
****************************
****************************
****************************
*** WEIR PUMPS
***
****************************
****************************
****************************
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
533
2.15.4.9HSP TURBINES
Turbine Manufacturer
WEIR* Number of Turbines1*****************
** WEIR T30 **
****************** Turbine TypeT30* Reference Speed
(rpm)
15000.0
* Maximum Speed
15000.0
* Maximum Test Pressure
8910.00
* Maximum Working Pressure
5940.00
* Maximum Stage Pressure
370.00
(rpm)
(psi)
(psi)
(psi)
(bbl/day)
(lb.ins)
(lb.ins)
(inches)
Head
(a2)
Head
(a3)
Head
(a1)
Power
(a2)
534
PROSPER
A
52.750
1235.26 2038.18
2.2765e-6 -0.00245738 0.551433
B
56.000
1523.49 2460.23
1.6612e-6 -0.00126675 -0.431372
C
60.460
1873.48 3232.27
1.8284e-6 -0.0037038 2.46547
D
64.000
2367.59 3788.14
2.0903e-6 -0.00670166 7.15005
0.000311733 -0.53145
447.209
0.000146428 -0.163852
184.132
0.000116043 -0.281785
395.769
6.97987e-5 -0.150449
243.193
2.15.5 F - Glossary
Bott Pressure measured at the producing formation. Intake node pressure.
om
Hole
Flow
ing
Pres
sure
Form Quantity of oil dissolved in 1 stock tank barrel of oil at prevailing pressure
ation and temperature. Solution GOR. See GOR Definitions
GasOil
Ratio
Form Volume occupied by 1 barrel of stock tank oil and its associated solution gas
ation at a given pressure and temperature.
Volu
me
Fact
or
(Bo)
Retr Hydrocarbon existing as a gas at reservoir conditions from which liquid
ogra drops out as the pressure drops. The liquid may evaporate as the pressure
drops further.
de
Cond
ensa
te
Gas Ratio of the gas density to density of air. Equal to ratio of molecular weight
Gravi to that of air (28.97).
ty
Geot Rate of increase in earth temperature with depth. One example: 1.8
herm degrees F per 100 feet of TVD.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
535
al
Grad
ient
When oil is brought to surface conditions it is usual for some gas to come
out of solution. The gas/oil ratio (GOR) is the ratio of the volume of gas that
comes out of solution, to the volume of oil. A point to check is whether the
volume of oil is measured before or after the gas comes out of solution,
since the oil volume will shrink when the gas comes out. In fact gas
dissolution and oil volume shrinkage will happen at many stages during the
GOR path of the hydrocarbon stream from reservoir through the wellbore and
processing plant to export. For light oils and rich gas condensates the
ultimate GOR of export streams is strongly influenced by the efficiency with
which the processing plant strips liquids from the gas phase. Reported
GORs may be calculated from export volumes which may not be at standard
conditions.Can refer to solution GOR or Total GOR (i.e. including free gas
production). See GOR Definitions
Heat Coefficient describing the total resistance to heat loss from a producing pipe
Tran to its surroundings. Includes heat loss by conduction, convection and
sfer radiation.
Coeff
icien
t
(HTC
)
Hold (Liquid holdup). Proportion of pipe area occupied by liquid. Equal to 1.0 for
single phase liquid and 0.0 for single phase gas.
up
A fictitious gas that obeys the equation of state PV=RT/m where V is
Ideal specific volume, T is absolute temperature, R is the universal gas constant
Gas and m id the molecular weight. Real gases deviate from ideal behaviour at
atmospheric pressures.
Com A volume ratio that indicates the deviation of the actual volume from that
pres which has been determined by the Ideal Gas Laws. The Compressibility
sibili Factor is a multiplier
ty
Inflo
w
Perfo
rman
ce
Relat
ions
hip
(IPR)
The relation between reservoir pressure, flowing bottom hole pressure and
production rate. Can be calculated from reservoir properties (reservoir
pressure, permeability, skin) or fitting an empirical relation to measured
pressures. See IPR Definition
536
PROSPER
Injec Gas injected into a reservoir for pressure maintenance. Not to be confused
tion with gas lift injection.
Gas
Injec Slope of inflow performance relation for injection. Expressed as injection
tivity volume per unit of injection pressure. (BBL/psi, Sm3/Bar).
Inde
x
The Joule-Thomson effect, or Joule-Kelvin effect, is a process in which
the temperature of a real gas is either decreased or increased by letting the
gas expand freely at constant enthalpy (which means that no heat is
transferred to or from the gas, and no external work is extracted). It's named
after James Prescott Joule and William Thomson, 1st Baron Kelvin who
established the effect in 1852 following earlier work by Joule on Joule
expansion in which a gas expands at constant internal energy.
The relationship between temperature, pressure and volume of a gas is
simply described by the various gas laws. When volume is increased in an
irreversible process, the gas laws do not uniquely determine what happens
to the pressure and temperature of the gas. Reversible adiabatic expansion,
in which the gas does positive work in the process of expansion, always
causes a decrease in temperature. However, when a real gas (as
differentiated from an ideal gas) expands freely at constant enthalpy, the
temperature may either decrease or increase, depending on the initial
Joul temperature and pressure. For any given pressure, a real gas has a JouleThomson (Kelvin) inversion temperature, above which expansion at
eTho constant enthalpy causes the temperature to rise, and below which
mso expansion at constant enthalpy causes cooling. For most gases at
atmospheric pressure, the inversion temperature is fairly high (above room
n
Coeff temperature), and so most gases at those temperature and pressure
conditions are cooled by isenthalpic expansion.
icien
The change of temperature with respect to a change of pressure in a Joulet
Thomson process is the Joule-Thomson (Kelvin) coefficient
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
537
The value of depends on the specific gas, as well as the temperature and
pressure of the gas before expansion. For all real gases, it will equal zero at
some point called the inversion point and the Joule-Thomson inversion
temperature is the temperature where the coefficient changes sign (i.e.,
where the coefficient equals zero).
In any gas expansion, the gas pressure decreases and thus the sign of dP is
always negative. The following table explains when the Joule-Thomson
effect cools or heats a real gas
If the gas
then is
so the gas
since dP is
dT must be
temperature
is
below the
always
positive
negative
cools
inversion
negative
temperature
above the
always
negative
positive
heats
inversion
negative
temperature
It should be noted that is always equal to zero for ideal gases (i.e., they
will neither heat nor cool upon being expanded at constant enthalpy).
Meas Depth measured along the flow path from the depth reference to a point in
ured the well.
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
538
PROSPER
Dept
h
Node
User Guide
539
uctiv
ity
Inde
x (PI)
Pseu The Critical Temperature is defined as the highest temperature at which a gas can be
liquefied. When calculated for a mixture it is called the Pseudo-Critical Temperature.
doCritic
al
Tem
perat
ure
Pseu
doCritic
al
Pres
sure
540
PROSPER
Stea A state of the system in which none of the variables (such as pressure,
temperature, flow rates) varies with time.
dyState
Stoc Oil in equilibrium with its surrounding conditions of temperature and
pressure.
k
Tank
Oil
True Vertical displacement from reference depth to a point in a well.
Verti
cal
Dept
h
Unde Oil capable of dissolving additional gas at a specified temperature and
pressure. i.e current pressure is above the fluid's bubble point.
r
Satur
ated
Oil
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
541
Voge Empirical inflow performance relation that accounts for reduced oil
permeability when producing below bubble point due to gas breakout.
l
Equa
tion
Wate Ratio of water production to total fluid production. (Water Rate) / (Oil Rate +
r Cut Water Rate)
Wate Volume occupied at prevailing pressure and temperature by 1 stock tank
unit of water.
r
Form
ation
Volu
me
Fact
or
(Bw)
Wate Ratio of oil production to water production (stock tank conditions)
r / Oil
Ratio
(WO
R)
The temperature at which the vapour will start to condense. Dew point of a
Dew
gas mixture is the temperature at which the highest boiling point constituent
Point
will start to condense.
Dry
Gas
Any gas or gas mixture which contains no water vapour, and where all of the
constituents are substantially above their respective saturated vapour
pressure at the existing conditions.
Entr
opy
542
PROSPER
Inter
nal
The energy which a substance possesses because of the motion and
Ener configuration of its atoms, molecules and sub atomic particles.
gy
Isent
ropic
Proc
A process during which there is no heat added to or removed from the
ess
system.
(Adia
batic
)
Isoth
erma
A process during which there is no change in temperature.
l
Proc
ess
Kinet
ic
The energy a substance possesses by virtue of its motion or velocity.
Ener
gy
Parti
al
The absolute pressure exerted by a constituent portion of the mixture.
Pres
sure
Pote
ntial The energy a substance possesses because of its elevation above the earth
Ener or above some chosen datum plane.
gy
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
543
Redu
ced The ratio in absolute units of the actual gas pressure to the critical pressure
Pres of the gas.
sure
Redu
ced
The ratio in absolute units of the actual gas temperature to the critical
temp
temperature of the gas.
eratu
re
Satur
ated
Vapo
ur
Pres
sure
Spec
The ratio of the density of a given gas to the density of dry air, both
ific
measured at the same specific conditions of pressure and temperature.
Gravi
These conditions are usually 14.696 psiA and 60F, or 1 barA and 0C.
ty
Spec
ific
Heat The rate of change in enthalpy with temperature. It may be measured at
constant pressure or at constant volume. The values are different and are
or
Heat known as Cp and Cv, respectively.
Capa
city
Spec
ific
The volume of a given weight of gas usually expressed as cubic feet per
Volu pound, or cubic meters per kilogram (cubic centimeters per gram).
me
Tem
The property of a substance which gauges the potential or driving force for
perat
the flow of heat.
ure
Wet
Gas
Any gas or gas mixture in which one or more of the constituents is at its
saturated vapour pressure. The constituent at saturation pressure may or
may not be water vapour.
Work
The energy transition and defined as force times distance. Work cannot be
done unless there is motion.
Dime
nsio
nless
Fract
544
PROSPER
ure
Cond
uctiv
ity
(FCD
)
2)
3) When the import file is selected, press Continue to see the next screen (4)
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
545
shown below.
4)
5) Select the particular File format in which the data is saved. The following
example is for a Comma Separated format. Press Continue to see the next
screen (7) below.
6)
546
PROSPER
7)
8) To select a particular column for a Field Name, one can directly click on the
column and this will assign that column to that field.This can also be checked
by the column number that is appended to the field name.
9) Make sure that the units for each column are correctly selected according to
the input data.
10)The procedure can be repeated for all the columns.
11)
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
User Guide
547
12)By selecting continue, PROSPER will update the data in the corresponding
columns in the tables.
13)
548
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Chapter
550
PROSPER
Examples Guide
3.1
Prosper Tutorials
This chapter contains a collection of tutorials designed to help jump-start the use of
PROSPER. The tutorials are grouped by subjects:
- Integrated well bore models
- Basic Tutorials for naturally flowing wells,
- Sand control tutorials
- Compositional modelling tutorials
- Well test matching tutorials
- Artificial lift design tutorials
- Tutorials about trouble-shooting artificially lifted wells
- Tutorials on pipeline modeling and flow assurance studies.
- Tutorials on special topics
Integrated well bore models
Tutorial
0
Description
Integrated oil well model
Reference File
T00_IntegratedOilWell.OUT
Description
Reference File
Modelling a dry and wet gas producer T01_DryAndWetGasWell.Out
T02_SimpleOilWell.OUT
Modelling a naturally flowing oil well
Modelling an oil well with black oil PVT T03_OilWellPVTMatching.OUT
matching
T04_HorizontalOilWell.out
Modelling an horizontal oil well
Modelling a multilateral dry gas T05_MultilateralGasWell.Out
producer
T06_MultilateralOilWell.Out
Modelling a multilateral oil producer
T07_SlantedOilWell.Out
Modelling a slanted oil well
Modelling a gas well with connected T08_GasWellwithSurfacePipeline.
Out
pipeline
T09_WaterInjectionWell.OUT
Modelling a water injection well
T10_GasInjectionWell.OUT
Modelling a gas injection well
T11_SteamInjectionWell.OUT
Modelling a steam injection well
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
Tutorial
12
13
14
15
16
Description
Modelling an oil well with gravel-pack
Modelling a fraced and packed well
Modelling a well with pre-packed screen
551
Reference File
T12_GravelPackedOilWell.OUT
T13_Frac&PackedOilWell.OUT
T14_OilWellwithPrePackedScreen.out
T15_OilWellwithslottedLiner.OUT
Modelling a well with slotted liners
Modelling a well with wire-wrapped T16_OilWellwithWireWrappedScree
ns.out
screens
Description
Reference File
Fully
compositional
retrograde T17_CompostionalCondensateWell.
Out
condensate well
Fully compositional CO2 injection well T18_CompostionalCO2Injector.Out
Tutorial
19
20
21
22
Description
Reference File
T19_MatchingAGasWellTest.OUT
Matching a gas well test
Matching a naturally flowing oil well test T20_MatchingAnOilWellTest.OUT
T21_MatchingAWaterInjectionWellT
Matching a water injection well test
Matching a gas injection well test
est.OUT
T22_MatchingAGasInjectionWellTest
.OUT
Description
Continuous Gas lift design
Intermittent Gas Lift Design
Coiled Tubing Gas lift Design
Reference File
T23_ContinuousGasLiftDesign.OUT
T24_IntermittentGasLiftDesign.OUT
T25_CoiledTubingGasLiftDesign.
OUT
Design of an ESP system for an oil T26_ESPDesign.OUT
producer
Design of an HSP system for an oil T27_HSPDesign.OUT
producer
Design of a Sucker Rod Pump for an oil T28_SuckerRodPumpDesign.OUT
producer
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
552
PROSPER
29
30
31
Description
Troubleshooting a gas lifted well
Trouble-shooting an ESP-lifted well
Trouble-shooting an HSP-lifted well
Trouble-shooting a sucker rod lifted well
Reference File
T32_GasLiftQuickLook.OUT
T33_ESPQuicklook.OUT
T34_HSPQuicklook.OUT
No reference file
Description
General flow assurance features
Pipeline performance matching
Full enthalpy balance example
Improved approximation tutorial
Reference File
T36_FlowAssurance.OUT
T37_PipelineMatching.OUT
T38_EnthalpyBalance.OUT
T39_ImprovedApproximation.OUT
Special topics
Tutorial
40
41
42
Description
Reference File
T40_SPOT.OUT
SPOT example
Multi-layer model with dP loss between T41_MultilayerOil.Out
the zones
Multilateral IPR for well penetrating
T42_MultiLateralInMultipleReservoi
different zones
rs.OUT
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
553
3.1.1.1 Objectives
This tutorial demonstrates how to analyse the performance of an offshore oil
producing well in an integrated fashion. In the process, the following questions are
addressed:
- What are the basic data required to build a PROSPER model for a naturally flowing
oil well,
- How to match a black oil PVT against black oil correlations,
- How to tune the overall heat transfer coefficient in the surroundings of a well based
upon well test data
- How to quality-check raw well test data,
- Why and how to perform a correlation comparison,
- How to perform a Verrtical Lift Perfoamnce (VLP) matching,
- How to select a VLP correlation,
- How to model a highly deviated well,
- How to calibrate the well inflow with the well test data,
- How to validate a PROSPER well model against actual well test data,
- How to match multiple well tests,
- How to use the calibrated PROSPER model to predict the future performance of a
given well bore.
3.1.1.2 Statement of the Problem
A naturally flowing highly deviated oil producing well has been drilled and tested.
Extensive fluid and well test data are available.
It is required to develop a PROSPER model that is calibrated against PVT lab data
and well test data.
Once the model is built and calibrated, it will be used for sensitivity run.
3.1.1.3 General Approach
In this tutorial, the following road map will be followed:
a. Construct a PROSPER well model with a matched and validated PVT model
b. Analyse and match the well test data against the PROSPER model to obtain a
calibrated well bore model
c. Use the calibrated well bore model to simulate the performance of the well under
changing conditions: water cut, GOR and reservoir pressure.
3.1.1.4 Available Data & Information
The data required for a well test analysis are:
-
PVT data
Reservoir Data
Well Data: deviation survey, tubing, casing, and temperature data
Actual production test data: stabilized phase rates, flowing temperatures and
pressures.
554
PROSPER
May, 2009
Examples Guide
555
either computed with the enthalpy balance model or derived from well test
data.
When the rough approximation method is being used, the following overall heat
transfer coefficients values may be considered as starting values:
For oil and water wells: 8 Btu/h/ft2/F.
For retrograde condensate wells: 5 Btu/h/ft2/F.
For gas wells: 3 Btu/h/ft2/F.
It is recommended to fine-tune the overall heat transfer coefficient with well test
data as soon as well test are available.
It is recommended to keep the default average heat capacities displayed in the
program under | System | Equipment | Average Heat Capacities unaltered.
About well test data
Well test data are generally used to:
- back-calculate the overall heat transfer coefficient in the surroundings of the
well when the rough approximation temperature method is selected.
- select the multiphase correlation most suitable for the particular well model
- fine-tune the inflow performance parameters like reservoir pressure, skin,
permeability and so on.
Note that it is perfectly possible to develop a PROSPER model in the absence of
well test data. In this case, reasonable assumptions are to be made based
upon the specific operating conditions of the well and based upon existing
relevant experiences.
Generally, the use of the Petroleum Experts 2 multiphase correlation may be
considered when no well test data are available for the simple reason that the
Petroleum Experts 2 multiphase correlation has so far consistently given
reasonable results in very diverse operating conditions.
However, since there is no universal multiphase correlation, it is recommended to
verify the suitability of the selected multiphase correlation (Petroleum Experts
2) as soon as well test data become available.
PROSPER offers a coherent and consistent VLP matching procedure that helps
the user to select the most suitable correlation for any particular well. This
consistent VLP matching procedure will be described and applied later in this
tutorial in the sub-section "Well Test Analysis: Step by Step Procedure".
3.1.1.4.1 PVT Data from the lab
The following fluid properties are available from the lab.
Surface Data
Solution GOR:
700 scf/stb
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
556
PROSPER
Oil Gravity:
35 API
Water Salinity:
None
260 degF
3400 psig
GOR in scf/stb
Oil Viscosity in
centipoises
2000
367
1.232
0.434
2500
477
1.289
0.383
3000
597
1.352
0.337
3400
700
1.408
0.306
3500
700
1.405
0.308
4000
700
1.395
0.320
4500
700
1.386
0.331
Note that the fluid properties may originate from a thermodynamic simulation
(Constant Mass Expansion with separator correction) using a compositional fluid
calibration package like PVTp.
3.1.1.4.2 Well Equipment Data (Tubing etc)
Deviation survey
Comment
1500
1500
sea floor
2516
2500
4112
4000
5845
5500
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
7800
7000
10135
8500
11135
9000
557
Top of perforation
The deviation survey is the reference for all subsequent depths inputs in the
equipment section.
Surface Equipment
This well model will not include pipelines downstream of the well head.
Down hole Equipment
Label
Equipment
Type
Measured
Depth in ft
Inside
Diameter in
inches
Roughness in
inches
Well Head
Xmas Tree
N/A
0.0006
Tubing
Tubing
2000
3.92
0.0006
Safety Valve
SSSV*
N/A
3.5
0.0006
Tubing
Tubing
10800
3.92
0.0006
Casing
Casing
11135
6.4
0.0006
Measured formation
depth in ft
Static ambient
temperature
Comment
60
1500
45
sea floor
11135
260
Reservoir depth
558
PROSPER
Reservoir model:
Darcy
Wong-Clifford*
260 degF
Water Cut:
25%
Total GOR:
700 scf/stb
No
Relative Permeability:
No
Reservoir Permeability:
100 mD
Reservoir Thickness:
100 ft
Drainage area:
350 acres
31.6
0.354 ft
Mechanical skin:
Enable Wong-Clifford:
ON
0.1 (fraction)
0.1 (fraction)
2200 ft
9000 ft
11135 ft
9000 ft
11427
9100 ft
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
559
*Using the Wong-Clifford skin model, the deviation angle of the well well bore
across the reservoir is calculated based upon the user-entered perforation intervals
in measured depth and true vertical depth.
3.1.1.4.4 Multi-Rate Well Test Data
The reported well test results are listed below:
Static Reservoir Pressure at Datum (9000 ft TVD): 4000 psig
Gauge depth: 10500 ft measured depth
Dates
Comm WH
ent
FP
WHFT Water
Cut
Liquid
Rate
dd/mm/
yyyy
psig degF
stb/d
psig
scf/stb
01/01/2 Low
000
Rate
1000 150
25
6100
3655
1500
180
25
9800
3505
500
03/01/2 High
000
Rate
200
25
13450
3365
475
500
560
PROSPER
700 scf/stb
Oil Gravity:
35 API
Water Salinity:
None
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
561
In order to enter the lab data, select | Match Data and populate the screen as shown
below:
Reservoir temperature:
260 degF
3400 psig
GOR in scf/stb
Oil Viscosity in
centipoises
2000
367
1.232
0.434
2500
477
1.289
0.383
3000
597
1.352
0.337
3400
700
1.408
0.306
3500
700
1.405
0.308
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
562
PROSPER
4000
700
1.395
0.320
4500
700
1.386
0.331
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
563
This screen shows the values of the Match Parameters (Parameter 1= multiplier and
Parameter 2 = shift) associated with each fluid property for all the correlations.
The Standard Deviation is also displayed which represents the overall goodness of
fit.
Select an appropriate correlation bearing in mind that the black oil correlations
whose parameters are adjusted the least (i.e. Parameter 1 close to 1.0 and
Parameter 2 close to 0.0) are the most suitable candidates as they represent
possibly similar fluids to the one being modelled.
The value of the Standard Deviation is also displayed. Generally, the lower the
Standard Deviation, the better the fit.
In the case at hand, the combination Glaso / Beal et al will be selected because they
require the least adjustment. For this, select | Done | Done and make sure that the
black oil correlations Glaso / Beal have been selected on the PVT- Input Data
screen:
564
PROSPER
Select | Done and save the file to secure the data inputted into the PROSPER well
bore model.
Well Equipment Data
Select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All | Edit to start the well bore description
with the deviation survey:
Deviation survey
Comment
1500
1500
sea floor
2516
2500
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
4112
4000
5845
5500
7800
7000
10135
8500
11135
9000
565
Top of perforation
The deviation survey is the reference for all subsequent depths inputs in the
equipment section.
566
PROSPER
Label
Equipment
Type
Measured
Depth in ft
Inside
Diameter in
inches
Roughness in
inches
Well Head
Xmas Tree
N/A
0.0006
Tubing
Tubing
2000
3.92
0.0006
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
Safety Valve
SSSV*
N/A
3.5
0.0006
Tubing
Tubing
10800
3.92
0.0006
Casing
Casing
11135
6.4
0.0006
567
Simply point the cursor on the relevant cell within the column labeled "Type"
underneath the "Xmas Tree" to select the equipment type from a drop-down menu:
tubing, SSSV, Restriction or casing.
Labels are optional.
Select | Done to enter the geothermal gradient
Geothermal Gradient
Measured formation
depth in ft
Static ambient
temperature
Comment
568
PROSPER
60
1500
45
sea floor
11135
260
Reservoir depth
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
569
570
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
571
Reservoir model:
Darcy
Wong-Clifford
260 degF
Water Cut:
25%
Total GOR:
700 scf/stb
No
Relative Permeability:
No
572
PROSPER
Select the Input Data Tab in the top right corner to continue with the reservoir data
inputs:
Reservoir Permeability:
100 mD
Reservoir Thickness:
100 ft
Drainage area:
350 acres
31.6
0.354 ft
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
573
Select the | Mech / Geom Skin tab at the bottom of the screen to proceed with the
skin data entry:
Mechanical skin:
Enable Wong-Clifford:
ON
574
PROSPER
0.1 (fraction)
0.1 (fraction)
2200 ft
9000 ft
11135 ft
9000 ft
11427
9100 ft
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
575
In order to generate an Inflow curve, simply select | Calculate and the following IPR
curve is generated:
576
PROSPER
May, 2009
Examples Guide
577
PROSPER well bore model) and actual measurements. The reconciliation process
can only be successful if the mathematical model and the actual measurements are
both reliable.
The various sequences followed so far to construct the PROSPER model have been
specifically designed to lead to a reliable, sound PROSPER well bore model.
The main purpose of the critical review of the raw well test data is to assess the
validity of each well test data before entering them into PROSPER.
A few of the questions to be addressed in the critical data review process are:
- How reliable is each reported measurement?
- How do the test data compare with historical trends?
- How does the produced GOR compares with the PVT model?
Let us critically review the well test data to be analysed in this tutorial:
Dates
dd/mm/
yyyy
psig
degF %
01/01/20 Low
00
Rate
1000 150
Gauge
Gas Oil Ratio
Pressure at
gauge depth
stb/d
psig
scf/stb
25
6100
3655
1500
180
25
9800
3505
500
03/01/20 High
00
Rate
200
25
13450
3365
475
500
578
PROSPER
May, 2009
Examples Guide
579
580
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
581
Proceed with | Calculate | Calculate | OK | Plot and the following plot is shown:
582
PROSPER
One can see that the test point is completely outside established physical
boundaries. The physical boundaries are defined by the Fancher-Brown correlation
that neglects slippage effects between the phases and consequently under-estimate
the pressure loss and the Duns and Ros Modified correlation that generally overestimates pressure drops in oil wells.
During the critical review of the well test data, it was suspected that the reported
GOR values were inconsistent.
Indeed, with a bubble point pressure of 3400 psig and a reservoir pressure of 4000
psig, the produced GOR must be equal to the solution GOR of 700 scf/stb.
Therefore we will go back and correct all GOR values to 700 scf/stb as show below:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
583
After correcting the GOR, one can now re-estimate the U-value for each test. For
this simply select | Estimate U-value and the algorithm will estimate and display the
U value for each test. In the end, the average U-value is calculate and displayed:
We will select | Yes and | OK to transfer the averaged U-value for all 3 tests to the
geothermal gradient screen.
Based upon engineering judgment, one may very well not accept the averaged Uvalue and use an alternative one.
Here are the correlation comparison plots obtained for each test:
Correlation Comparison for the Low Rate Test
584
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
585
586
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
587
For this, return to the VLP/IPR matching screen, select the most reliable well test.
The choice of the most reliable well test is a matter of judgment that depends upon
all the circumstances surrounding the test. In this example, it will be assumed that
the well test with the highest flow rate is the more stable for the simple reason that it
is more likely to be stable, to be in the friction dominated region of the tubing
performance curve.
To perform the match, select the "High Rate" well test (here on row number 3) and
then select | Match VLP as highlighted in the screen-shot below:
588
PROSPER
If no specific well test is selected, the VLP matching algorithm in PROSPER will
match all well tests simultaneously. A possible drawback of this approach is that
possibly invalid well tests may not be easily detected.
A generally better approach is to:
- select the most reliable well test
- match this single well test. An appropriately matched VLP correlation is selected
- verify if the remaining well tests can be reasonably reproduced with the selected
VLP correlation.
The advantages of this approach are:
- suspicious / inconsistent well test can be detected
- the selected VLP correlation is validated against historical well tests.
Now select | Match | OK
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
589
Note that the VLP correlation "Petroleum Experts 2" appears now appended with two
numbers: gravity multiplier and friction multiplier. Both numbers are equal to unity
suggesting that virtually no correction was required to match the well test.
Now select | Done to return to the previous screen.
Step 6: Quality-check VLP matching results
To benchmark the VLP matching against the two other well tests, simply enable
them and then perform correlation comparisons for each well test in turn.
For this, enable the well tests, select each well test and then select | Correlation
Comparison | Ok | Calculate | Calculate | Plot.
This is how the correlation comparison looks like for the "Low Rate Test":
590
PROSPER
And this is how the correlation comparison looks like for the "Medium Rate Test":
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
591
In both cases, one can see that the matched correlation reproduces very well the
other well tests.
This fact validates the suitability of the correlation for use in predictive mode.
Step 7: Super-impose and match well IPR
In order to superimpose the IPR, return back to the VLP/IPR matching screen and
then select the task button VLP/IPR.
592
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
593
Please confirm the completion of the Calculation with | OK and the the screen is
populated with calculation results as shown below:
594
PROSPER
For each well test, actual test rate and simulated (solution) test rate are calculated
and displayed in th bottom right corner of the screen.
A graphical plot is generated when the button Plot is selected:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
595
The plot above shows for each well test, the IPR, the VLP the test point and the
simulated solution.
In the right corner of the screen, one can see the statistical comparison between
measured test rate and test bottom hole flowing pressure versus simulated rates and
pressures.
The largest error is less than 2% and can be considered as acceptable.
Now one can select | Main | File | Save to update the PROSPER model.
Values
300
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
596
PROSPER
GOR (scf/stb):
700
4000, 3500
In order to perform the sensitivity runs, select | Calculation | System (Ipr + Vlp) | 3
Variables and make the following entries:
Select | Continue and choose the relevant sensitivity variables water cut and
reservoir pressure using the drop down menu:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
597
Select | Continue | Calculate | OK | Plot | System Plot and the following graphical
representation is generated:
598
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
599
600
PROSPER
This plot shows the liquid rate as function of water cut for different reservoir
pressures.
This completes this tutorial.
May, 2009
Examples Guide
601
Value
0.65 (Air =1)
250 psig
5 stb/MMscf
50 API
10000 ppm
None
602
PROSPER
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Tree 0
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
4800
5000
2.441
6.1
Roughness
in inches
in Rate multiplier
N/A
N/A
0.0018
0.0018
1
1
Measured Depth in ft
0
5000
Examples Guide
Gas:
Water:
603
0.51
1
IPR model:
Static Reservoir Pressure:
Reservoir Temperature:
Water Gas Ratio:
Compaction Permeability Reduction model:
Skin model:
Permeability:
Reservoir
Thickness
(True
stratigraphic
thickness):
Drainage Area:
Dietz shape factor:
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius):
Perforation interval:
Time since production:
Reservoir porosity:
Connate water saturation:
Non-Darcy Flow Factor:
Permeability entered:
Mechanical skin:
Petroleum Experts
2500 psig
180 degF
0 stb/MMscf
No
Enter skin by hand
25 mD
80 ft
240 acres
31.6
0.354 ft
60 ft
0.1 days
0.2
0.2
Calculated
Total permeability
+5
Note: The Petroleum Experts' IPR method uses pseudo-pressure. It is transient and
accounts for relative permeability effects. Please consult the online help for more
details.
604
PROSPER
psig
- generate a well performance curve
- generate well VLP for a numerical simulator
3.1.2.5.1 System Options
Here, one simply needs to launch PROSPER if not already done.
Afterwards, simply selects | Options | Options and make the following choices
Fluid: Dry and Wet Gas
May, 2009
Examples Guide
Parameter
Gas gravity:
Separator pressure:
Condensate to Gas Ratio:
Condensate gravity:
Water to Gas Ratio:
Water salinity:
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S)
605
Value
0.65 (Air =1)
250 psig
5 stb/MMscf
50 API
0 stb/MMscf
10000 ppm
None
606
PROSPER
Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take you through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey
3.1.2.5.4.1 Deviation Survey
Measured Depth in ft
0
5000
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
607
Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER.
A filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen is used.
In order to proceed with this example, select | Done and the next screen labelled
Surface Equipment will follow.
608
PROSPER
This model will not include any surface equipment. Therefore, one simply needs to
select | Cancel to skip this step:
Selecting the "Cancel" button located on the top left corner of the screen will take
you to the next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.2.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment includes the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, ...
Equipment
type
Xmas
(Well Head)
Tubing
PROSPER Manual
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Tree 0
4800
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
2.441
Roughness
in inches
in Rate multiplier
N/A
N/A
0.0018
1
May, 2009
Examples Guide
Casing
5000
6.1
0.0018
609
The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the
static reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
It is recommended to take the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This implies that the down hole equipment description stops at
the top of the perforation. This is also true for a multiple-zone completion because
the pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the appropriate
Inflow model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).
Select | Done to proceed to the next screen: the geothermal gradient.
3.1.2.5.4.4 Geothermal gradient
610
PROSPER
Measured Depth in ft
0
5000
The default average heat capacity values will be used for this example.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
611
It will next be possible to visualise a sketch of the well bore with | Summary | Draw
Down hole.
3.1.2.5.4.6 Equipment Summary
From the Equipment Data screen, select | Summary and the following table listing
the various hardware components appear:
612
PROSPER
If one then selects | Draw Down hole, this is the sketch of the well bore that would
appear:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
613
614
PROSPER
Like working with any other computer program, it is good practice to save the file
frequently in order to avoid data loss in case the computer crashes for instance.
To save a file, simply select | File | Save
question "Do you want to overwrite this file?"
PROSPER Manual
Petroleum Experts
2500 psig
180 degF
0 stb/MMscf
Reduction No
Enter skin by hand
May, 2009
Examples Guide
615
To proceed, simply select the Input Data button (red if invalid) in the top right corner
of the screen above:
IPR data entry
Permeability:
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic
thickness) :
Drainage Area:
Dietz shape factor:
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius):
Perforation interval:
Time since production:
Reservoir porosity:
Connate water saturation:
Non-Darcy Flow Factor:
Permeability entered:
25 mD
80 ft
240 acres
31.6
0.354 ft
60 ft
0.1 days
0.2
0.2
Calculated
Total permeability
616
PROSPER
Note: Because the Non-Darcy Flow Factor D has been set to "Calculated",
PROSPER will automatically compute the Non-Darcy Flow Factor D. Otherwise, the
User needs to enter it.
From the screen above, select the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left corner of
the screen in order to enter the mechanical skin:
IPR : Skin value entry
Mechanical skin:
PROSPER Manual
+5
May, 2009
Examples Guide
617
618
PROSPER
Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made so far.
3.1.2.5.6 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR)
and tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head
flowing pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and
the VLP curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select |
Calculation |System (Ipr + Vlp) | 3 Variables as per screen-shot below:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
619
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing
pressure as per screen-shot below:
620
PROSPER
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there
is no pipeline included in the model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.
The parameters water-gas-ratio (WGR) and condensate-gas-ratio (CGR) were
entered earlier on the PVT screen and also on the IPR screen.
However, during the life of a well either of these two parameters may change.
Therefore, this screen allows one to sensitize on WGR and CGR.
When sensitizing on the WGR and /or the CGR, PROSPER will use the new
sensitivity values for the calculations. It will no longer use the WGR and CGR values
entered on the IPR or the PVT screen. The same principle applies to any other
sensitivity variables.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
621
this model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is
irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
Here select | Continue | Continue and | Calculate with the following results:
One can read a gas rate of 19.4 MMscf/d as solution rate in the right section of the
screen under | Solution. The corresponding BHFP reads: 2093.9 psig.
If one select | Plot | System Plot, the system plot (VLP + IPR plot) is displayed as
follow:
622
PROSPER
Note: The "E" on the VLP curves indicates that the erosional velocity limit is
exceeded at the corresponding rates.
Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen and save the file to secure
all changes made so far.
3.1.2.5.7 Well Performance Curve Generation
A well performance is a plot of flow rate versus well head pressure at a given
reservoir pressure.
Therefore, generating a well performance is simply running sensitivities on the well
head flowing pressure.
In this example, we will vary the well head flowing pressure from a reasonably low
well head pressure to the highest well head pressure to be expected: 50 psig to
2200 psig.
For this, simply select | Calculation | System (IPR + VLP) | 3 Variables | Continue
and here select the sensitivity variable "First Node Pressure":
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
623
One can manually populate the cells with the desired values or generate them
automatically with | Generate and here one need to enter the first value, the last
value, the number of values and choose the values generation algorithm:
624
PROSPER
To complete the process, simply select | Generate and then the input cells are
populated accordingly:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
625
626
PROSPER
This is the plot of the Bottom Hole Flowing Pressure versus First Node pressure, the
first node being the well head (read the label for the Y-axis).
In order to plot the gas flow rate versus the first node pressure, select | Variables
and then | Gas Rate for the Y axis variable:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
627
628
PROSPER
3.1.2.5.8.1 Introduction
Lift curves express the pressure drop across a tubing for a given set of variables.
Different software providers use different formats and acronyms for lift curves.
The most common acronyms are:
- VLP for Vertical Lift Performance
- TPD for Tubing Performance Data
- TPC for Tubing Performance Curves
- VFP for Vertical Flow Performance and so on.
For naturally flowing gas wells, the variables involved in lift curve generation are:
- Gas rate
- Well Head flowing pressure (= first node pressure)
- Water Gas Ratio (WGR) and
- Condensate Gas Ratio (CGR).
Even though four (4) variables are used, the lift curves for gas wells are
conventionally referred to as 3-Variables VLP. The rate variable is taken for granted
as one cannot calculate pressure drop without flow rate.
The 3 variables for a naturally flowing gas well model are: WHFP, CGR & WGR.
Recommendation:
In this example, we will demonstrate how to generate lift curves with PROSPER
since lift curve generation is a key task that PROSPER is designed to perform.
However, if a project involves the generation of lift curves for multiple wells, a more
efficient approach would involve the use of GAP, the network modelling and
optimisation tool developed by Petroleum Experts.
Here are the reasons why:
- GAP will instruct PROSPER to generate the lift curves using the very same
PROSPER well model created by the user and linked to the well icon in GAP
- GAP will use PROSPER to generate and save lift curves for any number of wells in
batch-mode. This can be done overnight for instance to save time.
- GAP will ask for the right VLP variables input depending upon the well type
selected in GAP. The variable selection for lift curves can sometimes be delicate
because different simulators use different names for the same quantity (example gas
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
629
In order to generate the VLP, one first needs to work out the variables involved. Here
these variables are gas rate, WHFP, CGR and WGR.
The second step is to choose values for the variables in such a manner that the host
application (GAP, MBAL, REVEAL, Eclipse, ..) can reasonably interpolate between
them to find the solution needed. Extrapolation and very large variable spacing are
to be avoided.
In this example, the following values will be used:
Gas Rate: from 0.1 MMscf/d to 30 MMscf/d. The performance curve generated
earlier shows that the well can produce maximum 20 MMscf/d.
WHFP: from 50 psig to 2200 psig; Those values will cover the entire response of
the well as can be seen in the performance curve generated earlier.
WGR: from 0 to 300 stb/MMscf in this example. The right choice of the WGR
values will require more knowledge about the drive mechanisms of the reservoir.
For a water-drive gas reservoir, high WGR will be expected.
CGR: for a dry and wet gas, the CGR is expected to remain constant by definition.
NOTE: The user must consider using the retrograde condensate fluid model if the
CGR is not expected to remain constant throughout. Beside the fully compositional
approach, PROSPER also have a black oil model for retrograde condensate with
fully retrograde behaviour.
In order to enter the data for the lift curve generation, select | Calculation | VLP
(Tubing Curves) | 3 Variables
630
PROSPER
The next screen shot can be used to enter the range of rates to use:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
631
A few notes:
On this screen, the values for top node pressure, water gas ratio and condensate
gas ratio will be overwritten through the sensitivity variables.
The user must ensure that the appropriate VLP correlation is selected. Here, the
Petroleum Experts 2 correlation will be used.
The "User Selected" rate type gives control to the user over the rates he /she think
will best describe the response of the well.
The user must also ensure that the first and last node are correctly selected.
632
PROSPER
In order to proceed, select | Continue, select the relevant variables and populate the
entries as per screen-shot below:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
633
It is always a good practice to plot and visualise the lift curve before exporting them.
In this example, simply select | Plot and this is what would appear:
634
PROSPER
Note: The "T" on the curve indicate that the rate are below the minimum Turner
velocity criteria whereas the "E" indicates that the erosional velocity limit is
exceeded.
One can see that the lift curves have the right shape (J -curve) and look smooth.
One can return to the previous screen with | Finish.
In order to export the lift curve, select the button "Export Lift Curve"
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
635
The following screen will appear where one has to select the format for the host
application:
636
PROSPER
The process is completed with | Continue | Save and the file is saved and edited
automatically for viewing:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
637
Select | File | Exit | Main and this step completes this exercise.
638
PROSPER
It is required to:
- Estimate the initial flow rate against a well head flowing pressure of 250 psig
- Generate a well performance curve (Rate vs. well head flowing pressure)
- Generate lift curves to be utilised by a simulator (Reveal, GAP, MBAL, Eclipse, VIP,
and so on.)
3.1.3.2 PVT Input Data
The basic available PVT data are:
Parameter
Solution GOR:
Oil Gravity:
Gas gravity:
Water salinity:
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S):
Value
400 scf/stb
30 API
0.75 (Air =1)
80000 ppm
None
Measured Depth in ft
0
8000
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
639
Equipment
type
Xmas
(Well Head)
Tubing
Casing
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Tree 0
7800
8000
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
2.992
8.3
Roughness
in inches
in Rate multiplier
N/A
N/A
0.0018
0.0018
1
1
Measured Depth in ft
0
8000
640
PROSPER
IPR model:
Static
Reservoir
Pressure:
Reservoir Temperature:
Water Cut:
Total GOR:
Compaction Permeability
Reduction model:
Relative Permeability:
Reservoir Permeability:
Reservoir
Thickness
(True
stratigraphic
thickness) :
Drainage Area:
Dietz shape factor:
Well bore radius (Drill bit
radius):
Mechanical skin:
340 acres
31.6
0.354 ft
+2
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
641
Parameter
Solution GOR:
Oil Gravity:
Gas gravity:
Water salinity:
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S):
Value
400 scf/stb
30 API
0.75 (Air =1)
80000 ppm
None
642
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
643
644
PROSPER
Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take you through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey
3.1.3.5.4.1 Deviation Survey
Measured Depth in ft
0
8000
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
645
Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER.
A filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen is to be used.
Select | Done and the next screen labelled Surface Equipment will follow.
3.1.3.5.4.2 Surface Equipment
This model will not include any surface equipment. Therefore, one simply need to
select | Cancel to skip this step:
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
646
PROSPER
Selecting the "Cancel" button located on the top left of the screen will take you to the
next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.3.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment include the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, and so on.
Equipment
type
Xmas
(Well Head)
Tubing
Casing
PROSPER Manual
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Tree 0
7800
8000
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
3.992
8.3
Roughness
in inches
in Rate multiplier
N/A
N/A
0.0018
0.0018
1
1
May, 2009
Examples Guide
647
The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the
static reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
It is recommended to take the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This would mean that the down hole equipment description shall
stop at the top of the perforation. This is also true for multiple-zone completion
because the pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the
appropriate Inflow model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).
Select | Done to proceed to the next screen: the geothermal gradient.
3.1.3.5.4.4 Geothermal gradient
Measured Depth in ft
0
8000
648
PROSPER
The default average heat capacity values will be used for this example.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
649
From the Equipment Data screen, one can generate a sketch of the well bore with |
Summary and this is what would appear:
650
PROSPER
If one then selects | Draw Down hole this is the sketch of the well bore that would
appear:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
651
Like working with any other computer program, it is good practice to save the file
frequently in order to avoid data loss in case the computer crashes.
To save a file, simply select | File | Save and then simply answer YES to overwriting
the file.
652
PROSPER
To proceed, select the Input Data button (red if invalid) in the top right corner of the
screen above:
IPR data entry
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
653
Permeability:
150 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic 100 ft
thickness) :
Drainage Area:
340 acres
Dietz shape factor:
31.6
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius):
0.354 ft
From the screen above, select the the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left
corner of the screen in order to enter the mechanical skin:
IPR : Skin value entry
Mechanical skin:
+2
654
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
655
Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made.
3.1.3.5.6 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR)
and tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head
flowing pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and
the VLP curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select |
Calculation | System (Ipr + Vlp) | 3 Variables as per screen-shot below:
656
PROSPER
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing
pressure as per screen-shot below:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
657
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there
is no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.
The parameters Water Cut and GOR were entered earlier on the IPR screen. For
the fluid description, there was also a need to enter the GOR on the PVT screen.
However, during the life of a well any of these two parameters may change.
Therefore, this screen allows to sensitize on both variables.
When sensitizing on the water cut and / or the GOR, PROSPER will use the new
sensitivity values for the calculations It will no longer use the GOR and the water cut
values entered on the IPR screen or the GOR from the PVT screen. The same
principle applies to all sensitivity variables specified elsewhere.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
658
PROSPER
this model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is
irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:
One can read an oil rate of 10 897.5 stb/d as solution rate. The corresponding BHFP
reads: 2641.36 psig.
If one selects | Plot | System Plot, the system plot (VLP + IPR plot) is displayed as
follow:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
659
Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen and save the file to secure
all changes made.
3.1.3.5.7 Well Performance Curve Generation
A well performance is a plot of flow rate versus well head pressure at a given
reservoir pressure.
Therefore, generating a well performance is simply running sensitivities on the well
head flowing pressure, from a very low well head pressure to the highest possible
well pressure that will shut-in the well.
In this example, we will vary the well head flowing pressure from 50 psig to 1200
psig.
For this, simply select | Calculation | System (IPR VLP) | 3 Variables | Continue and
here select the sensitivity variable "First Node Pressure":
660
PROSPER
One can manually populate the cells with the desired values or generate them
automatically with | Generate and here one need to enter the first value, the last
value, the number of values and the sequencing algorithm:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
661
To complete the process, simply select | Generate and then the input cells are
populated accordingly:
On can see that on this screen up to 3 variables can be sensitized on
simultaneously. It is generally possibly to sensitize on any number of parameters.
With | Continue | Calculate, ten (10) set of VLP and IPR are computed and can be
plotted with | Plot | System Plot:
An alternative way of presenting the results is to plot the solutions flow rate versus
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
662
PROSPER
This is the plot of the Bottom Hole Flowing Pressure versus First Node pressure, the
first node being the well head.
In order to plot the oil flow rate versus the first node pressure, one simply needs to
select | Variables and then | Oil Rate for the Y axis variable:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
663
664
PROSPER
3.1.3.5.8.1 Introduction
Lift curves express the pressure drop across a tubing for a given set of variables.
Different software providers use different formats and acronyms for lift curves.
The most common acronyms are:
- VLP for Vertical Lift Performance
- TPD for Tubing Performance Data
- TPC for Tubing Performance Curves
- VFP for Vertical Flow Performance and so on.
For naturally flowing oil wells, the variables involved in lift curve generation are:
- Liquid rate
- Well Head flowing pressure (= first node pressure)
- Water Cut and
- GOR
Even though in this case, four (4) variables will change, the lift curves are referred to
as 3-Variables VLP. The rate variable is taken for granted because one cannot
calculate pressure drop without flow rate.
The VLP 3 variables for a naturally flowing oil well are: WHFP, GOR & Water Cut.
Recommendation:
In this example, we will demonstrate how to generate lift curves with PROSPER
since lift curves generation is a key task that PROSPER is used to perform.
However, if a project involves the generation of lift curves for multiple wells, a more
efficient approach would involve the use of GAP, the network modelling and
optimisation tool developed by Petroleum Experts.
Here are the reasons why:
- GAP will instruct PROSPER to generate the lift curves using the very same
PROSPER well model created by the user and linked to the well icon in GAP
- GAP will use PROSPER to generate and save lift curves for any number of wells in
batch-mode. This can be done overnight for instance to save time.
- GAP will ask for the right VLP variables input depending upon the well type defined
by the user. The variable selection for VLP generation can sometime be delicate
because different simulators use different names for the same quantity (example gas
lift injection rate versus. GLR injected).
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
665
3.1.3.5.8.2 Steps
In order to generate wells' VLP, one first needs to work out the variables involved.
Here these variables are liquid rate, WHFP, GOR and Water Cut.
The second step is to choose values for the variables in such a manner that the host
application (GAP, MBAL, REVEAL, Eclipse, and so on) can reasonably interpolate
between them to find the solution needed. Extrapolation and very large variable
spacing are to be avoided.
In this example, the following values will be used:
Liquid Rate: from 100 stb/d to 15 000 stb/d. The performance curve generated
earlier shows that the well can produce a maximum of 12 000 stb/d without artificial
lift.
WHFP: from 50 psig to 1500 psig; Those values will cover the following situations:
from nearly fully open well to the full shut-in (see performance curve generated
earlier).
Water cut: from 0 to 90%.
GOR: From 300 scf/stb to 15000 scf/stb.
In order to enter the data for the lift curve generation , select | Calculation | VLP
(Tubing Curves) | 3 Variables
The next screen shot can be used to enter the range of rates to use:
666
PROSPER
A few notes:
The values for top node pressure, water cut and GOR will be overwritten through the
sensitivity variables.
The user must ensure that the right VLP correlation is selected. Here, the Petroleum
Experts 2 correlation will be used.
The "User Selected" rate method give control to the user to enter the rates he /she
think will best describe the expected operating ranges of the well.
The user must ensure that the first and last node are correctly selected.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
667
In order to proceed, simply select | Continue, select the relevant variables and
populate the entries as per screen-shot below:
668
PROSPER
At the end, a message will alert you that the calculation has completed.
It is always a good practice to plot and visualise the lift curve before exporting them.
In this example, simply select | Plot and this is what would appear:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
669
One can see that the lift curves do all have the right shape (J -curve) and look
smooth.
One can return to the previous screen with | Finish.
In order to export the lift curve, simply select the button "Export Lift Curve"
670
PROSPER
The following screen will appear where one has to select the format for the host
application (here Eclipse):
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
671
The process is completed with | Continue | Save and the file is saved and edited
automatically for viewing:
672
PROSPER
3.1.4 Tutorial 03: Modelling an oil well with black oil PVT matching
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T03_OilWellPVTMatching.OUT
The main objectives of this example are to show:
How to set up a PROSPER model for an oil producing well
How to match calibrate the black oil correlations against actual PVT lab
measurements
How to enter the IPR data
How to describe the down hole equipment
How to perform a system calculation (VLP + IPR) to estimate the well flow
rate for a given WHFP.
How to generate a well performance curve
How to generate and export lift curves to GAP/MBAL/REVEAL or any third
party software (Eclipse, VIP, etc)
May, 2009
Examples Guide
673
It is required to:
- Build a PROSPER well model for an oil producing well
- Calibrate the black oil correlations against lab data
- Use the model to estimate the initial flow rate against a well head flowing pressure
of 250 psig
- Generate a well performance curve (Rate vs. well head flowing pressure)
- Generate lift curves to be utilised by a simulator (Reveal, GAP, MBAL, Eclipse, VIP,
etc)
3.1.4.2 PVT Input Data
The basic available PVT data are:
Parameter
Solution GOR:
Oil Gravity:
Gas gravity:
Water salinity:
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S):
Bubble point pressure:
Value
400 scf/stb
30 API
0.75 (Air =1)
80000 ppm
None
2500 psig at 200 degF
Further PVT data are given in tabular form below at 200 degF:
Pressure in psig
1500
2000
2500
3000
4000
Oil Viscosity
centipoises
1.34
1.15
1.01
1.05
1.11
in
674
PROSPER
survey.
Measured Depth in ft
0
8000
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Tree 0
7800
8000
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
2.992
8.3
Roughness
in inches
in Rate multiplier
N/A
N/A
0.0018
0.0018
1
1
Measured Depth in ft
0
8000
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
675
IPR model:
Darcy / Enter Skin by hand
Static Reservoir Pressure:
4000 psig
Reservoir Temperature:
200 degF
Water Cut:
0%
Total GOR:
400 scf/stb
Compaction
Permeability
Reduction No
model:
Relative Permeability:
No
Reservoir Permeability:
150 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic 100 ft
thickness) :
Drainage Area:
340 acres
Dietz shape factor:
31.6
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius):
0.354 ft
Mechanical skin:
+2
676
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
Parameter
Solution GOR:
Oil Gravity:
Gas gravity:
Water salinity:
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S):
677
Value
400 scf/stb
30 API
0.75 (Air =1)
80000 ppm
None
In order to enter the lab measurements at different pressures, select the | Match
Data button and populate the table as follow:
678
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
679
Please consult the online help to get the details about the regression algorithm.
Ideally, Parameter 1, which is a multiplier, should be close to unity whereas the shift
(Parameter 2) is expected to be around nil.
On the basis of the results obtained here, we will proceed with the combination Glaso /
Petrosky.
For this, select | Done | Done and choose the appropriate black oil correlations as per
screen-shot below:
680
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
681
682
PROSPER
Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take you through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey
3.1.4.5.4.1 Deviation Survey
Measured Depth in ft
0
8000
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
683
Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER.
A filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen is to be used.
Select | Done and the screen labelled Surface Equipment will follow.
3.1.4.5.4.2 Surface Equipment
684
PROSPER
Selecting the "Cancel" button located on the top left of the screen will take you to the
next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.4.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment includes the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves and so on.
Equipment
type
Xmas
(Well Head)
Tubing
Casing
PROSPER Manual
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Tree 0
7800
8000
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
3.992
8.3
Roughness
in inches
in Rate multiplier
N/A
N/A
0.0018
0.0018
1
1
May, 2009
Examples Guide
685
The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the
static reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
It is recommended to take the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This implies that the down hole equipment description must stop
at the top of the perforation. This is also true for multiple-zone completion because
the pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the appropriate
Inflow model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).
Select | Done to proceed to the next screen: the geothermal gradient.
3.1.4.5.4.4 Geothermal gradient
Measured Depth in ft
0
8000
686
PROSPER
The default average heat capacity values will be used for this example.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
687
From the Equipment Data screen, one can generate a sketch of the well bore with |
Summary and this is what would appear:
688
PROSPER
If one then selects | Draw Down hole this is the sketch of the well bore that appears:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
689
690
PROSPER
Skin model:
To proceed, simply select the Input Data button (red if invalid) in the top right corner
of the screen above:
IPR data entry
Reservoir Permeability:
150 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic 100 ft
thickness) :
Drainage Area:
340 acres
Dietz shape factor:
31.6
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius):
0.354 ft
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
691
From the screen above, select the the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left
corner of the screen to enter the mechanical skin:
IPR : Skin value entry
Mechanical skin:
+2
692
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
693
Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made so far.
3.1.4.5.6 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR)
and tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head
flowing pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and
the VLP curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select |
Calculation | System | 3 Variables as per screen-shot below:
694
PROSPER
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing
pressure as per screen-shot below:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
695
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there
is no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.
The parameters Water Cut and GOR were entered earlier on the IPR screen. For
the fluid description, there was also a need to enter the GOR on the PVT screen.
However, during the life of a well either parameter may change. Therefore, this
screen allow the user to sensitize both.
When sensitizing on the water cut and / or the GOR, PROSPER will use the new
sensitivity values for the calculations It will no longer use the GOR and the water cut
values entered on the IPR screen or the GOR from the PVT screen. The same
principle applies to all sensitivity variables specified elsewhere.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
696
PROSPER
this model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is
irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:
One can read an oil rate of 10 500 stb/d as solution rate. The corresponding BHFP
reads: 2584 psig.
If one selects | Plot | System Plot, the system plot (VLP + IPR plot) is displayed as
follow:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
697
Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen and save the file to secure
all changes made so far.
3.1.4.5.7 Well Performance Curve Generation
A well performance is a plot of flow rate versus well head pressure at a given
reservoir pressure.
Therefore, generating a well performance simply means running sensitivities on the
well head flowing pressure, from a very low well head pressure to the highest
possible well pressure that will shut-in the well.
In this example, we will vary the well head flowing pressure from 50 psig to 1200
psig.
For this, simply select | Calculation | System (IPR VLP) | 3 Variables | Continue and
here select the sensitivity variable "First Node Pressure":
698
PROSPER
One can manually populate the cells with the desired values or generate them
automatically with | Generate. Afterwards, one needs to enter the first value, the last
value, the number of values and the sequencing algorithm:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
699
To complete the process, simply select | Generate and then the input cells are
populated accordingly:
One can see that on this screen up to 3 variables can be sensitized on
simultaneously. It is generally possibly to sensitize on any number of parameters.
With | Continue | Calculate, ten (10) sets of VLP and IPR are computed.
To visualise a plot of the solution rate versus first node pressure, select | Sensitivity.
This is the plot of the Bottom Hole Flowing Pressure versus First Node pressure, the
first node being the well head.
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
700
PROSPER
In order to plot the oil flow rate versus the first node pressure, one simply needs to
select | Variables and then | Gas Rate for the Y axis variable:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
701
3.1.4.5.8.1 Introduction
Lift curves express the pressure drop across a tubing for a given set of variables.
Different software providers use different formats and acronyms for lift curves.
The most common acronyms are:
- VLP for Vertical Lift Performance
- TPD for Tubing Performance Data
- TPC for Tubing Performance Curves
- VFP for Vertical Flow Performance and so on.
For naturally flowing oil wells, the variables involved in lift curve generation are:
- liquid rate
- Well Head flowing pressure (= first node pressure)
- Water Cut and
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
702
PROSPER
- GOR
Even though in this case, four (4) variables will change, the lift curves are referred to
as 3-Variables VLP. The rate variable is taken for granted as one cannot calculate
pressure drop without flow rate.
The 3 VLP variables for a naturally flowing oil well are: WHFP, GOR & Water Cut.
Recommendation:
In this example, we will demonstrate how to generate lift curves with PROSPER
since lift curve generation is a key task that PROSPER is used to perform. However,
if a project involves the generation of lift curves for multiple wells, a more efficient
approach would involve the use of GAP, the network modelling and optimisation tool
developed by Petroleum Experts.
Here are the reasons why:
- GAP will instruct PROSPER to generate the lift curves using the very same
PROSPER well model created by the user and linked to the well icon in GAP
- GAP uses PROSPER to generate and save lift curve for any number of wells in
batch-mode. This can be done overnight for instance to save time.
- GAP will ask for the right VLP variables input depending upon the well type. The
variable selection for lift curves can sometimes be delicate because different
simulators use different names for the same quantity (example gas lift injection rate
versus. GLR injected).
3.1.4.5.8.2 Steps
In order to generate wells' VLP, one first needs to work out the variables involved.
Here these variables are liquid rate, WHFP, GOR and Water Cut.
The second step is to choose values for the variables in such a manner that the host
application (GAP, MBAL, REVEAL, Eclipse, etc) can reasonably interpolate between
them to find the solution needed. Extrapolation and very large variable spacing are
to be avoided.
In this example, the following values will be used:
Liquid Rate: from 100 stb/d to 15 000 stb/d. The performance curve generated
earlier shows that the well can produce a maximum of 12 000 stb/d without artificial
lift.
WHFP: from 50 psig to 1500 psig; Those values will cover the following situations:
from nearly fully open well to the full shut-in (see performance curve generated
earlier).
Water cut: from 0 to 100%.
GOR: From 300 scf/stb to 15000 scf/stb.
In order to enter the data for the lift curve generation , select | Calculation | VLP
(Tubing Curves) | 3 Variables
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
703
The next screen shot can be used to enter the range of rates to use:
704
PROSPER
A few notes:
The values for top node pressure, water cut and GOR will be overwritten through the
sensitivity variables.
One should make sure that the right VLP correlation is selected. Here, the Petroleum
Experts 2 correlation will be used.
The "User Selected" rate method gives control to the user to enter the rates he /she
think will best describe the expected operating ranges of the well.
One should also ensure that the first and last node are correctly selected.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
705
In order to proceed, simply select | Continue, select the relevant variables and
populate the entries as per screen-shot below:
706
PROSPER
It is always a good practice to plot and visualise the lift curves before exporting them.
In this example, simply select | Plot and this is what appears:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
707
One can see that the lift curves do all have the right shape (J -curve) and look
smooth.
One can return to the previous screen with | Finish.
In order to export the lift curve, simply select the button "Export Lift Curve".
708
PROSPER
The following screen will appear where one has to select the format for the host
application (here Eclipse):
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
709
The process is completed with | Continue | Save and the file is saved and edited
automatically for viewing:
Select | File | Exit | Main and this completes the exercise.
710
PROSPER
Value
400 scf/stb
30 API
0.75 (Air =1)
80000 ppm
None
2500 psig at 200 degF
Further PVT data are given in tabular form below at 200 degF:
Pressure in psig
1500
2000
2500
3000
4000
Oil Viscosity
centipoises
1.34
1.15
1.01
1.05
1.11
in
May, 2009
Examples Guide
711
Measured Depth in ft
0
8050
10050
Equipment
type
Xmas
(Well Head)
Tubing
Casing
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Tree 0
7800
8050
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
3.992
8.3
Roughness
in inches
in Rate multiplier
N/A
N/A
0.0018
0.0018
1
1
712
PROSPER
Measured Depth in ft
0
8050
10050
PROSPER Manual
No
Flow
May, 2009
Examples Guide
Reservoir Length:
5000 ft
Reservoir width:
5000 ft
2500 ft
2500 ft
50 ft
+5
713
714
PROSPER
Parameter
Solution GOR:
Oil Gravity:
Gas gravity:
Water salinity:
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S):
Bubble point pressure:
PROSPER Manual
Value
400 scf/stb
30 API
0.75 (Air =1)
80000 ppm
None
2500 psig at 200 degF
May, 2009
Examples Guide
715
Now select | Match Data to enter the lab data given in the table below:
Reference temperature: 200 degF
Pressure in psig
1500
2000
2500
3000
4000
Oil Viscosity
centipoises
1.34
1.15
1.01
1.05
1.11
in
In order to enter the PVT lab data, select | Match Data and populate the screen as
follow:
716
PROSPER
PVT regression
Afterwards, select | Done and then | Regression | Match All.
This will start the non-linear regression algorithm. The following screen will alert you
when the regression is completed.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
717
718
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
719
Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take you through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey
3.1.5.5.4.1 Deviation Survey
Measured Depth in ft
0
8050
10050
720
PROSPER
Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER.
A filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, use the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen.
Select | Done and the screen labelled Surface Equipment will follow.
3.1.5.5.4.2 Surface Equipment
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
721
Make sure that the Choke Method is set to ELF (see bottom left corner of screen).
The selected choke model is used to compute pressure across surface chokes and
eventual down hole restrictions.
For validation purposes only, one should enter a temperature of surroundings of 70
degF and an overall heat transfer coefficient of 8 Btu/h/ft2/F. Note that in this
example, the temperature of surroundings and the overall heat transfer coefficient
entered will not affect the results because there is no pipeline in the model.
Selecting the "Cancel" button located on the top left of the screen will take you to the
next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.5.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment includes the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves and so on.
Equipment
type
Xmas
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Tree0
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
Roughness
in inches
N/A
in Rate multiplier
N/A
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
722
PROSPER
(Well Head)
Tubing
Casing
7800
8050
3.992
8.3
0.0018
0.0018
1
1
The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the
static reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
It is recommended to take the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This implies that the down hole equipment description will stop at
the top of the perforation. This is also true for multiple-zone completion because the
pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the appropriate inflow
model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).
Select | Done to proceed to the next screen: the geothermal gradient.
3.1.5.5.4.4 Geothermal gradient
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
Measured Depth in ft
0
8050
723
724
PROSPER
The default average heat capacity values will be used for this example
From the Equipment Data screen, one can generate a sketch of the well bore with |
Summary and this is what would appear:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
725
If one then selects | Draw Down hole this is the sketch of the well bore that appears:
726
PROSPER
May, 2009
Examples Guide
727
No
Enter skin by hand
To proceed, simply select the Input Data button in the top right corner of the screen
above:
IPR data entry
Permeability:
Reservoir
Thickness
thickness) :
Well bore radius:
Horizontal Anisotropy:
Vertical anisotropy:
Producing length:
Reservoir Length:
Reservoir width:
(True
150 mD
stratigraphic 100 ft
0.354 ft
1 (fraction)
0.1 (fraction)
2000 ft
5000 ft
5000 ft
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
728
PROSPER
2500 ft
2500 ft
50 ft
From the screen above, select the the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left
corner of the screen to enter the mechanical skin:
IPR : Skin value entry
Mechanical skin:
PROSPER Manual
+5
May, 2009
Examples Guide
729
730
PROSPER
Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made.
3.1.5.5.6 Sensitivity on well length and water cut
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR)
and tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head
flowing pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and
the VLP curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select |
Calculation | System (Ipr + Vlp) | 3 Variables as per screen-shot below:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
731
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing
pressure as per screen-shot below:
732
PROSPER
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there
is no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.
The parameters Water Cut and GOR were entered earlier on the IPR screen. For
the fluid description, there was also a need to enter the GOR on the PVT screen.
However, during the life of a well any of these either parameter may change.
Therefore, this screen allow the user to sensitize with the GOR and water cut.
When sensitizing on the water cut and / or the GOR, PROSPER will use the new
sensitivity values for the calculations It will no longer use the GOR and the water cut
values entered on the IPR screen or the GOR from the PVT screen. The same
principle applies to all sensitivity variables specified elsewhere.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
733
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since
this model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is
irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue and then select the sensitivity variables well length
and water cut as follow:
734
PROSPER
After entering the values for well length and water cut, select | Continue | Calculate
and | Plot | System Plot to visualise the IPR + VLP plots:
Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen . This completes this
exercise.
May, 2009
Examples Guide
735
0.15
Mole Percent N2 :
3.6
Gas Viscosity Correlation Lee et al
:
(sp. gravity)
(psig)
(STB/MMscf)
(API)
(STB/MMscf)
(ppm)
(percent)
(percent)
(percent)
736
PROSPER
Z Factor
-
Gas viscosity
[cP]
Gas FVF
[ft3/scf]
100
225
350
475
600
0.9815
0.9613
0.9412
0.9213
0.9017
0.0109
0.01109
0.01127
0.01147
0.01171
0.1271
0.0595
0.0383
0.0279
0.0218
Measured
Depth
(feet)
0
900
1068
1188
1285
1360
1516
1578
True Vertical
Depth
(feet)
0
900
1062.3
1164.1
1237.7
1288.8
1374.1
1398.4
The deviation survey here must stops at the tie-point: the node that links the tubing
to the down hole network of the laterals.
This deviation will affect the pressure drop of the commingled flow that arrives at
surface. The contribution of each lateral and its impact of pressure drop down hole
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
737
Measured Depth in ft
0
260
N/A
1577
738
PROSPER
Oil:
Gas:
Water:
0.53
0.51
1
(feet)
(feet)
For the equipment T1, i.e. the pipe between Tie Point Data to Joint 1:
Deviation survey:
Measured Depth in ft
1577
1650
Azimuth in degrees
0
230.6
Equipment data:
Equipment Type
Tubing
Measured Depth
(feet)
1650
Inside Diameter
(inches)
7
Inside Roughness
(inches)
0.0006
Joint data
Measured Depth:
True Vertical Depth:
1650
1424.3
(feet)
(feet)
Lateral 1 data
Well bore radius: 0.354 ft
Dietz shape factor: 31.6
Lateral 1 deviation survey:
Measured Depth in ft
1650
1701
1840
1424.3
1437
1449.3
PROSPER Manual
230.6
243
264.9
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1940
1450.9
739
269.8
1900
Tubing ID in inches
3.5
Tubing
inches
0.0006
Roughness
in
Lateral 2 data
Well bore radius: 0.354 ft
Dietz shape factor: 31.6
Lateral 2 deviation survey:
Measured
Depth in ft
True
Vertical Azimuth in
Depth in ft
degrees
1650
1710
1784
1908
2024
2155
2290
2395
2436
2483
1424.3
1430.1
1432.7
1432.2
1438.5
1447.9
1445.8
1449.8
1449.9
1449.8
230.6
231.3
239.2
257.6
267.1
256.6
248.1
238.8
235
231
Measured
Depth
(feet)
2483
Tubing
Inside
Diameter
(inches)
4
Tubing
Inside
Roughness
(inches)
0.0006
740
PROSPER
Perforation
Interval (MD)
Start in ft
1670
Perforation
Interval (MD) Perforation Perforation
Interval
Interval
End in ft
(TVD) Start (TVD) End
in ft
in ft
2483
1426.23
1449.8
Local
Non-Darcy
(Mechanic Flow Factor)
al) Skin
Value
0
2.80E-10
Reservoir data
Reservoir model: Petroleum Experts
PVT data:
Reservoir Pressure
Reservoir Temperature
Condensate Gravity
Reservoir Gas Gravity
Reservoir Water Salinity
Water Gas Ratio
Condensate Gas Ratio
557
65
45
0.63
10000
2
0
(psig)
(deg F)
(API)
(sp. gravity)
(ppm)
(STB/MMscf)
(STB/MMscf)
Petrophysical parameters:
Reservoir Permeability
Reservoir Thickness
Drainage Area
Reservoir Top Depth (TVD)
Reservoir Vertical Permeability
Reservoir Porosity
Connate Water Saturation
244
50
500
1400
25
0.28
0.25
(md)
(feet)
(acres)
(feet)
(md)
(fraction)
(fraction)
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
741
742
PROSPER
2
100000
0
0.15
3.6
Lee et al
The following lab measurements are also available for PVT calibration at a
reference temperature of 65 degF:
Pressure
[psig]
100
225
350
475
600
Z Factor
0.9815
0.9613
0.9412
0.9213
0.9017
Gas viscosity
[cP]
0.0109
0.01109
0.01127
0.01147
0.01171
Gas FVF
[ft3/scf]
0.1271
0.0595
0.0383
0.0279
0.0218
Select | Input Data and then enter the fluid parameters at stock tank conditions:
In order to enter the lab data, select | Match Data and populate the table with the
data provided:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
743
Here select | Done and then | Regression | Match all and the | Parameters to see the
dialog below:
.
744
PROSPER
For all PVT data, the parameter 1 is close to unity and the parameter 2 practically
zero. This indicates that the PVT data are of good quality and will be used for for this
model.
The Lee et al Viscosity model requires the least correction and will therefore be
selected.
Note that a green message is being flashed to remind the use that the PVT data has
been matched.
Select | Done | Main to complete this.
3.1.6.5.3 Saving the file
Like working with any other computer program, it is good practice to save the file
frequently in order to avoid data loss if for example the computer crashes.
To save a file, simply select | File | Save as.
Afterwards, simply browse to the place where the file is to be saved.
It is suggested to save the file as *.OUT file.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
745
746
PROSPER
Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take you through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey
3.1.6.5.4.1 Deviation Survey
True Vertical
Depth
(feet)
0
900
1062.3
1164.1
1237.7
1288.8
1374.1
1398.4
With | Edit, one shall populate the deviation survey screen as follow:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
747
Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER.
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
748
PROSPER
A filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, use the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen.
Select | Done and the next screen labelled Surface Equipment will follow.
3.1.6.5.4.2 Surface Equipment
The down hole equipment includes the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, and so on.
Equipment type
Measured Depth in ft
Xmas Tree
Tubing
SSSV
Tubing
0
260
N/A
1577
6
4.5
6
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
749
40
62
750
PROSPER
The default average heat capacity values will be used for this example
Note: The | Default button will reset any user-entered values.
With | Done you are led to the entry screen of the Equipment data section
3.1.6.5.4.6 Equipment Summary
From the Equipment Data screen, one can generate a sketch of the well bore with |
Summary | Draw Down Hole and this is the sketch of the well bore that would
appear:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
751
752
PROSPER
Like working with any other computer program, it is good practice to save the file
frequently in order to avoid possible data loss.
To save a file, simply select | File | Save and then simply answer YES to the
question "Do you want to overwrite this file?"
3.1.6.5.5 Multilateral IPR Input section
Drawing the model
To access the interface where to describe the multilateral IPR, select | System I
Inflow Performance.
The IPR interface consist in a Network section where we can draw the situation of
the example using the short cut icons.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
753
Click anywhere in the blank screen to add a Tie point and give it the label "Tie point".
Right clicking on the Tie point red square allows the user to change the label and
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
754
PROSPER
From the drop down menu, you may select the command "Move" and then select
any object to move it around.
The next step is to connect the different objects together, so we can select the
command "Add Link" from the drop down menu.
Then click on the Tie point and drag it to the Joint, this will create a connection
between them.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
755
Joint to Lateral 1
Lateral 1 to Reservoir
Joint to Lateral 2
Lateral 2 to Reservoir
756
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
757
Select the Input Data tab to access the deviation survey input screen and the
equipment tabs:
Deviation survey tab:
758
PROSPER
Equipment Tab:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
759
Click Done.
Lateral 1
Double click on lateral 1 to access the input panel of the completion element.
Enter the well-bore radius and Dietz shape factor as shown below.
Click Input Data.
760
PROSPER
Select the Input Data tab at the top right corner of the screen to proceed.
In the Input data section there are 3 tabs to complete (Deviation, Equipment,
Perforation Details).
The 3 sections are shown below in the following screen shots:
Deviation:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
761
Equipment:
762
PROSPER
Perforation Details:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
763
In the Input Data section there are 3 tabs to enter the data:
Lateral 2 Deviation:
764
PROSPER
Lateral 2 Equipment:
Lateral 2 Perforations:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
765
766
PROSPER
In the Input Data section enter the reservoir parameters as shown in the next
snapshot.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
767
768
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
769
Note: The IPR plot obtained is referenced at the Tie point and it considers the
pressure drop across the down hole network of casings, tubings and chokes if
the finite conductivity switch is activated. In other words, the IPR curve
represents the relationship between the gas flow rate and the Tie Point
Pressure.
The IPR plot curve is calculated for 20 values of pressure with the corresponding 20
values of rate.
In this IPR plot we can see that at very high flow rates (close to the AOF) the IPR
curve goes backwards.
The reason for this behavior can be explained by the fact that at low Tie Point
Pressures, the expansion of the gas in the wellbore causes high gas velocities that,
on their turn, produce high pressure drops along the well. The higher pressure drops
cause a reduction in the production itself, therefore the "knee" in the curve.
Usually this behaviour will not affect the performance of the well as the intersection
of the VLP/IPR is rarely close to the AOF.
Click Finish in the Plot.
Click | Done | Finish and | Done to go the main section of PROSPER.
770
PROSPER
3.1.6.5.6 Estimation of the well flow rate and inspecting the detailled results
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR)
and tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head
flowing pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and
the VLP curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select |
Calculation |System (Ipr +Vlp) | 3 Variables.
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing
pressure as per screen-shot below:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
771
The top node pressure is the downstream pressure of the system. Since here there
is no pipeline included in this model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since
this model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is
irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and | Calculate with the following
results:
772
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
773
Now select | Solution details | Inflow Layer details. Here the rate and pressure
distribution along each lateral is displayed:
774
PROSPER
One can plot them with | Plot and select the variables of interest with | Variables.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
775
776
PROSPER
The plot above shows pressure and rate distribution versus depth for both laterals.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
777
Value
400 scf/stb
30 API
0.75 (Air =1)
80000 ppm
None
2500 psig at 200 degF
Measured Depth in ft
0
2000
5000
9500
778
PROSPER
Equipment
type
Xmas
(Well Head)
Tubing
Casing
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Tree 0
9000
9500
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
Roughness
in inches
3.992
8.3
in Rate multiplier
N/A
N/A
0.0018
0.0018
1
1
Measured Depth in ft
0
9500
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
779
IPR model:
Static Reservoir Pressure:
Reservoir Temperature:
Water Cut:
Total GOR:
Compaction Permeability Reduction model:
Skin model:
Darcy / Wong-Clifford*
4000 psig
200 degF
0%
400 scf/stb
No
Enter skin by hand / WongClifford
Relative Permeability correction:
No
Permeability:
150 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic thickness) :
100 ft
Drainage Area:
340 acres
Well bore radius:
0.354 ft
Formation vertical Formation Anisotropy:
0.1 (fraction)
Local Vertical anisotropy:
0.1 (fraction)
Horizontal length to reservoir edge:
2150 ft
Vertical Depth To Top Of Reservoir (starting from 8000 ft
origin of deviation survey):
Perforation interval in measured depth:
9500 ft - 9800 ft
Perforation depth in true vertical depth:
8000 ft - 8100 ft
Mechanical skin:
+5
This example uses the Wong-Clifford deviation and partial penetration skin model.
Alternative models for slanted wells exist in PROSPER: the multilateral Inflow model
developed by Petroleum Experts and the Cinco-Ley model, available in combination
with the Karakas & Tariq skin model.
3.1.7.5 Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of
the problem:
- Construct a PROSPER model for a slanted oil producing well
- Use the PROSPER well model to estimate the flow rate against a WHFP of 250
psig
3.1.7.5.1 System Options
Here, select | File | New if a PROSPER file is already open.Then select | Options |
Options and make the following choices
780
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
Parameter
Solution GOR:
Oil Gravity:
Gas gravity:
Water salinity:
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S):
781
Value
400 scf/stb
30 API
0.75 (Air =1)
80000 ppm
None
782
PROSPER
Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take you through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey
3.1.7.5.4.1 Deviation Survey
Measured Depth in ft
0
2000
5000
9500
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
783
Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER.
A filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
784
PROSPER
Selecting the "Cancel" button located on the top left of the screen will take you to the
next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.7.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment include the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, ...
Equipment
type
Xmas
(Well Head)
PROSPER Manual
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Tree 0
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
Roughness
in inches
N/A
in Rate multiplier
N/A
May, 2009
Examples Guide
Tubing
Casing
9000
9500
3.992
8.3
0.0018
0.0018
785
1
1
The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the
static reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
It is recommended to use the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This implies that the down hole equipment description must stop
at the top of the perforation. This is also true for multiple-zone completion because
the pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the appropriate
Inflow model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).
Select | Done to proceed to the next screen: the geothermal gradient.
3.1.7.5.4.4 Geothermal gradient
786
PROSPER
Measured Depth in ft
0
9500
May, 2009
Examples Guide
787
The default average heat capacity values will be used for this example
From the Equipment Data screen, one can generate a sketch of the well bore with |
Summary and this appears:
788
PROSPER
If one then selects | Draw Down hole this is the sketch of the well bore that appears:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
789
IPR model:
Static Reservoir Pressure:
Reservoir Temperature:
Water Cut:
Total GOR:
Compaction Permeability Reduction model:
Skin model:
Relative Permeability correction:
Darcy / Wong-Clifford*
4000 psig
200 degF
0%
400 scf/stb
No
Enter skin by hand / WongClifford
No
790
PROSPER
To proceed, simply select the Input Data button in the top right corner of the screen
above:
IPR data entry
Skin model:
Relative Permeability correction:
Permeability:
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic thickness) :
Drainage Area:
Well bore radius:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
791
From the screen above, one can select the the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom
left corner of the screen in order to enter the mechanical skin:
IPR : Skin value entry and here one MUST enable the Wong-Clifford model!
Mechanical skin:
+5
792
PROSPER
Now select the Dev/PP Skin tab at the bottom of the screen to enter the data
pertinent to the Wong-Clifford model.
Wong-Clifford parameters for deviation and partial penetration skin
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
793
This means that over a true vertical net distance of 100 ft, the perforated net interval
along hole is 300 ft long.
IPR : Generating an IPR plot
Once the IPR data input is completed, it is a good practice to create an IPR plot to
verify that everything make sense. For this, simply select | Calculate and the
software will create and display the following plot:
794
PROSPER
One can see that the deviation skin counter-balances the mechanical skin. In the
end, an overall skin of less than 2 was achieved.
Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made so far.
3.1.7.5.6 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR)
and tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head
flowing pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and
the VLP curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select |
Calculation |System (Ipr + Vlp) | 3 Variables as per screen-shot below:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
795
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing
pressure as per screen-shot below:
796
PROSPER
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there
is no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.
The parameters Water Cut and GOR were entered earlier on the IPR screen. For
the fluid description, there was also a need to enter the GOR on the PVT screen.
However, during the life of a well either parameter may change. Therefore, this
screen allows the user to sensitize both.
When sensitizing on the water cut and /or the GOR, PROSPER will use the new
sensitivity values for the calculations It will no longer use the GOR and the water cut
values entered on the IPR screen or the GOR from the PVT screen. The same
principle applies to all sensitivity variables specified anywhere else.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
797
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since
this model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is
irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:
If one selects | Plot | System Plot, the system plot (VLP + IPR plot) is displayed as
follows:
798
PROSPER
Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen and save the file to secure
all changes made.
This completes this exercise.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
799
Length in ft
TVD in ft
ID in inches
Roughness in
inches
Manifold
N/A
N/A
N/A
Pipeline
5000
0.0018
The surroundings of the surface pipeline are described with the following data:
Temperature of the surroundings: 60 degF
Overall Heat transfer coefficient at surface: 3 Btu/h/ft2/F.
3.1.8.3 Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of
the problem:
- construct a PROSPER model for a producing an oil well with surface pipeline
included.
- use the PROSPER well model to estimate the flow rate against a manifold pressure
of 350 psig
Step 1: Recall the file "Tutorial_01.OUT" and save it under a new name.
Step 2: Describe the pipeline
For this, select | System | Equipment | Surface Equipment and make the following
changes:
Equipment
Length in ft
TVD in ft
ID in inches
Roughness in
inches
Manifold
N/A
N/A
N/A
Pipeline
5000
0.0018
800
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
801
802
PROSPER
One can read that the well would produce around 20 MMscf/d at a well head
pressure of 395 psig.
In order to visualise the system plot, select | Plot | System Plot and this is the plot
that is generated:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
803
804
PROSPER
It is required to:
- Estimate the initial flow rate against a well head flowing pressure of 1000 psig
- Generate lift curves to be utilised by a simulator (Reveal, GAP, MBAL, Eclipse, VIP,
and so on.)
3.1.9.2 PVT Input Data
The basic available PVT data are:
Parameter
Water salinity:
Water temperature at the well head:
Value
8000 ppm
60 degF
Measured Depth in ft
0
8000
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
Equipment
type
Xmas
(Well Head)
Tubing
Casing
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Tree 0
7800
8000
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
Roughness
in inches
3.992
8.3
805
in Rate multiplier
N/A
N/A
0.0018
0.0018
1
1
Measured Depth in ft
0
8000
806
PROSPER
IPR model:
Static
Reservoir
Pressure:
Reservoir Temperature:
Water Cut:
Total GOR:
Compaction Permeability
Reduction model:
Relative Permeability:
Reservoir Permeability:
Reservoir
Thickness
(True
stratigraphic
thickness) :
Drainage Area:
Dietz shape factor:
Well bore radius (Drill bit
radius):
Mechanical skin:
340 acres
31.6
0.354 ft
+2
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
807
Parameter
Water salinity:
Value
8000 ppm
808
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
809
Measured Depth in ft
0
8000
810
PROSPER
Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER.
A filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, use the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen.
Select | Done and the next screen labelled Surface Equipment will follow.
3.1.9.5.4.2 Surface Equipment
This model will not include any surface equipment. Therefore, one simply need to
select | Cancel to skip this step:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
811
Ensure that the ELF choke model is selected at the bottom left corner of the screen.
Now select the "Cancel" button located on the top left of the screen and this will take
you to the next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.9.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment includes the tubings, casings, nipples, sub-surface safety
valves, and so on.
Equipment
type
Xmas
(Well Head)
Tubing
Casing
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Tree 0
7800
8000
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
3.992
8.3
Roughness
in inches
in Rate multiplier
N/A
N/A
0.0018
0.0018
1
1
812
PROSPER
The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the
static reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
It is recommended to take the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This would mean that the down hole equipment description must
stop at the top of the perforation. This is also true for multiple-zone completion
because any pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the
appropriate Inflow model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).
Select | Done to proceed to the next screen: the geothermal gradient.
3.1.9.5.4.4 Geothermal gradient
Examples Guide
8000
813
200
814
PROSPER
The default average heat capacity values will be used for this example
From the Equipment Data screen, one can generate a sketch of the well bore with |
Summary to show the following:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
815
If one then selects | Draw Downhole this is the sketch of the well bore that appears:
816
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
817
To proceed, simply select the Input Data button in the top right corner of the screen
above:
IPR data entry
Permeability:
150 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic 100 ft
thickness) :
Drainage Area:
340 acres
Dietz shape factor:
31.6
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius):
0.354 ft
818
PROSPER
From the screen above, one can select the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left
corner of the screen in order to enter the mechanical skin:
IPR : Skin value entry
Mechanical skin:
PROSPER Manual
+2
May, 2009
Examples Guide
819
820
PROSPER
Note that the concept of AOF (Absolute Open Flow potential) does not apply to an
injection well. The value displayed is simply the highest rate at which the IPR
pressure was calculated.
Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made so far.
3.1.9.5.6 Estimation of the well injection flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR)
and tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head
flowing pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and
the VLP curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select |
Calculation | System (Ipr + Vlp) | 3 Variables as per screen-shot below:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
821
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing
pressure as per screen-shot below:
822
PROSPER
For an injection well, the top node pressure is the pressure upstream of the system.
Since here there is no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the
well head flow pressure.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since
this model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is
irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
823
The well will inject around 10 000 stb of water per day with an an expected bottom
hole flowing pressure of 4325 psig.
Afterwards, select | Plot | System Plot to visualise the system plot:
824
PROSPER
Lift curves express the pressure drop across a tubing for a given set of variables.
Different software providers use different formats and acronyms for lift curves.
The most common acronyms are:
- VLP for Vertical Lift Performance
- TPD for Tubing Performance Data
- TPC for Tubing Performance Curves
- VFP for Vertical Flow Performance and so on.
For water injection wells, the variables involved in lift curve generation are:
- Liquid rate and
- Well Head flowing pressure (= first node pressure)
Recommendation:
In this example, we will demonstrate how to generate lift curves with PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
825
since lift curves generation is a key task that PROSPER is used to perform.
However, if a project involves the generation of lift curves for multiple wells, a more
efficient approach would involve the use of GAP, the network modelling and
optimisation tool developed by Petroleum Experts.
Here are the reasons why:
- GAP will instruct PROSPER to generate the lift curves using the very same
PROSPER well model created by the user and linked to the well icon in GAP.
- GAP will use PROSPER to generate and save lift curves for any number of wells in
batch-mode. This can be done overnight for instance to save time.
- GAP will ask for the right input variables depending upon the well type. The input
variable selection for lift curves can sometime be delicate because different
simulators use different names for the same quantity, for example some lift tables
formats require the variable gas lift injection rate but other lift tables formats require
the variable Gas Liquid Ration injected instead.
3.1.9.5.7.2 Steps
In order to generate wells' VLP, one first needs to work out the variables involved.
Here these variables are liquid rates and WHFP.
The second step is to choose values for the variables in such a manner that the host
application (GAP, MBAL, REVEAL, Eclipse, ..) can reasonably interpolate between
them to find the solution needed. Extrapolation and very large variable spacing are
to be avoided.
In this example, the following values will be used:
Liquid Rate: from 500 stb/d to 50 000 stb/d.
WHFP: from 500 psig to 5000 psig.
In order to enter the data for the lift curve generation , select | Calculation | VLP
(Tubing Curves) | 3 Variables
826
PROSPER
The next screen shot can be used to generate the range of rates to use. Use the |
Generate button to automate the data entry:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
827
A few notes:
The values for top node pressure will be overwritten through the sensitivity variables.
One shall make sure that the right VLP correlation is selected. Here, the Petroleum
Experts 2 correlation will be used.
The "User Selected" rate method gives control to the user to enter the rates he /she
think will best describe the expected operating ranges of the well.
One shall ensure that the first and last node are correctly selected.
828
PROSPER
In order to proceed, select | Continue, select the relevant variables and populate the
entries as per screen-shot below:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
829
It is always good practice to plot and visualise the lift curve before exporting them.
In this example, select | Plot to see the following:
830
PROSPER
One can see that the lift curves all have the right shape and are smooth.
One can return to the previous screen with | Finish.
In order to export the lift curve,select the button "Export Lift Curve"
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
831
The following screen appears where one has to select the format for the host
application (in this case Schlumberger - Eclipse):
832
PROSPER
The process is completed with | Continue | Save and the file is saved and loaded
automatically for viewing:
Select | File | Exit | Main to complete the exercise.
May, 2009
Examples Guide
833
834
PROSPER
Measured Depth in ft
0
8000
Equipment
type
Xmas
(Well Head)
Tubing
Casing
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Tree 0
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
7800
8000
Roughness
in inches
3.992
8.3
in Rate multiplier
N/A
N/A
0.0018
0.0018
1
1
Measured Depth in ft
0
8000
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
835
IPR model:
Static Reservoir Pressure:
Reservoir Temperature:
Water Gas Ratio:
Condensate Gas Ratio:
Compaction Permeability Reduction model:
Reservoir Permeability:
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic thickness) :
Drainage Area:
Dietz shape factor:
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius):
Perforation interval:
Time since Production started:
Reservoir porosity:
Connate water saturation:
Non-Darcy Flow Factor (D):
Permeability entered:
Mechanical skin:
836
PROSPER
3.1.10.5Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of
the problem:
- construct a PROSPER model for a producing water injection well
- use the PROSPER well model to estimate the water injection with an injection
pressure of 1000 psig at the well head.
3.1.10.5.1 System Options
Here, one simply select | File | New if a PROSPER file is already open.
Otherwise, simply select |Options|Options and make the following choices
Fluid: Dry and Wet Gas
Well type: Injector
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
837
Parameter
Gas gravity:
Separator pressure:
Condensate to Gas Ratio:
Condensate Gravity:
Water to Gas Ratio:
Water salinity:
Impurities (H2S, CO2 & N2):
Value
0.6 (Air = 1)
250 psig
0 stb/MMscf
50 API
0 stb/MMscf
10000 ppm
0%
838
PROSPER
Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take you through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey
3.1.10.5.4.1 Deviation Survey
Measured Depth in ft
0
8000
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
839
Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER.
A filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen is to be used.
Select | Done and the next screen labelled Surface Equipment will follow.
3.1.10.5.4.2 Surface Equipment
This model will not include any surface equipment. Therefore, one simply need to
select | Cancel to skip this step:
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
840
PROSPER
Selecting the "Cancel" button located on the top left of the screen will take you to the
next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.10.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment include the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, ...
Equipment
type
Xmas
(Well Head)
Tubing
Casing
PROSPER Manual
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Tree 0
7800
8000
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
3.992
8.3
Roughness
in inches
in Rate multiplier
N/A
N/A
0.0018
0.0018
1
1
May, 2009
Examples Guide
841
The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the
static reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
It is recommended to take the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This would mean that the down hole equipment description shall
stop at the top of the perforation. This is also true for multiple-zone completion
because the pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the
appropriate Inflow model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).
Select | Done to proceed to the next screen: the geothermal gradient.
3.1.10.5.4.4 Geothermal gradient
Measured Depth in ft
0
8000
842
PROSPER
The default average heat capacity values will be used for this example
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
843
From the Equipment Data screen, one can generate a sketch of the well bore with |
Summary.
Afterwards, one then selects | Draw Down hole this is the sketch of the well bore that
would appear:
844
PROSPER
IPR model:
Static Reservoir Pressure:
Reservoir Temperature:
Water Gas Ratio:
Condensate Gas Ratio:
Compaction Permeability Reduction model:
To proceed, simply select the Input Data button (red if invalid) in the top right corner
of the screen above:
IPR data entry
Reservoir Permeability:
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic thickness) :
PROSPER Manual
150 mD
100 ft
May, 2009
Examples Guide
Drainage Area:
Dietz shape factor:
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius):
Perforation interval:
Time since Production started:
Reservoir porosity:
Connate water saturation:
Non-Darcy Flow Factor (D):
Permeability entered:
845
340 acres
31.6
0.354 ft
100 ft
10 days
25%
20%
Calculated
Total Permeability
From the screen above, one can select the the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom
left corner of the screen in order to enter the mechanical skin:
IPR : Skin value entry
Mechanical skin:
+5
846
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
847
Note that the concept of AOF does not apply to an injection well. The values
displayed corresponds to the highest rate for which the IPR pressure was computed.
Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made so far.
3.1.10.5.6 Estimation of the well injection flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR)
and tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head
flowing pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and
the VLP curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select |
Calculation |System as per screen-shot below:
848
PROSPER
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing
pressure as per screen-shot below:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
849
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there
is no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since
this model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is
irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate. Afterwards, select | Plot
to visualise the system plot:
850
PROSPER
Lift curves express the pressure drop across a tubing for a given set of variables.
Different software providers use different formats and acronyms for lift curves.
The most common acronyms are:
- VLP for Vertical Lift Performance
- TPD for Tubing Performance Data
- TPC for Tubing Performance Curves
- VFP for Vertical Flow Performance and so on.
For water injection wells, the variables involved in lift curve generation are:
- Liquid rate and
- Well Head flowing pressure (= first node pressure)
Recommendation:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
851
In this example, we will demonstrate how to generate lift curves with PROSPER
since lift curves generation is a key task that PROSPER is used to perform.
However, if a project involves the generation of lift curves for multiple wells, a more
efficient approach would involve the use of GAP, the network modelling and
optimisation tool developed by Petroleum Experts.
Here are the reasons why:
- GAP will instruct PROSPER to generate the lift curves using the very same
PROSPER well model created by the user and linked to the well icon in GAP.
- GAP will use PROSPER to generate and save lift curves for any number of wells in
batch-mode. This can be done overnight for instance to save time.
- GAP will ask for the right input variables depending upon the well type. The input
variable selection for lift curves can sometime be delicate because different
simulators use different names for the same quantity. For example some lift tables
formats require the variable gas lift injection rate but other lift tables formats require
the variable Gas Liquid Ration injected instead.
3.1.10.5.7.2 Steps
In order to generate wells' VLP, one first needs to work out the variables involved.
Here these variables are liquid rates and WHFP.
The second step is to choose values for the variables in such a manner that the host
application (GAP, MBAL, REVEAL, Eclipse, ..) can reasonably interpolate between
them to find the solution needed. Extrapolation and very large variable spacing are
to be avoided.
In this example, the following values will be used:
Gas Rates: from 5 MMscf/d to 150 stb/d.
WHFP: from 1500 psig to 6000 psig.
In order to enter the data for the lift curve generation , select | Calculation | VLP
(Tubing Curves) | 3 Variables
852
PROSPER
The next screen shot can be used to generate the range of rates to use. Use the |
Generate button to automate the data entry:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
853
A few notes:
The values for top node pressure will be overwritten through the sensitivity variables.
The user must make sure that the right VLP correlation is selected. Here, the
Petroleum Experts 2 correlation will be used.
The "User Selected" rate method gives control to the user to enter the rates he /she
think will best describe the expected operating ranges of the well.
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
854
PROSPER
The user must ensure that the first and last node are correctly selected.
In order to proceed, select | Continue, select the relevant variables and populate the
entries as per screen-shot below:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
855
856
PROSPER
It is always good practice to plot and visualise the lift curve before exporting them.
In this example, select | Plot to see the following:
One can see that the lift curves all have the right shape and are smooth.
One can return to the previous screen with | Finish.
In order to export the lift curve,select the button "Export Lift Curve"
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
857
The following screen appears where one has to select the format for the host
application (in this case Schlumberger - Eclipse):
858
PROSPER
The process is completed with | Continue | Save and the file is saved and loaded
automatically for viewing:
Select | File | Exit | Main to complete the exercise.
May, 2009
Examples Guide
859
It is required to estimate the initial flow rate against a well head flowing pressure of
1500 psig
3.1.11.2PVT Input Data
The basic available PVT data are:
Parameter
Water salinity:
Steam temperature at the well head:
Value
10 000 ppm
700 degF
Measured Depth in ft
0
2000
860
PROSPER
Equipment
type
Xmas
(Well Head)
Tubing
Casing
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Tree 0
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
1800
2000
2.992
8.3
Roughness
in inches
in Rate multiplier
N/A
N/A
0.0006
0.0006
1
1
Measured
in ft
Depth True
Vertical Static
Depth in ft
Temperature in ft
Heat
Transfer
coefficient in btu/
h/ft2/F
70
2000
2000
130
IPR model:
Static
PROSPER Manual
PI Entry
Reservoir 1000 psig
May, 2009
Examples Guide
861
Pressure:
Reservoir Temperature: 130 degF
Water Cut:
100 %
Total GOR:
0 scf/stb
Compaction Permeability No
Reduction model:
Productivity Index:
100 stb/d/psi
3.1.11.5Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of
the problem:
- construct a PROSPER model for a producing steam / water injection well
- use the PROSPER well model to estimate the water injection with an injection
pressure of 1500 psig at the well head.
3.1.11.5.1 System Options
Launch PROSPER and select | Options |Options and make the following choices
Fluid: Oil and Water
Well type: Water Injector and NOT Injector!
Model: Improved Approximation
Steam Calculation: Allow Steam Calculations
862
PROSPER
In order to model
approximation.
PROSPER Manual
Value
10 000 ppm
700 degF
May, 2009
Examples Guide
863
Now select | All | Edit and this takes you to the deviation survey screen:
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
864
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
865
Equipment
type
Xmas
(Well Head)
Tubing
Casing
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Tree 0
1800
2000
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
2.992
8.3
Roughness
in inches
in Rate multiplier
N/A
N/A
0.0006
0.0006
1
1
866
PROSPER
Measured
in ft
Depth True
Vertical Static
Depth in ft
Temperature in ft
Heat
Transfer
coefficient in btu/
h/ft2/F
70
2000
2000
130
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
867
Finally select | Done | Done and save the file to secure the data entry.
868
PROSPER
Now select the Input Data tab and enter the productivity index of 100 stb/d/psi:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
869
The following IPR curve is generated and displayed if one selects | Calculate:
870
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
871
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing
pressure of 1500 psig as per screen-shot below:
872
PROSPER
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since
this model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is
irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: User Selected - Generate:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
873
874
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
875
The steam properties (quality, density, viscosity, enthalpy and so on) can be
visualized by scrolling this table to the right:
876
PROSPER
Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen. This completes this
exercise.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
Parameter
Gravel Pack Permeability:
Perforation diameter:
Shot density:
Gravel Pack length:
Perforation Interval:
Perforation efficiency:
Beta Factor:
DP Gravel Pack Calculation Method:
877
Value
35 000 mD
1 inch
6 shots per feet
2 inches
100 ft
50%
Calculated
Multiphase
3.1.12.3Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of
the problem:
- Activate the gravel pack option in PROSPER
- Describe the gravel pack in the IPR section
- Estimate the well flow rate against a given well head flowing pressure
3.1.12.3.1 System Options
Open the PROSPER file created for tutorial 2 (Tutorial_02.out).
Select | Options | Options and make the following choices:
Sand Control: Gravel Pack
878
PROSPER
Note that one can change the well completion type to "Open Hole" to model an
open hole gravel pack option.
Select | Done to complete this step.
3.1.12.3.2 Inflow Performance Relation (IPR)
The gravel pack affects the Inflow Performance Relation.
Therefore, select | System | Inflow Performance | Input Data | Sand Control and
make the following entries:
IPR : Sand Control Data
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
Parameter
Gravel Pack Permeability:
Perforation diameter:
Shot density:
Gravel Pack length:
Perforation Interval:
Perforation efficiency:
Beta Factor:
DP Gravel Pack Calculation Method:
879
Value
35 000 mD
1 inch
6 shots per feet
2 inches
100 ft
50%
Calculated
Multiphase
Select the Sand Control tab for the description of the gravel pack.
880
PROSPER
To superimpose the plots of the skins and associated dP , select |Variables | Set |
Done and the plot is up-dated as follow:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
881
One can also visualise the numerical values behind the plots with | Results:
Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made.
3.1.12.3.3 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR)
and tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head
flowing pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and
the VLP curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select |
Calculation |System as per screen-shot below:
882
PROSPER
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing
pressure as per screen-shot below:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
883
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there
is no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.
The parameters Water Cut and GOR were entered earlier on the IPR screen. For
the fluid description, there was also a need to enter the GOR on the PVT screen.
However, during the life of a well either parameter may change. Therefore, this
screen allow to sensitize both.
When sensitizing on the water cut or / and the GOR, PROSPER will use the new
sensitivity values for the calculations It will no longer use the GOR and the water cut
values entered on the IPR screen or the GOR from the PVT screen. The same
principle applies to all sensitivity variables specified anywhere else.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
884
PROSPER
this model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is
irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:
Note that PROSPER displays under solution details, the total skin, the dP due to
sand control, the sand control skin and the velocity of the fluid at the casing (Vc).
With | Plot | System Plot, the following VLP + IPR plot is generated:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
885
Note: The lower curve on this plot represents the pressure drop across the gravel
pack completion.
Select | Main to exit the screen. This completes this tutorial.
886
PROSPER
Parameter
Time:
Reservoir Porosity:
Fracture Height:
Fracture Half-Length:
Dimensionless Fracture Conductivity (FCD
):
Fracture Face Skin:
Value
1 day
0.25
100 ft
30 ft
5000
0
Value
35 000 mD
1 inch
6 shots per feet
2 inches
100 ft
50%
Calculated
Multiphase
3.1.13.3Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of
the problem:
- Activate the gravel pack option in PROSPER
- Activate the hydraulically fractured IPR model in PROSPER
- Describe both the fracture and the gravel pack in the IPR section
- Estimate the well flow rate against a given well head flowing pressure
3.1.13.3.1 System Options
Open the PROSPER file created for tutorial 2 (Tutorial_02.out).
Select | Options | Options and make the following choices:
Sand Control: Gravel Pack
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
887
Note that one can model an open hole completion by selecting the well completion
type "Open Hole" on this screen.
Select | Done to complete this step.
3.1.13.3.2 Inflow Performance Relation (IPR)
The frac-pack completions affects the Inflow Performance Relation.
Therefore, select | System | Inflow Performance | Input Data | Sand Control and
make the following entries:
Reservoir model: Hydraulically Fractured Well
888
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
Value
1 day
0.25
100 ft
30 ft
5000
May, 2009
Examples Guide
889
Select the tab "Mech / Geom Skin" to enter the fracture face skin
Fracture Face Skin
Parameter
Fracture Face Skin:
Value
0
890
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
Value
35 000 mD
1 inch
6 shots per feet
2 inches
100 ft
50%
Calculated
Multiphase
May, 2009
Examples Guide
891
892
PROSPER
Now, select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made.
3.1.13.3.3 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR)
and tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head
flowing pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and
the VLP curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select |
Calculation |System as per screen-shot below:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
893
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing
pressure as per screen-shot below:
894
PROSPER
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there
is no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.
The parameters Water Cut and GOR were entered earlier on the IPR screen. For
the fluid description, there was also a need to enter the GOR on the PVT screen.
However, during the life of a well any of these two parameters may change.
Therefore, this screen allow to sensitize both.
When sensitizing on the water cut or / and the GOR, PROSPER will use the new
sensitivity values for the calculations It will no longer use the GOR and the water cut
values entered on the IPR screen or the GOR from the PVT screen. The same
principle applies to all sensitivity variables specified anywhere else.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
895
this model does not include any pipeline, the choice of any pipeline correlation is
irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:
Note that PROSPER displays under solution details, the total skin, the dP due to
sand control and the sand control skin.
The system plot can be generated with | Plot | System:
896
PROSPER
Note: The lower curve on the system plot represents the pressure drop across the
gravel pack completion.
Select | Main to exit this screen. This completes this tutorial.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
Parameter
Screen Inner Radius:
Screen Outer Radius:
Screen Permeability:
Slot Width:
Screen Turbulence Factor:
Screen Outside Permeability:
Screen Outside Turbulence
factor (Beta):
897
Value
0.3 ft
0.33 ft
50 000 mD
0.02 inches
Calculated
50 000 mD
Calculated
3.1.14.3Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of
the problem:
- Activate the Pre-Packed screen option in PROSPER
- Describe the Pre-Packed in the IPR section
- Estimate the well flow rate against a given well head flowing pressure
3.1.14.3.1 System Options
Open the PROSPER file created for tutorial 2 (Tutorial_02.out).
Select | Options | Options and make the following choices:
Well Completion Type: Open Hole
Sand Control: Pre-Packed Screen
898
PROSPER
Note that one simply need to change the well completion type to "Cased Hole" to
model an open hole completion.
Select | Done to complete this step.
3.1.14.3.2 Inflow Performance Relation (IPR)
The completion type "pre-packed screen" affects primarily the Inflow Performance
Relation.
Therefore, select | System | Inflow Performance | Input Data | Sand Control and
make the changes described below:
Select | System | Inflow Performance | Input Data | Sand Control and make the
following entries:
Data for the completion type "Pre-Packed Screen"
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
Parameter
Perforation intervall:
Screen Inner Radius:
Screen Outer Radius:
Screen Permeability:
Slot Width:
Screen Turbulence Factor:
Screen Outside Permeability:
Screen Outside Turbulence
factor (Beta):
899
Value
100 ft
0.3 ft
0.33 ft
50 000 mD
0.02 inches
Leave Blank and Prosper calculates it
50 000 mD
Leave Blank and Prosper calculates it
In order to generate an IPR plot select | Calculate and the well inflow is generated as
follow:
900
PROSPER
Select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made.
3.1.14.3.3 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR)
and tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head
flowing pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and
the VLP curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select |
Calculation |System as per screen-shot below:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
901
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing
pressure as per screen-shot below:
902
PROSPER
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there
is no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.
The parameters Water Cut and GOR were entered earlier on the IPR screen. For
the fluid description, there was also a need to enter the GOR on the PVT screen.
However, during the life of a well either parameter may change. Therefore, this
screen allow to sensitize both.
When sensitizing on the water cut or / and the GOR, PROSPER will use the new
sensitivity values for the calculations It will no longer use the GOR and the water cut
values entered on the IPR screen or the GOR from the PVT screen. The same
principle applies to all sensitivity variables specified anywhere else.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
903
this model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is
irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:
Note that PROSPER displays under solution details, the total skin, the dP due to
sand control and the sand control skin.
To visualise the IPR-VLP plot select | Plot | System Plot and the following plot is
generated:
904
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
Parameter
Liner Inner Radius:
Liner Outer Radius:
Slot height:
Slot Width:
Slot Density:
Outer Screen thickness:
Liner Outside Permeability:
Liner Outside Turbulence factor (Beta):
905
Value
0.3 ft
0.34 ft
4 inches
0.01 inches
3 slots per feet
does not apply - 0 ft
50 000 mD
does not apply - 0 ft
3.1.15.3Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of
the problem:
- Activate the slotted liner option in PROSPER
- Describe the slotted liner in the IPR section
- Generate an IPR plot
- Estimate the well flow rate against as given well head flowing pressure
3.1.15.3.1 System Options
Open the PROSPER file created for tutorial 2 (Tutorial_02.out).
Select | Options | Options and make the following choices:
Well Completion Type: Open Hole
Sand Control: Slotted Liner
906
PROSPER
Parameter
Production interval
Liner Inner Radius:
Liner Outer Radius:
Slot height:
Slot Width:
Slot Density:
Outer Screen thickness:
Liner Outside Permeability:
Liner Outside Turbulence factor (Beta):
PROSPER Manual
Value
100 ft
0.3 ft
0.34 ft
4 inches
0.01 inches
3 slots per feet
does not apply - 0 ft
50 000 mD
does not apply - 0 ft
May, 2009
Examples Guide
907
To proceed, simply select the | Calculate and the IPR is generated with rate
dependent skin due to the slotted liner included:
908
PROSPER
Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made so far.
3.1.15.3.3 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR)
and tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head
flowing pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and
the VLP curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select |
Calculation |System as per screen-shot below:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
909
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing
pressure as per screen-shot below:
910
PROSPER
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there
is no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.
The parameters Water Cut and GOR were entered earlier on the IPR screen. For
the fluid description, there was also a need to enter the GOR on the PVT screen.
However, during the life of a well any of these two parameters may change.
Therefore, this screen allow to sensitize both.
When sensitizing on the water cut or / and the GOR, PROSPER will use the new
sensitivity values for the calculations It will no longer use the GOR and the water cut
values entered on the IPR screen or the GOR from the PVT screen. The same
principle applies to all sensitivity variables specified anywhere else.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
911
this model does not include any pipeline, the choice of any pipeline correlation is
irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:
Note that PROSPER displays under solution details, the total skin, the dP due to
sand control and the sand control skin.
All the sensitivity possibilities previously available remain. PROSPER also the gravel
pack parameters as sensitivity variables.
912
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
Value
0.33 ft
50 000 mD
Calculated
May, 2009
Examples Guide
913
3.1.16.3Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of
the problem:
- Activate the wire wrapped screen option in PROSPER
- Describe the wire wrapped screen in the IPR section
- Estimate the well flow rate against a given well head flowing pressure
3.1.16.3.1 System Options
Open the Tutorial_02.OUT file, select | Options | Options and make the following
choices
Well Completion Type: Open Hole
Sand Control: Wire Wrapped Screen
914
PROSPER
Parameter
Perforation interval:
Screen Outer Radius:
Screen Permeability:
Liner Outside Turbulence factor (Beta):
Value
100 ft
0.33 ft
50 000 mD
Calculated
May, 2009
Examples Guide
915
Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made.
3.1.16.3.3 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR)
and tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head
flowing pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and
the VLP curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select |
Calculation |System as per screen-shot below:
916
PROSPER
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing
pressure as per screen-shot below:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
917
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there
is no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.
The parameters Water Cut and GOR were entered earlier on the IPR screen. For
the fluid description, there was also a need to enter the GOR on the PVT screen.
However, during the life of a well either parameter may change. Therefore, this
screen allow to sensitize both.
When sensitizing on the water cut or / and the GOR, PROSPER will use the new
sensitivity values for the calculations It will no longer use the GOR and the water cut
values entered on the IPR screen or the GOR from the PVT screen. The same
principle applies to all sensitivity variables specified anywhere else.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
918
PROSPER
this model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is
irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:
Note that PROSPER displays under solution details, the total skin, the dP due to
sand control and the sand control skin.
To visualize the system plot, select | Plot | System Plot and the following plot is
generated:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
919
920
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
921
Measured Depth in ft
0
12000
Equipment
type
Xmas
(Well Head)
Tubing
Casing
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Tree 0
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
11800
12000
3.992
8.3
Roughness
in inches
in Rate multiplier
N/A
N/A
0.0018
0.0018
1
1
922
PROSPER
Measured Depth in ft
0
12000
IPR model:
Static Reservoir Pressure:
Reservoir Temperature:
Water Gas Ratio:
Total GOR:
Compaction Permeability Reduction
model:
Rervoir Permeability:
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic
thickness) :
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
Drainage Area:
Dietz shape factor:
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius):
Perforation Interval:
Time since production:
Reservoir Porosity:
Connate water saturation:
Non-Darcy Flow Factor (D):
Permeability Entered:
Mechanical skin:
923
340 acres
31.6
0.354 ft
100 ft
1 day
0.25 (fraction)
0.2 (fraction
Calculated
Total Permeability
+5
3.1.17.5Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of
the problem:
- Construct a fully compositional PROSPER model for a producing retrograde
condensate well
- Use the PROSPER well model to estimate the flow rate against a WHFP of 2500
psig.
3.1.17.5.1 System Options
Here, one simply select | File | New if a PROSPER file is already open.
Otherwise, simply select |Options|Options and make the following choices
Fluid: Retrograde Condensate
Method: Equation Of State
924
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
Separator pressure
(psig)
500
0
Separator temperature
(deg F)
80
60
May, 2009
Examples Guide
925
926
PROSPER
You need to enter the water salinity of 80 000 ppm at the bottom of the screen.
One can generate and visualize the phase envelope with | Phase Env...| Plot and the
following phase envelope is generated:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
927
You may select | Exit | OK to return to the main PVT input screen.
928
PROSPER
Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take you through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey
3.1.17.5.4.1 Deviation Survey
Measured Depth in ft
0
12000
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
929
Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER.
A filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen is to be used.
Select | Done and the next screen labelled Surface Equipment will follow.
3.1.17.5.4.2 Surface Equipment
This model will not include any surface equipment. Therefore, select | Cancel to skip
this screen.
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
930
PROSPER
This will take you to the next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.17.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment include the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, ...
Equipment
type
Xmas
(Well Head)
Tubing
Casing
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Tree 0
11800
12000
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
3.992
8.3
Roughness
in inches
in Rate multiplier
N/A
N/A
0.0018
0.0018
1
1
The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the
static reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
931
It is recommended to take the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This would mean that the down hole equipment description shall
stop at the top of the perforation. This is also true for multiple-zone completion
because the pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the
appropriate Inflow model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).
Select | Done to proceed to the next screen: the geothermal gradient.
3.1.17.5.4.4 Geothermal gradient
Measured Depth in ft
0
12000
932
PROSPER
The default average heat capacity values will be used for this example.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
933
From the Equipment Data screen, one can generate a sketch of the well bore with |
Summary and this is what would appear:
934
PROSPER
If one then selects | Draw Down hole this is the sketch of the well bore that would
appear:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
935
Like working with any other computer program, it is good practice to save the file
frequently in order to avoid data loss in case the computer crashes.
To save a file, simply select | File | Save and then simply answer YES to overwriting
the file.
3.1.17.5.5 Inflow Performance Relation (IPR)
For the selection of the IPR model, simply select | System | Inflow Performance and
make the appropriate choices as follow:
IPR model selection
IPR model:
Static Reservoir Pressure:
Reservoir Temperature:
Water Gas Ratio:
936
PROSPER
Total GOR:
6943.98 scf/stb
Compaction Permeability Reduction No
model:
To proceed, simply select the Input Data button in the top right corner of the screen
above:
IPR data entry
Reservoir Permeability:
Reservoir
Thickness
(True
stratigraphic thickness) :
Drainage Area:
Dietz shape factor:
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius):
Perforation Interval:
Time since production:
Reservoir Porosity:
PROSPER Manual
25 mD
100 ft
340 acres
31.6
0.354 ft
100 ft
1 day
0.25 (fraction)
May, 2009
Examples Guide
937
0.2 (fraction
Calculated
Total Permeability
From the screen above, one can select the the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom
left corner of the screen in order to enter the mechanical skin:
IPR : Skin value entry
Mechanical skin:
+5
938
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
939
Select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made.
3.1.17.5.6 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR)
and tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head
flowing pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and
the VLP curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select |
Calculation |System as per screen-shot below:
940
PROSPER
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing
pressure as per screen-shot below:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
941
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there
is no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since
this model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is
irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
942
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
943
944
PROSPER
1000 psig.
The CO2 has a temperature of 45 degF at surface.
In order to better capture the thermodynamics of the CO2, It is required to to use a
fully compositional model coupled with the improved rough approximation
temperature model.
3.1.18.2PVT Input Data
Using the PVTp software developed by Petroleum Experts, one can generate a PRP
file to be used for this tutorial.
The PRP file to be used for this specific tutorial is "Tutorial_18.PRP"
A PRP file is the generic EOS file format recognised by all PETEX' applications.
When edited, this is how the PRP file looks:
May, 2009
Examples Guide
945
Measured Depth in ft
0
18000
Equipment
type
Xmas
(Well Head)
Tubing
SSSV
Tubing
Casing
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Tree 0
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
1200
1200
17500
18000
3.992
3.8
3.992
8.5
Roughness
in inches
in Rate multiplier
N/A
N/A
0.0006
N/A
0.0006
0.0006
1
1
1
1
946
PROSPER
Formation
Depth
ft
0
1200
18000
The overall heat transfer (also called U value) is a composite number that
captures the different heat transfer mechanisms taking place: conduction,
convection and radiation. It can be thought of as the inverse of the thermal
resistance in the surroundings of the wellbore.
Note:
IPR model:
Petroleum Experts / Enter Skin by hand
Static Reservoir Pressure:
4500 psig
Reservoir Temperature:
350 degF
Water Gas Ratio:
0 stb/MMscf
Total GOR:
1E6 scf/stb
Compaction Permeability Reduction No
model:
Rervoir Permeability:
50 mD
Reservoir
Thickness
(True 150 ft
stratigraphic thickness) :
Drainage Area:
340 acres
Dietz shape factor:
31.6
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius):
0.354 ft
Perforation Interval:
100 ft
Time since production:
5 day
Reservoir Porosity:
0.25 (fraction)
Connate water saturation:
0.2 (fraction
Non-Darcy Flow Factor (D):
Calculated
Permeability Entered:
Total Permeability
Mechanical skin:
+10
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
947
3.1.18.5Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of
the problem:
- construct a fully compositional PROSPER model for a producing retrograde
condensate well
- use the PROSPER well model to estimate the CO2 injection flow rate against a
WHFP of 2500 psig
3.1.18.5.1 System Options
Here, one simply select | File | New if a PROSPER file is already open.
Otherwise, simply select | Options | Options and make the following choices
Fluid: Retrograde Condensate
Method: Equation Of State
Well Type: Injector
Calculation Type - Model: Improved Approximation
948
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
949
950
PROSPER
Enter the reservoir temperature of 350 degF at the bottom of the screen.
One can generate and visualize the phase envelope with | Phase Env...| Plot and the
following phase envelope is generated:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
951
You may select | Exit | OK to return to the main PVT input screen.
Select | Done to complete this step.
3.1.18.5.3 Saving the file
Like working with any other computer program, it is good practice to save the file
frequently in order to avoid data loss in case the computer crashes.
To save a file, simply select | File | Save as.
Afterwards, simply browse to the place where the file is to be saved.
It is suggested to save the file as *.OUT file.
3.1.18.5.4 System Equipment Description
In order to describe the hardware in / around the well bore (this is what the system
equipment is), simply select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All.
First step here is to enter the injected fluid temperature of 45 degF.
Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take you through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey
3.1.18.5.4.1 Deviation Survey
Measured Depth in ft
0
952
PROSPER
18000
18000
Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER.
A filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen is to be used.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
953
Select | Done and the next screen labelled Surface Equipment will follow.
3.1.18.5.4.2 Surface Equipment
This model will not include any surface equipment. Therefore, one simply need to
select | Cancel to skip this step:
Selecting the "Cancel" button located on the top left of the screen will take you to the
next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.18.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment include the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, ...
Equipment
type
Xmas
(Well Head)
Tubing
SSSV
Tubing
Casing
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Tree 0
1200
1200
17500
18000
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
3.992
3.8
3.992
8.5
Roughness
in inches
in Rate multiplier
N/A
N/A
0.0006
N/A
0.0006
0.0006
1
1
1
1
954
PROSPER
The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the
static reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
It is recommended to take the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This would mean that the down hole equipment description shall
stop at the top of the perforation. This is also true for multiple-zone completion
because the pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the
appropriate Inflow model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).
Select | Done to proceed to the next screen: the geothermal gradient.
3.1.18.5.4.4 Geothermal gradient
Formation
Depth
ft
0
PROSPER Manual
Examples Guide
1200
18000
36
350
955
3
3
956
PROSPER
Back on the equipment data screen, select | Summary to see a summary of all
inputs:
Now select | Draw Down hole to see a sketch of the well bore.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
957
IPR model:
Petroleum Experts / Enter Skin by hand
Static Reservoir Pressure:
4500 psig
Reservoir Temperature:
350 degF
Water Gas Ratio:
0 stb/MMscf
Total GOR:
1E6 scf/stb
Compaction Permeability Reduction No
model:
958
PROSPER
To proceed, simply select the Input Data button in the top right corner of the screen
above and make the following entries:
Rervoir Permeability:
Reservoir
Thickness
(True
stratigraphic thickness) :
Drainage Area:
Dietz shape factor:
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius):
Perforation Interval:
Time since production:
Reservoir Porosity:
Connate water saturation:
Non-Darcy Flow Factor (D):
Permeability Entered:
Mechanical skin:
PROSPER Manual
50 mD
150 ft
340 acres
31.6
0.354 ft
100 ft
5 day
0.25 (fraction)
0.2 (fraction
Calculated
Total Permeability
+10
May, 2009
Examples Guide
959
From the screen above, one can select the the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom
left corner of the screen in order to enter the mechanical skin:
IPR : Skin value entry
Mechanical skin:
+10
960
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
961
Note: The concept of absolute open flow potential does not apply to injectors. The
reported values simply corresponds to the highest rate for which an IPR pressure
was computed.
Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made so far.
3.1.18.5.6 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR)
and tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head
flowing pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and
the VLP curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select |
Calculation | System as per screen-shot below:
962
PROSPER
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head (= Top Node
here) injection pressure as per screen-shot below:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
963
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since
this model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is
irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:
964
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
965
966
PROSPER
Parameter
Test date (optional):
Test Comment (optional):
Well Head Flowing Pressure:
Flowing Tubing Head Temperature:
Water Gas Ratio:
Condensate Gas Ratio:
Gas Flow Rate:
Measured Gauge depth:
Measured Gauge pressure:
Static Reservoir Pressure @
perforation:
Value
01/01/2010
Main Flow Test
1000 psig
153 degF
5 stb/MMscf
5 stb/MMscf
15 MMscf/d
4500 ft
1920 psig
top 2300 psig
3.1.19.3Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of
the problem:
- Recall the PROSPER model built in tutorial 1 (Tutorial_01.OUT)
- Review the PROSPER model
- Quality-check and calibrate the PROSPER model against the well test data
- Select the appropriate VLP correlation
- Superimpose the IPR curve to match the well test
- Use the model to run sensitivity on Reservoir pressure
3.1.19.3.1 Open the PROSPER file
Select | File | Open, locate and open the file "Tutorial_01.OUT" in the sample
directory.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
967
968
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
969
After completing the first step, proceed with the well test data entry.
3.1.19.3.3.1 Well Test Data Entry
In order to enter the well test data, select | Matching | Matching | VLP/IPR (QualityCheck) and populate the screen with the well test data given below:
Parameter
Test date (optional):
Test Comment (optional):
Well Head Flowing Pressure:
Flowing Tubing Head Temperature:
Water Gas Ratio:
Condensate Gas Ratio:
Gas Flow Rate:
Measured Gauge depth:
Measured Gauge pressure:
Static Reservoir Pressure @
perforation:
Value
01/01/2010
Main Flow Test
1000 psig
153 degF
5 stb/MMscf
5 stb/MMscf
15 MMscf/d
4500 ft
1920 psig
top 2300 psig
970
PROSPER
We will primarily use the Task buttons located on the top right corner of the screen,
from the left to the right to solve this well test matching exercise.
3.1.19.3.3.2 Estimate the U-value
In a design case, the U-value can be estimated using the full enthalpy balance
model.
Alternatively, when a well test is available, one can use the well test data to back
calculate the overall heat transfer coefficient.This is what we are going to do next.
For this simply select the task button "Estimate U Value" and the following message
will appear:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
971
The program has estimated and displayed the heat transfer coefficient on the basis
of the well test data.
After selecting | OK, you will be asked if you whish to replace the previous U-value in
the model with this new one.
With YES, the new U-value is taken as input for the model. The previous value is in
fact overwritten.
Here we will select YES and then the U-value is then transferred:
Select | OK to continue with the next task button, the "Correlation Comparison".
3.1.19.3.3.3 Correlation Comparison
972
PROSPER
Afterwards, select | Calculate | Calculate | Plot and this is what can be seen:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
973
One can zoom around the test point and this is what can be seen:
974
PROSPER
Conclusion: One can see that the test point lies between Duns and Ros modified
and the Petroleum Experts correlations.
Select | Main to return to the VLP/IPR Matching screen to select the appropriate
correlation based upon the matching parameters.
3.1.19.3.3.4 VLP matching
In order to perform the VLP matching select the task button "Match VLP" and the
following screen would appear:
For the regression, select | Match and the regression routine will apply a gravity
multiplier (Parameter 1) and a friction multiplier (Parameter 2) to each selected
correlation in turn in order to match the well test.
Ideally, both parameters should equal to unity and one can see here that both
multipliers are very close indeed to unity.
For more statistical details, select | Statistics to access this screen:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
975
976
PROSPER
In order to perform the VLP/IPR matching, simply select the task button "VLP / IPR"
and then unselect all correlations except PE2 and then select | Calculate:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
977
PROSPER computes VLP and IPR using the well test data as input.
On the bottom right of the screen, the simulated solution rate and solution BHFP are
displayed along with the test rate and test bottom hole flowing pressure.
Note that "Test BHP" is the gauge pressure corrected to the well datum depth using
the VLP correlation selected.
With | Plot, this is what can be seen:
978
PROSPER
One can read that the difference between measured and simulated parameters (rate
and pressure) are both below 0.5%. The magnitude of this difference between
simulated and actual data can be seen as acceptable.
It can be concluded that the well test is valid and is properly calibrated.
Should the match not be acceptable at this stage, then the error is confined to the
IPR component because PVT and VLP have already been quality-checked,
calibrated and validated.
Select | Main and save the file to secure all changes made so far.
3.1.19.3.3.6 Performing Sensitivity runs
1000 psig
5 stb/MMscf
5 stb/MMscg
1500, 2000 & 2300 psig
In order to analyse the cases described above, one will perform sensitivity run on the
parameters listed above. For this, select | Calculation | System |3 Variable and make
the following choice:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
979
Note that the matched VLP correlation now appears with 2 numbers appended to it:
the first number is the gravity multiplier (parameter 1) whereas the second number
(parameter 2) is the friction multiplier.
Now select | Continue and select the remaining sensitivity variables of interest:
reservoir pressure and skin
980
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
981
An alternative way of plotting the results is now to select | Finish | Sensitivities and
here select the variables of interest:
982
PROSPER
This is how the plot of the gas rate versus reservoir pressure shows:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
983
984
PROSPER
- Use the calibrated model to study the impact of tubing size and reservoir pressure
on the well performance.
3.1.20.2PVT Lab data & Well Test data
PVT Data
Parameter
Solution GOR:
Oil Gravity:
Gas gravity:
Water salinity:
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S):
Bubble point pressure:
Value
400 scf/stb
30 API
0.75 (Air =1)
80000 ppm
None
2500 psig at 200 degF
Further PVT data are given in tabular form below at 200 degF:
Pressure in psig
1500
2000
2500
3000
4000
Oil Viscosity
centipoises
1.34
1.15
1.01
1.05
1.11
in
PROSPER Manual
Value
01/01/2010
Main Flow Test
250 psig
158.5 degF
30%
8290 stb/d
7000 ft
2335 psig
top 3800 psig
600 scf/stb
May, 2009
Examples Guide
985
3.1.20.3Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of
the problem:
- recall the PROSPER model for the naturally producing oil well (see example 2)
- Review the PROSPER model
- Calibrate the black oil correlation against the lab PVT data and select the most
suitable correlations for this crude
- Quality-check and calibrate the PROSPER model against the well test data
- Select the appropriate VLP correlation
- Superimpose the IPR curve
- Use the model to run sensitivity on tubing size and reservoir pressure.
3.1.20.3.1 Open the PROSPER file
Select | File | Open, locate and open the file "Tutorial_02.OUT" in the sample
directory.
986
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
Parameter
Solution GOR:
Oil Gravity:
Gas gravity:
Water salinity:
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S):
Bubble point pressure:
987
Value
400 scf/stb
30 API
0.75 (Air =1)
80000 ppm
None
2500 psig at 200 degF
In order to calibrate the black oil correlations, one needs first to enter the PVT lab
data. This is done with | Match Data and here one shall populate the screen as
below:
PVT Lab Data
Further PVT data are given in tabular form below at 200 degF:
Pressure in psig
Oil
Viscosity
in
988
PROSPER
1500
2000
2500
3000
4000
scf/stb
237
324
400
400
400
1.138
1.178
1.214
1.207
1.198
centipoises
1.34
1.15
1.01
1.05
1.11
Notes:
- up to 50 tables with different temperatures can be entered here.
- It is recommended to match the PVT at least at the the bubble point pressure with
the corresponding oil formation volume factor and viscosity.
PVT matching
Select | Done to return to the PVT entry screen.
Now select | Regression | Match All and then | OK | Parameters to view the results of
the regression:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
989
990
PROSPER
Now select | Done and save the file to secure all the changes made.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
991
In order to enter the well test data, simply select | Matching | Matching | VLP/IPR
(Quality-Check) and populate the screen as below:
The screen is divided into 3 sections: upper, middle and bottom.
The upper section of the screen contains different buttons that can be categorized in
two groups: the data processing button on the left and the task buttons
The middle section contains the well test data and the bottom section of the screen
contains in written form a well test matching procedure that has been successfully
tested over and over again. This is the recommended well test matching procedure.
One can enter up 1000 well tests in this screen.
After entering the well test data, one needs to select the test of interest for the
analysis.
To select a test, click on the row number that starts at the beginning of each test
entry, left of the column " Test Point Date". The selected test number then turns
blue.
Well test data
Parameter
Test date (optional):
Test Comment (optional):
Well Head Flowing Pressure:
Flowing Tubing Head Temperature:
Water Cut:
Liquid Rate:
Measured Gauge depth:
Measured Gauge pressure:
Static Reservoir Pressure @
perforation:
Produced Gas-Oil Ratio:
Value
01/01/2010
Main Flow Test
250 psig
158.5 degF
30%
8290 stb/d
7000 ft
2335 psig
top 3800 psig
600 scf/stb
992
PROSPER
Notes:
- The approach to follow is documented at the bottom of the screen under"Matching
Procedure".
- For oil wells, always set the GOR free to 0 scf/stb and simply enter the total
produced GOR in the Gas Oil Ratio column. PROSPER will use the PVT model to
work out how much gas is free and how much gas is dissolved in the liquid phase at
any P & T conditions.
- We will use the Task buttons located on the top right corner of the screen, from
the left to the right to solve this well test matching exercise.
3.1.20.3.4.2 Estimate the U-value
In a design case, the U-value can be estimated using the full enthalpy balance
model.
Because a well test is available, we will use the well test data to back calculate the
overall heat transfer coefficient.This is what we are going to do next.
For this simply select the task button "Estimate U Value" and the following message
will appear:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
993
The program has estimated and displayed the heat transfer coefficient on the basis
of the well test data selected.
Under the assumption that the well test data are valid, select | OK and you will be
asked if you whish to replace the previous U-value in the model with this new one.
With YES, the new U-value is taken as input for the model. The previous value is in
fact overwritten.
Here we will select YES and then the U-value is then transferred:
Select | OK to continue with the next task button, the "Correlation Comparison".
3.1.20.3.4.3 Correlation Comparison
994
PROSPER
- quality check the well test results. For instance if none of the correlation came
close to the well test, it might be worth checking the reliability of the well test data
themselves.
In most cases with oil wells, the Fancher-Brown correlation and the Duns & Ros
modified multiphase correlation define the operating envelope of a tubing. Therefore,
those 2 correlations will be selected along with a few generally reliable correlations
like Petroleum Experts 2.
To proceed, select the task button "Correlation Comparison" and then | OK | and
here select a few correlations for comparison.
Afterwards, select | Calculate | Calculate | Plot and this is what can be seen:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
995
Conclusion: One can see that the test point lies outside of the solution envelope.
This can happen for various reasons and it is the engineer's task to find out exactly
what are the possible reasons behind this behaviour.
In this particular case, we shall recall that the bubble pint pressure of the fluid at
reservoir temperature is 2500 psig.
The reservoir pressure is currently 3800 psig. This means that the oil is still undersaturated at reservoir conditions. Therefore the produced GOR must be equal to
initial solution GOR of 400 scf/stb.
Let us return with | Finish | done and correct the GOR to 400 scf/stb:
996
PROSPER
Changing (i.e. correcting) the produced GOR will change the mass flow rate in the
tubing and consequently change the heat loss in the surroundings of the well.
Therefore, the U-value need to re-estimated and updated with | Estimate U Value |
OK | Yes | OK.
Now select | Correlation Comparison | OK | Calculate | Calculate | OK | Plot, this is
how the gradient now looks like:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
997
Now one can clearly see that the test point has moved inside the solution envelope:
between Fancher-Brown on the left and Duns & Ros on the right.
We can also see that the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation is very close to the test
point.
On the basis of this observation, we will select the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation
moving forward.
Select | Main to return to the VLP/IPR Matching screen to fine-tune the Petroleum
Experts 2 correlation against the well test data. The emphasis here is fine-tune
because a heavy correction is not desired.
3.1.20.3.4.4 VLP matching
Now select | Match VLP and select only the correlation of interest to proceed.
Select | Match to trigger the non-linear regression that applies a gravity and a friction
correction coefficient to the selected multiphase correlation.
The parameter 1 is the gravity term multiplier whereas the parameter 2 is the friction
term multiplier. Ideally, both should equal to unity and one can see here that both
multipliers are very close indeed to unity.
998
PROSPER
We can see in this example that both parameters are very close to unity: this means
that the well test is consistent with model and that the selected multiphase
correlation is suitable for this particular well.
Now select | Done to return to the previous menu.
3.1.20.3.4.5 VLP / IPR matching
In order to perform the VLP/IPR matching, simply select the task button "VLP / IPR"
and then | Calculate:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
999
PROSPER computes VLP and IPR using the well test data as input.
On the bottom right of the screen, the simulated solution rate and solution BHFP are
displayed along with the test rate and test bottom hole flowing pressure.
Note that "Test BHP" is the gauge pressure corrected to the well datum depth using
the VLP correlation selected.
With | Plot, this is what can be seen:
1000
PROSPER
One can read that the difference between measured and simulated rate is nearly
5%.
For real cases, 5% difference between measured and simulated rate may be seen
as acceptable. However, we will try to improve the model.
Let us summarize:
A well model is the combination of PVT, VLP and IPR.
The PVT has been calibrated, The VLP also have been calibrated. Hence any error
will be confined to the IPR.
There are multiple IPR variables that can help conclude the exercise: reservoir
pressure, permeability, skin, ....
In the following, we will assume that the estimation of the reservoir pressure was not
reliable.
Hence, we will find the reservoir pressure required to match the well test. This can
be done manually in iterative fashion or automatically.
We will adjust the reservoir pressure automatically. For this, select | Finish | Done to
get back to the well test data entry screen.
Now select the task button "Adjust IPR" and the following screen will appear:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1001
Now select the well test of interest by checking "Test 1 on 01/01/2010 (Main Flow
Test)" in the first column.
1002
PROSPER
Now select | OK and a search algorithm will compute the reservoir pressure that will
match the well test:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1003
1004
PROSPER
Now with the task button "VLP / IPR", and then | Calculate and | Plot this is how the
match now looks like:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1005
250 psig
30%
400 scf/stb
3000, 3500, 3800, 4000 & 4500 psig
2.441, 2.992, 3.992, 4.5 & 4.9 inches
In order to analyse the cases described above, one will perform sensitivity run on the
parameters listed above. For this, select | Calculation | System |3 Variable and make
the following choice:
1006
PROSPER
Note that the matched VLP correlation now appears with 2 numbers appended to it:
1.00 and 0.97 The first number (1.00) is the gravity multiplier whereas the second
number (0.97) is the friction multiplier.
Now select | Continue and select the remaining sensitivity variables of interest:
reservoir pressure and tubing ID
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1007
One shall proceed with | Continue and you are asked to specify to which section of
the well the diameter changes applies to:
1008
PROSPER
Please select | Continue and | Calculate | OK and then | Plot | System Plot:
An alternative way of plotting the results is now to select | Finish | Sensitivities and
here select the variables of interest:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1009
This is how the plot of the oil rate versus tubing internal diameter at various reservoir
pressure looks like:
1010
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
Parameter
Test date (optional):
Test Comment (optional):
Well Head Flowing Pressure:
Down hole Injection Temperature:
Water Cut:
Water Injection Rate:
Measured Gauge depth:
Measured Gauge pressure:
Static Reservoir Pressure @
perforation:
Gas-Oil Ratio [ Not Used]:
GOR Free [ Not used]:
1011
Value
01/01/2010
Main Flow Test
1250 psig
80 degF
100%
11000 stb/d
7500 ft
4350 psig
top 3580 psig
0 scf/stb
0 scf/stb
3.1.21.3Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of
the problem:
- Recall the PROSPER model for the water injection well created in Tutorial 9 (
Tutorial_09.out)
- Review the PROSPER model
- Quality-check and calibrate the PROSPER model against the well test data
- Select the appropriate VLP correlation
- Superimpose the IPR curve
- Use the model to run sensitivity injection pressure.
3.1.21.3.1 Open the PROSPER file
Select | File | Open, locate and open the file "Tutorial_09.out" in the sample
directory.
1012
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1013
If comprehensive PVT properties for the injected water are available, then one can
enter the data in the tables section of the PVT screen and PROSPER will use them.
Caution is in order when using tables: the tables must cover all possible expected
operation conditions of pressure and temperature!
Now select | Done and save the file to secure all the changes made so far.
1014
PROSPER
- Fourth, find the IPR model / parameters that will reasonably reproduce the well test
results.
After completing the first step, proceed with the well test data entry.
3.1.21.3.4.1 Well Test Data Entry
Value
01/01/2010
Main Flow Test
1250 psig
80 degF
100%
11000 stb/d
7500 ft
4350 psig
top 3580 psig
0 scf/stb
0 scf/stb
In order to enter the well test data, simply select | Matching | Matching | VLP/IPR
(Quality-Check) and populate the screen as below:
The screen is divided into 3 sections: upper, middle and bottom.
The upper section of the screen contains different buttons that can be categorized in
two groups: the data processing button on the left and the task buttons
The middle section contains the well test data and the bottom section of the screen
contains in written form a well test matching procedure that has been successfully
tested over and over again. This is the recommended well test matching procedure.
When one intends to analyse a particular test, one needs to select this test point by
clicking on the row number that starts at the beginning of each test entry, left of the
column " Test Point Date". The selected test number then turns blue.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1015
Notes:
- The approach to follow is documented at the bottom of the screen under"Matching
Procedure".
- This is an injection well with 100% water cut. Therefore, the parameters Gas Oil
Ratio and GOR free are totally irrelevant.
- We will primarily use the Task buttons located on the top right corner of the
screen, from the left to the right to solve this well test matching exercise.
3.1.21.3.4.2 Estimate the U-value
In a design case, the U-value can be estimated using the full enthalpy balance
model.
Alternatively, when a well test is available, one can use the well test data to back
calculate the overall heat transfer coefficient.This is what we are going to do next.
For this simply select the task button "Estimate U Value" and the following message
will appear:
1016
PROSPER
The program has estimated and displayed the heat transfer coefficient on the basis
of the well test data selected.
Under the assumption that the well test data are valid, select | OK and you will be
asked if you whish to replace the previous U-value in the model with this new one.
With YES, the new U-value is taken as input for the model. The previous value is in
fact overwritten.
Here we will select YES and then the U-value is then transferred:
Select | OK to continue with the next task button, the "Correlation Comparison".
3.1.21.3.4.3 Correlation Comparison
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1017
- quality check the well test results themselves. For instance if none of the correlation
came close to the well test, it might be worth checking the reliability of the well test
data themselves.
This is single phase system where all correlations are expected to yield the same
results. Therefore, any major deviation between simulated pressure and measured
pressure would be due either to the model inputs or the test data and possibly a
combination of both: model inputs and well test data.
To proceed, select the task button "Correlation Comparison" and then | OK | and
here select a few correlations for comparison.
1018
PROSPER
In order to fine-tune the VLP, simply select the task button "Match VLP" and the
following screen appear:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1019
Select | All to select and then | All again to deselect all correlations.
Now, having identified earlier the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation, we can can simply
select the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation only and then click on | Match.
The parameter 1 is the gravity term multiplier whereas the parameter 2 is the friction
term multiplier. Ideally, both should equal to unity and one can see here that both
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
1020
PROSPER
In order to perform the VLP/IPR matching, simply select the task button "VLP / IPR"
and then | Calculate:
PROSPER computes VLP and IPR using the well test data as input.
On the bottom right of the screen, the simulated solution rate and solution BHFP are
displayed along with the test rate and test bottom hole flowing pressure.
Note that "Test BHP" is the gauge pressure corrected to the well datum depth using
the VLP correlation selected.
With | Plot, this is what can be seen:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1021
One can read that the difference between measured and simulated rate is large. The
question then arises: what is the source of this difference?
Let us summarize:
A well model is the combination of PVT, VLP and IPR.
The water PVT has been entered, The VLP also have been sensibly calibrated.
Hence any error will be confined to the IPR.
There are multiple IPR variables that can help conclude the exercise: reservoir
pressure, permeability, skin, and so on.
In the following, we will assume that the skin has changed.
Hence, we will adjust the skin to match the well test. This can be done manually in
iterative fashion of automatically.
For this select | Finish | IPR | Input Data | Mech / Geom Skin and raise the skin to
15!
1022
PROSPER
There may be a need to expand the validation range for skin values to 1000 for
instance.
In any case, once the skin of 15.5 has been successfully entered, select | Done |
Done | Done and | Calculate again to recompute the VLP and IPR.
This is how the plot now looks like:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1023
The plot clearly shows that an acceptable match is achieved by multiplying the skin
by a factor of more than 7. We have increased the skin from 2 to 15.5.
A transient well test will be required to prove the uniqueness of this approach.
Water injection physics
When injecting cold water in a generally hotter reservoir, a few phenomena take
place:
- inside the reservoir, the temperature is lower in the vicinity of the injection point.
- the lower temperature affects the water formation volume factor and the water
viscosity and hence the water mobility.
- the change in water mobility will impact the water injectivity.
- the lower temperature will also affect the stress around the injection point and may
lead to thermal fracturing.
- the chemical composition of the injection water may not be compatible with the
reservoir water.
All this can lead to thermo-fracturing, scale deposition, viscous fingering, souring,
and so on.
These phenomena are best studied with REVEAL, the specialized reservoir
simulator developed by Petroleum Experts.
Select | Main and save the file to secure all changes made.
1024
PROSPER
1750 psig
3000 psig
80 degF
In order to analyse the case described above, one will perform sensitivity run on the
parameters listed above. For this, select | Calculation | System |3 Variable and make
the following choice:
Note that the matched VLP correlation now appears with 2 numbers appended to it:
1.00 and 0.97 The first number (1.00) is the gravity multiplier whereas the second
number (0.97) is the friction multiplier.
Now select | Continue and select the remaining sensitivity variables of interest:
reservoir pressure and tubing ID
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1025
Please select | Continue and | Calculate | Ok and this is what will be seen:
1026
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1027
1028
PROSPER
Value
0.6 (Air = 1)
250 psig
0 stb/MMscf
50 API
0 stb/MMscf
10000 ppm
0%
60 degF
Value
01/01/2010
Main Flow Test
2500 psig
93 degF
0 stb/MMscf
0 stb/MMscf
35.3 MMscf/d
7500 ft
2876 psig
2800 psig
3.1.22.3Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of
the problem:
- Recall the PROSPER model built in tutorial 10
- Review the PROSPER model
- Quality-check and calibrate the PROSPER model against the injection well test
data
- Select the appropriate VLP correlation
- Superimpose the IPR curve
- Use the model to run sensitivity injection pressures.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1029
1030
PROSPER
Value
0.6 (Air = 1)
250 psig
0 stb/MMscf
50 API
0 stb/MMscf
10000 ppm
0%
Now select | Done and save the file to secure all the changes made so far.
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1031
Value
01/01/2010
Main Flow Test
2500 psig
93 degF
0 stb/MMscf
0 stb/MMscf
35.3 MMscf/d
7500 ft
2876 psig
top 2800 psig
1032
PROSPER
In a design case, the U-value can be estimated using the full enthalpy balance
model.
Alternatively, when a well test is available, one can use the well test data to back
calculate the overall heat transfer coefficient.This is what we are going to do next.
For this simply select the task button "Estimate U Value" and the following message
will appear:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1033
The program has estimated and displayed the heat transfer coefficient on the basis
of the well test data selected.
Under the assumption that the well test data are valid, select | OK and you will be
asked if you whish to replace the previous U-value in the model with this new one.
With YES, the new U-value is taken as input for the model. The previous value is in
fact overwritten.
Here we will select YES and then the U-value is then transferred:
Select | OK to continue with the next task button, the "Correlation Comparison".
3.1.22.3.4.3 Correlation Comparison
1034
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1035
In order to fine-tune the VLP, simply select the task button "Match VLP" and the
following screen appear:
1036
PROSPER
Select | All to select and then | All again to deselect all correlations.
Now, having identified earlier the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation, we can can simply
select the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation only and then click on | Match.
The parameter 1 is the gravity term multiplier whereas the parameter 2 is the friction
term multiplier. Ideally, both should equal to unity and one can see here that both
multipliers are very close indeed to unity.
Now select | Done to return to the previous menu.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1037
In order to perform the VLP/IPR matching, simply select the task button "VLP / IPR"
and then | Calculate:
PROSPER computes VLP and IPR using the well test data as input.
On the bottom right of the screen, the simulated solution rate and solution BHFP are
displayed along with the test rate and test bottom hole flowing pressure.
Note that "Test BHP" is the gauge pressure corrected to the well datum depth using
the VLP correlation selected.
With | Plot, this is what can be seen:
1038
PROSPER
One can read that the difference between measured and simulated rate is less than
1% and can be considered acceptable.
If the error was larger, then the question would have been: what would be at that
stage the source of a large difference?
Let us summarize:
A well model is the combination of PVT, VLP and IPR.
This is dry gas. Black oil correlations work fine for dry gase.
The VLP correlations have been sensibly calibrated. Hence any error would be
confined to the IPR.
There are multiple IPR variables that could then help conclude the exercise:
reservoir pressure, permeability, skin, and so on.
The key lesson here is: the sequential approach in analyzing the PVT first, then the
VLP and finally the IPR enables the user to confine possible inconsistencies in the
model / data to a particular component: PVT, VLP or IPR.
Select | Main and save the file to secure all changes made.
3.1.22.3.4.6 Performing Sensitivity runs
3500 psig
3000 psig
May, 2009
Examples Guide
Reservoir temperature:
1039
80 degF
In order to analyse the case described above, one will perform sensitivity run on the
parameters listed above. For this, select | Calculation | System |3 Variable and make
the following choice:
Note that the matched VLP correlation now appears with 2 numbers appended to i.
Now select | Continue and select the remaining sensitivity variables of interest:
reservoir pressure and temperature.
1040
PROSPER
Please select | Continue and | Calculate | Ok | Plot | System plot and the following
plot shows:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1041
1042
PROSPER
3000 psig
80 %
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
Variable
Value
0.8
N2 mole percent:
1043
30 000 stb/d
10 MMscf/d
200 psig
200 psig
1500 psig
1500 psig
50 psig
80%
250 ft
0.46 psi/ft
25 %
of
Total GOR:
De-rating
valves:
last 0 psi
400
Percentage
Valve type:
for 100%
Casing sensitive
Injection point:
Dome
Pressure
correction Yes
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
1044
PROSPER
Petroleum Experts 2
Yes
Calculated dP @ orifice
De-Rating
orifice:
Percentage
for 100%
Camco - R20 / Normal
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1045
Value
0.8
N2 mole percent:
1046
PROSPER
GLR injected:
0 scf/stb (default)
3000 psig
80 %
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1047
1048
PROSPER
30 000 stb/d
10 MMscf/d
200 psig
200 psig
1500 psig
1500 psig
50 psig
80%
250 ft
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
0.46 psi/ft
25 %
of
Total GOR:
De-rating
valves:
1049
last 0 psi
400
Percentage
Valve type:
for 100%
Casing sensitive
Injection point:
Dome Pressure
above 1200 psig:
correction Yes
Petroleum Experts 2
Yes
Calculated dP @ orifice
De-Rating
orifice:
Percentage
for 100%
Camco - R20 / Normal
To start the gas lift design, select | Design | Gas lift | New Well and populate the
screen as shown below:
1050
PROSPER
In order to proceed, select | Continue | Get Rate and the following plot is generated
with | OK | Plot:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1051
This performance curve is used by the gas lift design algorithm to define the oil rate
the design will aim to produce.
3.1.23.3.5 Performing the gas lift design
In order to perform the GL design, exit the well performance curve plot (Oil Rate
versus Gas Injected) with | Finish and the select | Design:
1052
PROSPER
After a while, the design is completed and the results can be visualized with the |
Plot tab in the lower half of the screen:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1053
P min represents the minimum pressure drop that could be achieved at a defined depth during
unloading (when injecting at that defined depth).
In other words, as gas lift is carried out and the pressure drop decreases, an optimal gas rate is
achieved before too much is injected allowing the pressure drop to increase due to the friction.
The P min point represents the minimum pressure achieved at the defined valve depth as the
optimal gas rate has been reached.
P max represents the maximum pressure drop that could be achieved at a defined depth during
unloading, it is the momentary maximum pressure value at the valve as it closes and the one below
opens.
For more details about the design, select | Finish | Results | Calculate:
1054
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1055
For further calculations, it will be assumed that a fixed depth of injection applies.
Therefore, the "Fixed Depth of Injection" gas lift method will be selected and the
orifice depth entered as bellow:
Afterwards, select | Done and save the file to secure all changes. This completes the
gas lift design.
3.1.23.3.7 System Calculation for a gas-lifted well
Next, sensitivity calculations on gas lift injection rate will be performed with the well
model created.
For this, select | Calculations | System (Vlp + Ipr) | 3 Variables and make the
following changes:
1056
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1057
Gas Lift Gas Injection Rate: 0, 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 5, 7 & 10 MMscf/d.
With | Continue | Calculate | OK | Plot | System Plot, the following shows:
1058
PROSPER
It can be very useful to plot the oil rate versus the gas lift gas injection rate. For this,
select | Finish | Sensitivity | Variables | Oil Rate Done:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1059
1060
PROSPER
200 scf/stb
Oil Gravity:
28 API
Gas Gravity:
0.6
Water Salinity:
100000 ppm
0%
1650 psig
1.098 rb/stb
Oil Viscosity:
2.5 cp
IPR data
Reservoir model:
PI entry
Reservoir pressure:
1800 psig
Reservoir temperature:
170 degF
Water Cut:
80%
Total GOR:
200 scf/stb
No
Relative permeability:
No
Productivity Index
1 stb/d/psi
Measured depth in ft
7500
7500
Down hole equipment data
Equipment
PROSPER Manual
Measured
Inside
Outside
Roughness in
May, 2009
Examples Guide
type
Depth in ft
Diameter
inches
in diameter
inches
Xmas
N/A
N/A
N/A
Tubing
7400
1.703
2.375
0.0006
Casing
7500
6.1
6.5
0.0006
1061
in inches
Geothermal gradient
Measured depth in ft
7500
170
1500 psig
Injection depth:
7000 ft
0.6 (Air = 1)
50 psig
32/64 inches
Water Cut:
80%
4500 ft
1062
PROSPER
From the main Prosper screen, select | Options | Options and make the following
changes:
Artificial lift - Method:
Gas lift
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
Solution GOR:
200 scf/stb
Oil Gravity:
28 API
Gas Gravity:
0.6
Water Salinity:
100000 ppm
0%
1063
In order to enter the match data, select | Match data and enter the fluid properties at
down hole conditions as shown below:
Bubble point pressure at 170 degF
1650 psig
1.098 rb/stb
Oil Viscosity:
2.5 cp
1064
PROSPER
In order to match the PVT correlation to the down hole PVT data, select | Done |
Regression | Match All | OK | Parameters:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1065
Ideally, Parameter 1, which is a multiplier, should be close to unity whereas the shift
(Parameter 2) is expected to be around nil.
Given the results of the regression, the Glaso correlation will be used for bubble
point, solution GOR and oil FVF whereas the Beal et all correlation will be selected
for the oil viscosity.
Select | Done | Done and this is how the PVT data entry screen looks like:
1066
PROSPER
Note: a flashing message should indicate that the PVT have been matched. It
should be ensured that the Glaso along with the Beal et al correlations have been
selected on this screen.
Select | Done to complete the fluid PVT data entry.
Equipment Data Entry
From the main PROSPER screen select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All |
Edit to start the equipment data entry with the deviation survey:
Measured depth in ft
7500
7500
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1067
Select | Done | Cancel to enter the down hole equipment described below:
Down hole equipment data
Equipment
type
Measured
Depth in ft
Inside
Diameter
Outside
in diameter
Roughness in
in inches
1068
PROSPER
inches
inches
Xmas
N/A
N/A
N/A
Tubing
7400
1.703
2.375
0.0006
Casing
7500
6.1
6.5
0.0006
Select | Done to proceed with the entry of the geothermal gradient and the overall
heat transfer coefficient:
Geothermal gradient
Measured depth in ft
70
7500
170
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1069
PI entry
Reservoir pressure:
1800 psig
Reservoir temperature:
170 degF
Water Cut:
80%
1070
PROSPER
Total GOR:
200 scf/stb
No
Relative permeability:
No
Productivity Index
1 stb/d/psi
To enter the well productivity index,select | Input Data in the the top right corner of
the screen:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1071
1072
PROSPER
1500 psig
Injection depth:
7000 ft
50 psig
32/64 inches
Water Cut:
80%
4500 ft
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1073
For the design of the unloading valves, 2 options are currently available in
PROSPER:
- the constant surface closing pressure method and
- the optiflow flow design procedure.
To use either valve design option, simply select | Valves and make the relevant
choice.
3.1.24.3.3 Constant Surface Closing Pressure design
When a well is not producing, then fluid accumulates inside the well bore.
For a gas lifted well, the tubing - annulus space through which gas lift is injected into
the tubing can be filled with liquid that covers the the injection valve. Therefore, in
order to kick-start the well, there is need to empty the annulus at least until the
injection orifice / valve is uncovered. This is process of unloading requires the
installation valves.
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
1074
PROSPER
One design method is the "constant surface closing pressure" design method. As the
name suggests, the unloading valves are set in such a way that they all close at the
same user-defined constant casing head pressure which is generally between 100
and 200 psi below the available surface injection pressure.
In order to design the unloading valves, select | Design | Intermittent Gas Lift Design
| Valves | Constant Surface Closing Pressure
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1075
Unloading gradient:
0.45 psi/ft
Spacing factor:
0.2 psi/ft
50 psig
7000 ft
The spacing factor corresponds to the minimum pressure gradient inside the tubing.
It depends upon flow rate and tubing size and generally varies between 0.04 psi/ft
and 0.2 psi/ft.
The valves depths are calculated and displayed along with the spacing pressure, the
closing and the injection pressure.
1076
PROSPER
0.45 psi/ft
Static BHFP:
1800 psig
50 psig
7000 ft
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1077
Once the input data have been entered, select | Calculate and the static liquid level
is calculated.
The method assumes a DP of 100 psi to open the valve.
The valves spacing lines are computed for 30% and 90% of the surface opening
pressure above the static liquid level.
Below the static liquid level, the spacing lines are drawn for 55 and 85% of the
surface opening pressure.
With | Plot, the following graph is displayed:
1078
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
3000 psig
80 %
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1079
Value
0.8
N2 mole percent:
10 MMscf/d
200 psig
200 psig
1500 psig
1500 psig
50 psig
80%
0.46 psi/ft
Total GOR:
400 scf/stb
30000 stb/d
Yes
Calculated dP @ orifice
1080
PROSPER
Petroleum Experts 2
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1081
Value
0.8
N2 mole percent:
Value
0.2 inches
Coiled
tubing
roughness:
Coiled
Tubing
Roughness:
1082
PROSPER
Note that in the event a coiled tubing gas lift has already been designed, then one
will simply populate this screen and then proceed with the system calculations.
Select | Done to complete this step.
3.1.25.3.3 Description of the IPR
Only two changes are required here: the reservoir pressure and the water valid for
the gas lift design.
Reservoir Pressure:
Water Cut:
3000 psig
80 %
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1083
1084
PROSPER
10 MMscf/d
200 psig
200 psig
2000 psig
2000 psig
50 psig
80%
0.46 psi/ft
Total GOR:
400 scf/stb
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
30000 stb/d
1085
Yes
Calculated dP @ orifice
Petroleum Experts 2
To start the coiled tubing (CT) gas lift design, select | Design | Coiled Tubing Gas lift
and populate the screen as shown below:
1086
PROSPER
This performance curve is used by the gas lift design algorithm to define the oil rate
the design will aim to produce.
3.1.25.3.5 Performing the CT gas lift design
In order to perform the coiled tubing (CT) Gas Lift design, exit the well performance
curve plot (Oil Rate versus Gas Injected) with | Finish and the select | Design:
After a while, the design is completed and the results can be visualized with the |
Plot tab in the lower half of the screen:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1087
Note that the bottom section of the screen displays the results of the design. The
results can be transferred to the
1088
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1089
Afterwards, select | Done and save the file to secure all changes. This completes the
gas lift design.
3.1.25.3.7 System Calculation for a CT gas-lifted well
Next, sensitivity calculations on gas lift injection rate will be performed with the well
model created.
For this, select | Calculations | System (Vlp + Ipr) | 3 Variables and make the
following changes:
1090
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1091
Gas Lift Gas Injection Rate: 0, 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 5, 7 & 10 MMscf/d.
With | Continue | Calculate | OK | Plot | System Plot, the following shows:
1092
PROSPER
It can be very useful to plot the oil rate versus the gas lift gas injection rate. For this,
select | Finish | Sensitivity | Variables | Oil Rate Done:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1093
1094
PROSPER
3000 psig
80 %
7000 ft
Operating Frequency:
60 Hertz
Maximum
Diameter:
Pump
Outer 6 inches
Length of cable:
7000 ft
0%
12 000 stb/d
Water Cut:
80%
Total GOR:
400 scf/stb
250 psig
0%
0%
Petroleum Experts 2
None
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1095
1096
PROSPER
May, 2009
Examples Guide
Reservoir Pressure:
Water Cut:
1097
3000 psig
80 %
1098
PROSPER
7000 ft
Operating Frequency:
60 Hertz
Maximum
Diameter:
Pump
Outer 6 inches
Length of cable:
7000 ft
0%
12 000 stb/d
Water Cut:
80%
Total GOR:
400 scf/stb
250 psig
0%
0%
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
Petroleum Experts 2
None
1099
To start the ESP design, select | Design | Electrical Submersible Pump and populate
the screen as shown below:
At design stage, it is recommended to start with not gas separation, assess the need
for gas separation using the the Dunbar Plot before making a decision.
3.1.26.3.5 Performing the ESP design
In order to perform the ESP design, select | Calculate | Calculate | OK:
1100
PROSPER
The screen above summarizes all the parameters required to choose a pump
system.
In order to assess the need for down hole gas separation, select | Sensitivity to
visualize the Dunbar plot:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1101
The Dunbar plot is an empirical relation that can be interpreted as follow: if the test
point is above the red curve, then down holw gas separation is not required.
Otherwise, down hole gas separation is recommended.
In this example, down hole separation is not needed.
Select | Finish | Done to return to the ESP design screen.
Now select | Design and select the Pump, the motor and the cable as below:
1102
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1103
1104
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1105
1106
PROSPER
The following aspects need to be considered when interpreting the VLP/ IPR plot for
an ESP-lifted well.
At the reference depth, the IPR is computed.
At the pump depth, the Pump Intake Pressure is computed
At the discharge of the pump, PROSPER compute the pump discharge pressure at
the pump depth.
The VLP is computed between the top node pressure and the discharge of the
pump.
Therefore, the solution rate is the intersection between pump discharge pressure
and VLP.
All plots can be visualized | Variables. Now select the pertinent curves as done
below:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1107
1108
PROSPER
It can be very useful to plot the oil rate versus the pump operating frequency. For this, select
| Finish | Sensitivity | Variables | Oil Rate Done:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1109
This example shows the pump operates inside the recommended envelope for all
conditions considered.
Select | Main to exit this screen.
This completes this tutorial.
3.1.26.3.7 Notes on system plot (VLP+IPR) for ESP-lifted wells
When an ESP is present in the well, the nodal analysis is carried out at the bottom of
the well rather than the bottom hole:
Naturally flowing production well:
For a naturally flowing well, the solution node is placed at the bottom hole which
results in the VLP accounting for the pressure drop from the wellhead to the
bottomhole.
1110
PROSPER
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1111
the ESP.This is effectively the well inflow corrected to the discharge of the pump.
Ultimately, the solution rate is the intersection between the VLP and the PDP.
1112
PROSPER
These plots then combine as seen by the light blue dashed line to give the resulting
IPR within which the ESP effects are felt.
To access the same plot within PROSPER, after running the system calculation,
select: PLOT | SYSTEM PLOT | VARIABLES, the pump intake and discharge
pressure can then be selected and displayed as shown below:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1113
3.1.27 Tutorial 27: Design of an Hydraulic Downhole Pump for an oil well
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T27_HSPDesign.OUT
The objectives of this example are to:
Use existing PVT and VLP data as the basis of a new analysis
Calculate pump intake and outlet pressures
Design an HSP system
Evaluate pump operating point sensitivities
1114
PROSPER
Water
10 000 ppm
3000 psig
80 %
7500 ft
8 inches
Turbine
OD:
PROSPER Manual
maximal
Allowable 8 inches
May, 2009
Examples Guide
7000 ft
15 000 stb/d
250 psig
Pump speed:
6000 rpm
Total GOR:
400 scf/stb
Percent Power
Reservoir Fluid:
Fluid
1115
Of 50 %
0%
Petroleum Experts 2
None
1116
PROSPER
Water
10 000 ppm
Select | PVT | Input Data and make the following entries for the power fluid:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1117
1118
PROSPER
3000 psig
80 %
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1119
1120
PROSPER
7500 ft
8 inches
Turbine
OD:
maximal
Allowable 8 inches
15 000 stb/d
80%
250 psig
Pump speed:
6000 rpm
Total GOR:
400 scf/stb
Percent Power
Reservoir Fluid:
Fluid
Of 50 %
0%
Petroleum Experts 2
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1121
None
To enter the design parameters, select | Design | Hydraulic Pump and populate the
entry cells as below:
1122
PROSPER
Now select | Done | Design and here select first the pump and then the turbine:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1123
1124
PROSPER
Select | Done.
From the design screen, one can perform directly a system calculation (Vlp + Ipr) to
verify the actual pump performance.
For this select | System | Continue | Reset All | Continue | Calculate | Ok | Plot |
System Plot:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1125
Complete the SRP design and select a suitable pump and rod string
combination.
1126
PROSPER
160 scf/stb
Oil Gravity:
25 API
Water salinity:
80000 ppm
Pb at 130 degF:
1300 psig
1.06 rb/sb
8.87 cp
Measured Depth in ft
3500
3500
Tubin Tubing
g OD Inside
Casin Casing
g ID
Inside
May, 2009
Examples Guide
Roughne
ss
Roughnes
s
1127
Roughnes
s
ft
inches
inches
inche inches
s
inche inches
s
Xmas
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Tubing
3500
2.441
0.0012
2.625 0.0012
6.3
0.0012
N/A
Measured Depth in ft
60
3500
130
The default average heat capacity values will be used for this tutorial.
3.1.28.2.3 Inflow Performance Relation
Inflow Performance Data
Reservoir model:
PI Entry
Reservoir pressure:
1500 psig
Reservoir Temperature:
130 degF
Water Cut:
80 %
Total GOR:
160 scf/stb
NO
Relative Permeability:
NO
Productivity Index:
0.25 stb/d/psi
Yes
Pump depth:
3500 ft
Pump Diameter:
2 inches
48 inches
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
1128
PROSPER
Pump Speed:
12 strokes / minutes
Steel Rods
Rod Number:
ROD99/04
Entered
0.8 (fraction)
Type:
Poor Boy
Annulus Area:
1.5 in2
Rod Grad:
Service Factor:
Non-corrosive
Entered
3500 ft
Conventional Clockwise
Yes
Pump
3500 ft
Volumetric 80%
75%
2"
48 "
Design
Input
Temperature:
Bottom
100 psig
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1129
1130
PROSPER
Solution GOR:
160 scf/stb
Oil Gravity:
25 API
Water salinity:
80000 ppm
In order to enter the fluid properties at non-standard conditions, select | Match Data
and populate the screen as follow:
Solution GOR:
160 scf/stb
Pb at 130 degF:
1300 psig
1.06 rb/sb
8.87 cp
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1131
1132
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1133
3500
3500
1134
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1135
On the surface equipment equipment screen, make sure that the the recommended
ELF choke model is selected.
For validation only, enter:
Temperature of Surroundings: 60 degF
Overall Heat Transfer Coefficicnet: 8 Btu/h/ft2/F.
Select | Done to proceed to the Downhole Equipment description screen:
Tubin Tubing
g OD Inside
Roughnes
s
Casin Casing
g ID
Inside
Roughnes
s
ft
inches
inches
inche inches
s
inche inches
s
Xmas
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Tubing
3500
2.441
0.0012
2.625 0.0012
6.3
0.0012
N/A
1136
PROSPER
60
3500
130
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1137
Select | Done and accept the default average heat capacities with | Default | Done.
Now select | Done to complete this step.
Anchored Tubing:
Yes
Pump depth:
3500 ft
Pump Diameter:
2 inches
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
1138
PROSPER
48 inches
Pump Speed:
12 strokes / minutes
Steel Rods
Rod Number:
ROD99/04
Entered
0.8 (fraction)
Type:
Cup Type
Annulus Area:
1.5 in2
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1139
Each input made here can be altered later during the design process if judged
necessary.
Note: A gas anchor is a bottom hole gas separator.
Select | Done to complete this step.
PI Entry
Reservoir pressure:
1500 psig
Reservoir Temperature:
130 degF
Water Cut:
80 %
Total GOR:
160 scf/stb
NO
Relative Permeability:
NO
Productivity Index:
0.25 stb/d/psi
1140
PROSPER
Select | Input Data and enter the productivity index of 0.25 stb/d/psi:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1141
1142
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1143
Now select | Continue | Continue | Calculate and the IPR pressure required to
produce 200 stb/d is calculated and displayed. It is 651.5 psig.
1144
PROSPER
200 stb/d
Rod Grad:
Service Factor:
Non-corrosive
3500 ft
Conventional Clockwise
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1145
Yes
Pump
3500 ft
Volumetric 80%
75%
2"
48 "
Design
Input
Temperature:
Bottom
100 psig
Select | Design | Sucker Rod Pump and enter the design data:
1146
PROSPER
One the data have been properly entered, select | Calculate to complete the design.
It is possible to run sensitivity on the rod with | Rod Sensitivity | Calculate and the
following screen shows:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1147
1148
PROSPER
100 psig
Water Cut:
80%
Total GOR:
160 scf/stb
Select | Continue and then select the variable "Pumping speed" with the following
values: 12, 14, 16, 18 & 20 strokes/minute
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1149
1150
PROSPER
One can see how the predicted flow rate increases with the pumping speed.
This completes this tutorial. Select | Main to exit the screen.
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1151
Tutorial29
4"
400TP1350
4.72 inches
4430 ft
500 rpm
2534 stb/d
34 in3
Pump Length :
Stator Pitch :
Specific Rotor OD :
Rotor Elements :
28.5433 ft
15.2756 inches
1.49606 inches
1
Below are the parameters that describe the performance curve of this specific pump:
Hydraulic Head in ft
4430
3000
1500
Shaft power in hp
110
83
50
In order to add a PCP to the PROSPER database, select | Design | Database | PCP
| Pumps | Add and enter the pump data as done below:
1152
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1153
Tutorial29
Rod 1
1
1.5
16
30602964
7.78E-06
(inches)
(inches)
(lb/ft)
(psi)
(1/deg F)
Select | Design | DataBase | Sucker Rods | Add and populate the screen as below:
1154
PROSPER
Should an invalid error message appears for the Young modulus value, then select |
Done | Cancel | Cancel | Units | Units and then extend the maximum value allowed
for the Young modulus to 15E10 psi:
Afterwards, select
PROSPER Manual
Examples Guide
1155
100 scf/stb
Oil Gravity:
13 API
Water salinity:
100000 ppm
0%
Glaso
Beal et al
Measured Depth in ft
0
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
1156
PROSPER
4000
4000
Tubin Tubing
g OD Inside
Roughnes
s
Casin Casing
g ID
Inside
Roughnes
s
ft
inches
inches
inche inches
s
inche inches
s
Xmas
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Tubing
4000
2.89
0.0012
3.5
0.0012
8.3
0.0012
Measured Depth in ft
60
4000
160
The default average heat capacity values will be used for this tutorial.
3.1.29.4.3 Inflow Performance Relation
Reservoir Model
Reservoir Pressure
Reservoir Temperature
Water Cut
Total GOR
Compaction Permeability Reduction Model:
Relative Permeability:
Productivity Index:
PI Entry
1900 psig
160 degF
80 %
100
No
No
2.5 stb/d/psi
3500 ft
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1157
Maximum OD:
7 inches
0%
0%
Design Rate:
2500 stb/d
Rod Number:
ROD99/04
Water cut:
80%
Total GOR:
100 scf/stb
100 psig
3500 ft
Pipe Correlation:
Tubing Correlation:
1158
PROSPER
100scf/stb
Oil Gravity:
13 API
Water salinity:
100000 ppm
0%
Glaso
Beal et al
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1159
4000
4000
1160
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1161
Tubin Tubing
g OD Inside
Roughnes
s
Casin Casing
g ID
Inside
Roughnes
s
ft
inches
inches
inche inches
s
inche inches
s
Xmas
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Tubing
4000
2.89
0.0012
3.5
0.0012
8.3
0.0012
1162
PROSPER
60
4000
160
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1163
1164
PROSPER
PI Entry
1900 psig
160 degF
80 %
100
No
No
2.5 stb/d/psi
Select Input Data to enter the well productivity index of 2.5 stb/d/psi:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1165
1166
PROSPER
3500 ft
Maximum OD:
7 inches
0%
0%
Design Rate:
2500 stb/d
Rod Number:
ROD99/04
Water cut:
80%
Total GOR:
100 scf/stb
100 psig
3500 ft
Pipe Correlation:
Tubing Correlation:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1167
1168
PROSPER
The next step is to select | Done | Design and then select the pump and the rod as
done below:
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1169
Select | Continue | Select the variable "Pump speed" and enter the sensitivity values
as done below:
1170
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1171
1172
PROSPER
Select | Finish to return to the previous menu where the numerical values of the
system calculation are displayed:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1173
Note that one can scroll through the various sensitivity variables and the screen is
update automatically.
Select | Main and this completes this tutorial.
1174
PROSPER
75 psig
Water Cut:
95%
Total GOR:
1500 scf/stb
Petroleum Experts 3
3.1.30.2Input Data
To model diluent injection in an oil well using PROSPER, the following data sets are
needed:
- Produced Fluid and diluent PVT data,
- Well equipment data
- Reservoir data
- Diluent injection depth and diluent injection rate
3.1.30.2.1 Produced Fluid & Diluent PVT
The properties of both produced fluid and diluent fluid are required.
Produced Fluid PVT:
Solution GOR:
150 scf/stb
Oil Gravity:
25 API
Water salinity:
70 000 ppm
0%
Glaso
Beal et al
10 API
1 rb/stb
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1175
0.3 cp
It should be noted that when available, a full description of the diluent fluid PVT at
different pressure and temperature can be entered as look-up table in PROSPER.
3.1.30.2.2 Well Equipment Data
Deviation Survey
Measured Depth in ft
8000
8000
Surface Equipment
NONE
Downhole Equipment
Tubin Tubing
g OD Inside
Roughnes
s
Casin Casing
g ID
Inside
Roughnes
s
ft
inches
inches
inche inches
s
inche inches
s
Xmas
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Tubing
8000
1.995
0.0006
2.375 0.0006
0.0006
N/A
Geothermal gradient
Measured Depth in ft
45
8000
185
1176
PROSPER
The default average heat capacity values will be used for this tutorial.
3.1.30.2.3 Inflow Performance Data
Reservoir Model
Reservoir Pressure
Reservoir Temperature
Water Cut
Total GOR
Compaction Permeability Reduction Model:
Relative Permeability:
Productivity Index:
PI Entry
2800 psig
185 degF
90 %
1500 scf/stb
No
No
2.7 stb/d/psi
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1177
150 scf/stb
Oil Gravity:
25 API
Water salinity:
70 000 ppm
0%
Glaso
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
1178
PROSPER
Beal et al
To enter the diluent properties, select | Properties in the bottom right corner of the
screen
Diluent Fluid PVT:
Specific gravity of diluent fluid:
10 API
1 rb/stb
0.3 cp
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1179
Because the the diluent lookup PVT contains a single point in a single table, the
program will use the same FVF and viscosity throughout.
If more points are entered, the algorithm will interpolate to find the viscosity and
formation volume factor of the diluent as function of pressure and temperature.
Select | Main to complete the data entry in the PVT section.
From the main menu select System | Equipment | All | Edit for the equipment data
entry:
Equipment Data - Deviation survey
Measured Depth in ft
8000
8000
1180
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1181
Tubin Tubing
g OD Inside
Roughnes
s
Casin Casing
g ID
Inside
Roughnes
s
ft
inches
inches
inche inches
s
inche inches
s
Xmas
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Tubing
8000
1.995
0.0006
2.375 0.0006
0.0006
N/A
1182
PROSPER
45
8000
185
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1183
1184
PROSPER
From the main PROSPER screen, select | System | Inflow Performance and make
the following entries:
Reservoir Model
Reservoir Pressure
Reservoir Temperature
Water Cut
Total GOR
Compaction Permeability Reduction Model:
Relative Permeability:
Productivity Index:
PI Entry
2800 psig
185 degF
90 %
1500 scf/stb
No
No
2.7 stb/d/psi
Select Input Data to enter the well productivity index of 2.7 stb/d/psi:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1185
1186
PROSPER
Diluent
Injection 6000 ft
10 values from 0 stb/d with 50 stb/d increment
Here a constant diluent injection of nil stb/d will be entered. This constant injection
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1187
rate will be overwritten when sensitizing in the variable diluent injection rate during
any subsequent calculation.
Likewise, the dilluent injection depth is a sensitivity variable during the system
calculations.
Select | Done to complete the model set-up.
3.1.30.4Calculating Sensitivites
To run system calculations, select Calculation | System (Ipr + Vlp) 3-Variable :
Well Head Flowing pressure:
75 psig
Water Cut:
95%
Total GOR:
1500 scf/stb
Petroleum Experts 3
1188
PROSPER
Select | Continue, choose the sensitivity variables and enter the following data:
Measured
depth:
Diluent
Injection 6000 ft, 6500 ft, 7000 ft, 7500 ft & 7800 ft
10 values from 0 stb/d with 50 stb/d increment
Select | Continue | Calculate | OK and then use the thumb buttons to review the
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1189
tabular results:
Select | Plot | System Plot to see the graphical solution (to zoom in on the plot, left
click and drag a box over the solution area):
1190
PROSPER
An alternative representation of the results would consist in displaying the flow rate
as function of diluent injection rate. For this, select | System | Sensitivity | Variables
amd make the following selections:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1191
1192
PROSPER
has reduced.
To improve well productivity, the a multiphase pump will be installed at the well head
to booster the production.
3.1.31.2Model Set Up
From the main menu click Options | Options and select the following options:
Artificial Lift Method:
Multiphase Pump
Type:
Framo Pumps
From the main menu select System | Inflow Performance and make the following
changes to the IPR data:
Reservoir Pressure
Water Cut
PROSPER Manual
2400
50
psig
Percent
May, 2009
Examples Guide
GOR:
1000
1193
scf/stb
1194
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1195
1196
PROSPER
Equally, the geothermal gradient needs to include a point at the well head depth of
1000 ft:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1197
1198
PROSPER
3.1.31.3Calculating Sensitivies
To run sensitivities on the selected pump for e.g. different reservoir pressures, water
cuts, etc., the System (Ipr + Vlp) 3-Variable calculation will be used that can be
selected via the Calculation menu option.
Enter the following data:
Top Node Pressure:
1000 psig
Water Cut:
50%
Total GOR:
1000
Rate Method:
User Selected
Linear Spacing
First value:
1000 stb/d
Last value:
20 000 stb/d
Number
20
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1199
This is how the screen looks like once the rates have been generated or populated by hand:
1200
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1201
Using the thumb buttons on the tabular results screen, one can observe that as the
power available increases the the flow rate increases. This is better demonstrated
with the | Sensitivity button and by selecting liquid rate under | Variables:
1202
PROSPER
multi-phase pump.
Different pumps can be evaluated by returning to the main PROSPER screen and
selecting System | MultiPhase Pumps then selecting a different pump from the
Current Pump drop-down dialogue box and re-running the system calculation to
evaluate well performance and multi-phase pump selection.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1203
3.1.32.2Input Data
The response of a gas lifted well depends upon:
- Fluid response (PVT),
- Reservoir response (IPR),
- Tubing response and
- Valve response.
The valve response depends upon valve characteristics and casing head pressure.
Changing operational circumstances can cause an unloading valve to open. When
an unloading valve opens, the lift gas will take the path of least resistance and enter
into the tubing at shallower depth. This will in turn reduce the efficiency of the gas lift.
For this reason, a different approach is suggested to analyse artificially lifted
systems in general, and gas lifted wells in particular. This approach is called the
"Quicklook technique" in PROSPER.
The purpose of the quicklook technique is to isolate the various components
affecting the well response, PVT, IPR, VLP and valve response so that individual
and cross-analysis can be conducted.
For this, independent pressure gradients are computed in opposite directions. In
case the test is fully consistent it should be possible to predict the well head flowing
pressure starting from the reservoir pressure and vice-versa. If the gradient from the
well head to the sandface is different from the the gradient from the sandface to the
well head, then the model is inconsistent with the test data. A rigorous and coherent
analysis needs to be performed to come up with the most logical and probable
explanation for such inconsistency.
3.1.32.2.1 PROSPER well model
This tutorial is built upon tutorial 23.
For the beginner, it is recommended to review tutorial 23 before continuing with this
one.
3.1.32.2.2 Well test results for Quicklook
A recent well test was conducted with the following results:
Flowing Well Head Pressure:
350 psig
171 degF
8530 stb/d
Water Cut:
80%
4 MMscf/d
1460 psig
32/64 inches
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
1204
PROSPER
6161 ft
Measured Depth in ft
Dome Pressure
in psig
Casing
Sensitive
2975
32
0.038
1228
Casing
Sensitive
4835
32
0.147
1195
Casing
Sensitive
5885
32
0.26
1178
350 psig
171 degF
8530 stb/d
Water Cut:
80%
May, 2009
Examples Guide
4 MMscf/d
1460 psig
32/64 inches
6161 ft
1205
Valve Type
Measured Depth in ft
Dome Pressure
in psig
Casing
2975
22
1228
0.038
1206
PROSPER
Sensitive
Casing
Sensitive
4835
22
0.147
1195
Casing
Sensitive
5885
22
0.26
1178
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1207
In this example, the static reservoir pressure was estimated to be 3500 psig at the
time the flow test was conducted.
Generate a Quicklook plot
In order to generate a quicklook plot, select | Calculate | Calculate | OK | Plot
and here is what shows:
1208
PROSPER
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1209
the total gas rate and this is how the inputs would then look like:
The gas injection rate is then 5.0176 MMscf/d. This is valid only under the
assumption that the liquid rate and the water cut are correct.
This is what the quicklook plot shows once the total gas production is reconciled with
the PVT:
1210
PROSPER
One can now read that the free GOR is o scf/stb and the solution GOR 400 scf/stb
as one would expect.
b) Find the deepest valve through which gas lift injection is possible by
iteration
Using the casing pressure, the gas gradient in the annulus is computed. This the
curve labeled "Casing Measured".
Using the flowing well head pressure, the flowing gradient in the tubing is computed,
This is the curve labeled "Tubing Measured".
At a gas lift injection point, the annulus pressure should be equal to the sum of
tubing pressure and pressure drop across the valve.
In the plot above, an injection depth of 6161 ft was assumed. At the assumed
injection depth, it can be seen that the pressure gradient in the annulus is lower that
the tubing pressure gradient. This is the reason why the message "INJECTION NOT
POSSIBLE" is displayed.
It can also be seen On the plot, it reads "injection not possible" at the assumed
injection depth because the measured casing pressure
One needs to check if it is possible to inject at the next shallower valve, that is at a
measured depth of 5885 ft:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1211
1212
PROSPER
One can see that the message "Injection is not possible" has disappeared. This
suggests that the valve at a depth of 5885 ft is likely open.
c) Matching the casing head pressure by iterating on the orifice size
One can see that the theoretical casing head pressure does not match the
measured casing head pressure. To match the measured casing head pressure, one
can iterate on the orifice size. In this example, an equivalent orifice size of 54/64 inch
does the job:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1213
1214
PROSPER
d) Find the IPR parameter (reservoir pressure, permeability, skin, and so on)
that can be modified to reasonably predict the well head flowing pressure
starting from the reservoir pressure.
Now any unknown is confined to the IPR section. In this specific case, two possible
solutions can be explored: change the well productivity index or the reservoir
pressure. In this case, the reservoir pressure will be used as tuning parameter.
In reality, the user will have to judge which parameter is suitable to be used as tuning
parameter.
From the quicklook plot, select | Done | Done | Down Hole and then enter a reservoir
pressure of 3660 psig at 8000 ft measured depth:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1215
Afterwards, select | Done | Calculate | Calculate | OK | Plot and this is how the
quicklook plot now looks like:
1216
PROSPER
One can clearly see that a match is achieved. The engineer will need to confirm the
findings with additional information.
This completes this tutorial.
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1217
Value
250 psig
174 dgeF
9750 stb/d
90%
Unknown - estimated to be less than
4000 psig
250 scf/stb
7000 ft
55 Hertz
7000 ft
0% - no separator installed
49
0
2170 psig
3300 psig
optional
optional
optional
3.1.33.3Strategy
The overall strategy to analyse the performance of an ESP-lifted well can be broken
down in three phases:
Phase 1: Build a PROSPER model if this is not already done
Phase 2: Collect and critically analyse the well test data
Phase 3: Reconcile well test data with model
Phase 4: Use model to run scenarios, to optimize well performance.
3.1.33.3.1 Phase 1: Build a PROSPER model
For this tutorial, a PROSPER model has already been built. It is the PROSPER file
"Tutorial_26.out".
We will load the PROSPER file "Tutorial_26.out" and save it as "Tutorial_33.out".
3.1.33.3.2 Phase 2: Collect and analyse well test data
Here are the well test data reported:
1218
PROSPER
Parameter
Tubing Head Pressure:
Well Head Flowing Temperature:
Liquid Rate:
Water cut:
Static Reservoir Pressure:
Produced GOR:
Measured Pump depth:
Operating frequency during test:
Length of cable:
Gas separation
Number of stages
Pump wear factor:
Gauge pressure at pump inlet:
Gauge pressure at pump discharge:
Current used:
Surface voltage:
Power at surface:
Value
250 psig
174 dgeF
9750 stb/d
90%
Unkown - estimated to be less than 4000
psig
250 scf/stb
7000 ft
55 Hertz
7000 ft
0% - no separator installed
49
0
2170 psig
3300 psig
optional
optional
optional
Given the fact that the bubble point pressure is 2500 psig and the reservoir pressure
is estimated to be above 2500 psig, then the produced GOR must be equal to the
solution GOR of 400 scf/stb.
Therefore, for the analysis the following test data set will be used:
Parameter
Tubing Head Pressure:
Well Head Flowing Temperature:
Liquid Rate:
Static Reservoir Pressure:
Produced GOR:
Measured Pump depth:
Operating frequency during test:
Length of cable:
Gas separation
Number of stages
Pump wear factor:
Gauge pressure at pump inlet:
Gauge pressure at pump discharge:
Current used:
Surface voltage:
Power at surface:
PROSPER Manual
Value
250 psig
174 dgeF
9750 stb/d
Unknown - estimated to be less than
4000 psig
400 scf/stb
7000 ft
55 Hertz
7000 ft
0% - no separator installed
49
0
2170 psig
3300 psig
optional
optional
optional
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1219
1220
PROSPER
Parameter
Tubing Head Pressure:
Well Head Flowing Temperature:
Liquid Rate:
Water Cut:
Static Reservoir Pressure:
Value
250 psig
174 dgeF
9750 stb/d
90%
Unknown - estimated to be less than
4000 psig
Produced GOR:
400 scf/stb
Measured Pump depth:
7000 ft
Operating frequency during test:
55 Hertz
Length of cable:
7000 ft
Gas separation
0% - no separator installed
Number of stages
49
Pump wear factor:
0
Gauge pressure at pump inlet (7000 ft):
2170 psig
Gauge pressure at pump discharge (7000 3300 psig
ft):
Current used:
optional
Surface voltage:
optional
Power at surface:
optional
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1221
Now select | Calculate | Calculate | Plot and the following pressure traverses are
displayed:
1222
PROSPER
In the quicklook pressure traverses are calculated from top to bottom and viceversa. If the assumptions regarding well and ESP conditions (e.g. pump frequency,
wear factor, water cuts, wellhead pressure, IPR etc.) are correct, the two calculated
traverses will overlay. In addition, an energy balance is performed across the
electrical system allowing surface voltage and power to be calculated and compared
to measured data.
In the plot above, a few key points need to inspected: pump duty, multiphase
correlation and inflow performance relationship.
Test Analysis
The pump duty is the difference between the discharge pressure and the inlet
pressure of the pump. In the plot above, one can see that the top down traverse
matches the pump inlet pressure and the pump outlet pressure indicating that:
- the selected multiphase correlation remains valid for the analysis
- the theoretical and measured pump duty are identical, indicating that the pump is
performing according to the published pump performance curve.
- however, the bottom-up pressure traverse does not match the to-down pressure
traverse. Specifically, the predicted WHFP is higher than the measured one. This
indicates that either the reservoir pressure is either too high or the productivity index
is too high.
In this particular case, it was suspected that the reservoir pressure of 4000 psig was
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1223
overestimated.
Therefore, one can iterated on the reservoir pressure to match the well test. In this
particular case, a reservoir pressure of 3800 psig does the job:
1224
PROSPER
Now select | Continue | and select the pump operating and reservoir pressure as
sensitivity variable:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1225
Now proceed with | Continue | Calculate | OK | Plot | System Plot and the following plot is
shown:
1226
PROSPER
This example shows that the well can produce up to 13370 stb/d if the frequency is
increased to 70 Hertz.
In order to see the pump plot, select | OK | Solution Details | Pump Plot
Below is what the pump plot shows. It indicates at 70 Hz, the pump would still be operating
within its recommended operating envelope:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1227
1228
PROSPER
8000 rpm.
3.1.34.2Well Test Data
The following well test data have been recorded:
Parameter
Tubing Head Pressure:
Well Head Flowing Temperature:
Liquid Rate:
Water Cut:
Static Reservoir Pressure:
Produced GOR:
Measured Pump depth:
Operating speed during test:
Power Fluid Rate:
Number of stages
Pump wear factor:
Gauge pressure at pump inlet:
Gauge pressure at pump discharge:
Number of turbine stages:
Value
350 psig
182 dgeF
14 500 stb/d
90%
Unknown - estimated to be less than 4000
psig
250 scf/stb
7500 ft
6000 rpm
7300 stb/d
84
0
N/A
N/A
109
3.1.34.3Strategy
The overall strategy to analyse the performance of an HSP-lifted well can be broken
down in three phases:
Phase 1: Build a PROSPER model if this is not already done
Phase 2: Collect and critically analyse the well test data
Phase 3: Reconcile well test data with model
Phase 4: Use model to run scenarios, to optimize well performance.
3.1.34.3.1 Phase 1: Build a PROSPER model
For this tutorial, a PROSPER model has already been built. It is the PROSPER file
"Tutorial_27.out".
We will load the PROSPER file "Tutorial_27.out" and save it as "Tutorial_34.out".
3.1.34.3.2 Phase 2: Collect and analyse well test data
Here are the well test data reported:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
Parameter
Tubing Head Pressure:
Well Head Flowing Temperature:
Liquid Rate:
Water Cut:
Static Reservoir Pressure:
Produced GOR:
Measured Pump depth:
Operating speed during test:
Power Fluid Rate:
Number of stages
Pump wear factor:
Gauge pressure at pump inlet:
Gauge pressure at pump discharge:
Number of turbine stages:
1229
Value
350 psig
182 dgeF
14 500 stb/d
90%
Unknown - estimated to be less than
4000 psig
250 scf/stb
7500 ft
6000 rpm
7300 stb/d
84
0
N/A
N/A
109
Given the fact that the bubble point pressure is 2500 psig and the reservoir pressure
is estimated to be above 2500 psig, then the produced GOR must be equal to the
solution GOR of 400 scf/stb.
3.1.34.3.3 Phase 3: Analyse and match test to well model
Preliminary considerations
For a naturally flowing well, the well response is the combination of:
- Fluid response (PVT),
- Reservoir response (IPR) and
- Tubing response (VLP correlation).
In the case of an artificially lifted well, a fourth component is added to the mix: the
response of the artificial lift system, here the Hydraulic Down Hole Pump.
Precisely because of this fourth component that complicates the analysis, a different
technique is proposed in PROSPER to trouble-shoot artificially lifted wells: the
Quicklook technique.
In order to use the Quicklook technique, a preferred multiphase correlation needs to
be selected. If the well test was conducted with down hole pressure measurements,
then the multiphase flow correlation selection can be made using the current well
test data.
If on the other hand no down hole pressure measurements are available then one
should select a a multiphase correlation like Petroleum Experts 2 that was found to
be generally reliable in the past for the Quicklook analysis.
Procedure to analyse the well test
From the main screen of PROSPER, select | Matching | Quicklook and enter the well
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
1230
PROSPER
test data:
Parameter
Tubing Head Pressure:
Well Head Flowing Temperature:
Liquid Rate:
Water Cut:
Static Reservoir Pressure:
Produced GOR:
Measured Pump depth:
Operating speed during test:
Power Fluid Rate:
Number of stages
Pump wear factor:
Gauge pressure at pump inlet:
Gauge pressure at pump discharge:
Number of turbine stages:
Value
350 psig
182 dgeF
14 500 stb/d
90%
Unknown - estimated to be less than
4000 psig
400 scf/stb
7500 ft
6000 rpm
7300 stb/d
84
0
N/A
N/A
109
Note that the produced GOR was corrected to be consistent with fluid PVT and
estimated reservoir pressure. Therefore, the initial GOR of 400 scf/stb is to be used.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1231
Now select | Calculate | Calculate | Plot and the following pressure traverses are
displayed:
1232
PROSPER
In the quicklook pressure traverses are calculated from top to bottom and viceversa. If the assumptions regarding well and HSP conditions (e.g. pump frequency,
wear factor, number of stages, water cuts, wellhead pressure, IPR etc.) are correct,
the two calculated pressure traverses will overlay
Test Analysis
For the analysis of an HSP lifted well, one shall simultaneously inspect pump
performance, multiphase correlation and inflow performance relationship.
The pump performance can be evaluated by comparing the theoretical pressure gain
across the pump with the actual / recorded pressure gain across the very same
pump.
Such a comparison is easily performed if there are down hole gauges at the inlet and
the outlet of the pump. In this example, down hole pressure gauges are not
available.
By inspecting the the two pressure traverses, one can notice they are essentially
parallel. If one then assume that the top down pressure traverse is correct, then the
only option left to reconcile the traverses is to modify the IPR (reservoir pressure or
productivity index).
It was suspected that the reservoir pressure have dropped since production start and
is expected to be less than 4000 psig. Therefore, one can iterate on the reservoir
pressure to see if the well test can be matched with a reasonable static reservoir
pressure valid at the time of the well test. For this, we will reduce the reservoir
pressure to 3800 psig:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1233
Now select | Calculate | Calculate | OK | Plot and this is how the quicklook plot looks
like:
1234
PROSPER
One can see that a perfect match was achieved between top down and bottom-up
pressure traverse.
It essential to keep in mind that multiple solutions do exist. In this case, one can
match the well test by altering the skin or permeability for instance. The right
parameter to alter in order to match the well test is in the end a matter of engineering
judgment to be made by the engineer on the basis of his knowledge of the well and
the relevant operating circumstances.
350 psig
Water Cut:
90%
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
Total GOR:
400 scf/stb
Reservoir Pressure:
3800 psig
Pump speed:
8000 rpm
1235
Now select | Continue and select the variables "Pump Speed" and "Reservoir
Pressure" as done below:
1236
PROSPER
Now select | Continue | Calculate | Plot | System Plot to visualize the VLP/IPR plot
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1237
1238
PROSPER
Finally, in order to check the position of the solution point with respect to the
operating envelope of the pump, select | Done | Finish | Solution Details | Pump Plot:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1239
One can see that the solution rate of round 20500 stb/d is within the recommended
solution envelope of the pump.
This completes this tutorial.
D Unanchored Tubing
es
cri
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
1240
PROSPER
pti
on
Th
is
is
th
e
id
ea
lis
ed
sh
ap
e
of
th
e
dy
na
m
o
m
et
er
ca
rd
for
a
n
no
rm
all
y
fu
nc
tio
ni
ng
pu
m
p.
Pu
m
p
is
ful
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1241
l
of
liq
ui
d
wit
ho
ut
ga
s.
Le
ak
in
g
tra
ve
llin
g
va
lv
e
or
ex
ce
ssi
ve
pl
un
ge
r
sli
pp
ag
e
1242
PROSPER
Le
aki
ng
sta
nd
in
g
val
ve
Se
ve
re
flu
id
po
un
d,
w
ell
is
be
in
g
pu
m
p
off
.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1243
G
as
int
erf
er
en
ce
is
ca
us
in
g
lo
ss
of
eff
ec
tiv
e
pu
m
p
tra
ve
l
Pu
m
p
is
ta
pi
ng
at
th
e
bo
tto
m
of
str
ok
e
in
th
e
ca
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
1244
PROSPER
se
of
an
ch
or
ed
tu
bi
ng
.
In
th
e
ca
se
of
un
an
ch
or
ed
tu
bi
ng
,
pu
m
p
is
ta
pp
in
g
on
to
p
of
str
ok
es
.
These shapes are just basic as in the reality different effects may overlap.
Experience and knowledge of the specific operating conditions will be required to
make a successful diagnostic.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1245
PVT Data
A comprehensive lab report was made available and the experimental
lab results were calibrated using PVTp, the compositional fluid
characterization package developed by Petroleum Experts.
The output of the calibration is a *.PRP (Tutorial_36.prp) file that can be
imported directly into any Petroleum Experts' application.
*
* Petroleum Experts - PRP Export File
*
*
*Export File Signature
*#PetexPRP
*Export File Version
*#13
*
* !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! FILE DETAILS !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
* FILE NAME : K:\ipm700\samples\prosper\Tutorial_36.prp
* Exported : Thu Dec 04 10:50:02 2008
* !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
*
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
1246
PROSPER
*
* Equation Type 0 - Peng Robinson 1 - SRK
0
*
*
*
* Number of Components Number of Lumped Components - Set to 0 if
No Lumping Present
*
16 0
*
*
*
Mole
Critical
Critical
Accentric
Molecular
Specific
Critical
Volume
Boiling
Parachor
OmegaA
OmegaB
Costald
Costald Component
*
Percent Temperature
Pressure
Factor
Weight
Gravity
Volume
Shift
Point
Volume Accentric Fact Name
*
*
percent
degrees F
psig
lb/lb.mole
Gravity
l/kg.mole
degrees F
l/kg.mole
* ------------- --------------- --------------- --------------- --------------- ----------------------------- --------------- --------------- --------------- --------------- ----------------------------- --------------- --------*
0.31
-233.104
1.026
89.8001291
0.45724
0.077796
2.33
87.692
1.101
93.8998875
0.45724
0.077796
68.73
-116.518
0.415
99.200169
0.45724
0.077796
12.37
89.798
0.546
148.299879
0.45724
0.077796
5.01
206.006
PROSPER Manual
477.326
-0.154
89.8001291
1058.26
-0.1002
93.8998875
658.381
-0.16717
99.200169
693.651
0.069273
148.299879
602.683
0.039
28.01
-320.35
60.4
0.039 "N2"
0.239
44.01
-109.21
78
0.239 "CO2"
0.011
16.04
-258.79
70
0.011 "C1"
0.099
30.1
-127.39
115
0.099 "C2"
0.153
44.1
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1247
0.585
203.000158
-0.13183
-43.69
155
0.45724
0.077796
203.000158
0.153 "C3"
1.3
274.694
514.36
0.183
58.1
0.6
263.000094
-0.71272
10.85
181.5
0.45724
0.077796
263.000094
0.183 "IC4"
1.41
305.294
535.963
0.199
58.1
0.6
254.999728
-0.57098
31.19
200
0.45724
0.077796
254.999728
0.199 "NC4"
0.6
369.806
468.362
0.227
72.2
0.621
305.999799
-0.69747
82.13
225
0.45724
0.077796
305.999799
0.227 "IC5"
0.8
385.592
474.828
0.251
72.2
0.63
304.000176
-0.48056
96.89
245
0.45724
0.077796
304.000176
0.251 "NC5"
0.96
454.1
425.008
0.299
86.2
0.664
370.00023
-0.23354
155.75
282.5
0.45724
0.077796
370.00023
0.299 "C6"
1.03276
583.705
360.772
0.30732
118.205
0.79052
486.916699
-0.18516
261.852
360.825
0.45724
0.077796
477.350596
0.30732 "C7::C9"
1.44995
594.655
353.664
0.36964
142.317
0.81684
578.178308
-0.080134
337.995
421.4
0.45724
0.077796
544.415077
0.36964 "C10::C11"
1.20879
604.783
349.971
0.43639
168.371
0.84145
679.241379
-0.029496
415.245
481.994
0.45724
0.077796
648.30122
0.43639 "C12::C13"
0.64947
783.408
346.37
0.48768
191.102
0.85684
759.332441
0.00021805
470.658
531.406
0.45724
0.077796
741.171641
0.48768 "C14::C14"
0.94422
899.659
334.034
0.54138
214.677
0.87044
845.329353
0.030246
525.45
579.908
0.45724
0.077796
840.416135
0.54138 "C15::C16"
0.89482
977.545
300.577
0.6221
255.817
0.88834
976.793815
0.050498
603.266
659.778
0.45724
0.077796
1017.31693
0.6221 "C17::C20"
*
* Binary Interaction Coefficients
*
* Only non-zero BICs are exported and imported
*
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
1248
PROSPER
Surface Equipment
Equipmen Length in True
Pipe
t type
ft
Vertical
Outside
Depth in Diameter
ft
in inches
PROSPER Manual
Pipe
Inside
diameter
in inches
Roughnes
s
in
inches
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1249
Platform / N/A
Top node
N/A
N/A
N/A
Riser
2000
2000
10.75
10.5
0.0006
Tie Back
5000
1500
6.625
6.375
0.0006
N/A
N/A
N/A
St.
Steel 11500
(25%)
3.826
4.5
0.0006
Temperature Data
Air temperature: 60 degF
Humidity: 70%
Air velocity:0.1 ft/s
Formation temperature Gradient
Formation measured depth in ft
0
1500
2000
12000
1250
PROSPER
level in ft
0
1500
2000
degF
60
45
40
0.1
0.1
0.1
Drilling Hole
Depth Diamet
in ft
er
in
inches
Casing
Shoe
Depth
in ft
10000
12000
10000
12000
12
9
Casing
Outsid
e
Diamet
er
in
inches
10
7
Specifi
c
Casing
weight
in lb/ft
Top
Cemen
t Depth
in ft
Casing
Top
Depth
in ft
Mud
Density
in
lb/
gal
60
40
1500
1500
1500
1500
12
12
Porosit
y
in
fractio
n
N/A
Permea Rock
In-situ
bility in consist Fluid
mD
ency
Salinity
in ppm
N/A
N/A
N/A
0.25
50
consoli Gas
dated
N/A
100000
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1251
Petroleum Experts
6000 psig
255 degF
0 stb/MMscf
7940.38 scf/stb
No
Enter skin by hand
50 mD
50 ft
300 acres
31.6
0.354 ft
30 ft
1 days
0.25
0.25
Calculated
Total permeability
+5
1252
PROSPER
Launch PROSPER, select | Options | Options and make the following choices:
Fluid description - Type:
Retrograde Condensate
Equation Of State
Hydrates:
Enable Warning
Enthalpy Balance
Peng Robinson
Optimisation Mode:
Medium
Yes
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
Full Composition:
Yes
Allow Lumping:
No
Reference Temperature:
60 degF
Reference pressure:
0 psig
Advanced
1253
Second stage:
1254
PROSPER
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1255
PRP to download the PRP file "Tutorial_36.prp" located in the PROSPER samples
directory.
The following message would appear:
1256
PROSPER
Pressure Values
Afterwards, select | OK and enter the temperature range from 40 degF to 100 degF
in 10 steps.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1257
Select | Finish | Done | Done to complete the PVT data import and the hydrate curve
generation.
Equipment Data
In order to enter the equipment data, select | System | Equipment | All | Edit and
enter the deviation survey as shown below:
Deviation Survey
Measured Depth in ft
0
12000
1258
PROSPER
Pipe
Pipe Inside Roughne
Outside
diameter in ss
in
Diameter in inches
inches
inches
Platform
Manifold N/A
N/A
PROSPER Manual
N/A
N/A
May, 2009
Examples Guide
Riser
1259
Line
Pipe
2000
2000
10.75
10.5
0.0006
5000
1500
6.625
6.375
0.0006
Measured
Depth in ft
Xmas Tree
1500
N/A
N/A
N/A
3.826
4.5
0.0006
St.
(25%)
Steel 11500
1260
PROSPER
Equally tubing may be insulated with concrete, foam, bitumen or any other userdefined material.
Select | Done to enter the temperature data
Temperature Data
Air temperature: 60 degF
Humidity: 70%
Air velocity: 0.1 ft/s
60
1500
45
2000
40
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
12000
1261
255
60
0.1
1500
45
0.1
2000
40
0.1
1262
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
Casin
g
Outsi
de
Diam
eter
in
Speci
fic
Casin
g
weigh
t in lb/
ft
Top
Ceme
nt
Depth
in ft
Casin
g Top
Depth
in ft
Mud
Densi
ty in
lb/gal
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1263
inche
s
10000
12
10000 10
60
1500
1500
12
12000
8.5
12000 7
40
1500
1500
12
1264
PROSPER
Formati
on type
Salinity
in ppm
Fixed
Value
11900
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Sandston 12000
e
0.1
0.25
50
consolida Gas
ted
N/A
100000
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1265
Select | Main and save the file to secure all the parameters entered so far in the
model.
In order to describe the well inflow performance relationship, select | System | Inflow
relationship and make the following choices
IPR model:
Static Reservoir Pressure:
Reservoir Temperature:
Water Gas Ratio:
Total GOR:
Compaction Permeability Reduction model:
Skin model:
Petroleum Experts
6000 psig
255 degF
0 stb/MMscf
7940.38 scf/stb
No
Enter skin by hand
1266
PROSPER
Now select | Input Data and enter the reservoir parameters as done below:
Permeability:
Reservoir
Thickness
(True
thickness):
Drainage Area:
Dietz shape factor:
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius):
Perforation interval:
Time since production:
Reservoir porosity:
Connate water saturation:
Non-Darcy Flow Factor:
Permeability entered:
Mechanical skin:
PROSPER Manual
50 mD
stratigraphic 50 ft
300 acres
31.6
0.354 ft
30 ft
1 days
0.25
0.25
Calculated
Total permeability
+5
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1267
To enter the mechanical skin, select | Mech / Geom Skin and enter 5 as done
below:
1268
PROSPER
At this stage, it is good practice to generate and display the IPR. This is achieved by
selecting the | Calculate button:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1269
Select | Main and save the file to secure the data entries.
System calculation
This is a full enthalpy balance model with 16 components Peng-Robinson Equation
of State model. Therefore, it will be computationally intensive.
In order to perform the system calculation, select | Calculation | System | 3 Variables
and make the following choices:
Top Node Pressure:
1500 psig
0 stb/MMscf
Total GOR:
7940.38
1 day
Petroleum Experts 2
Solution Node:
Bottom node
Rate Method:
Automatic Linear
1270
PROSPER
Disallow
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1271
1272
PROSPER
The well would produce around 57 MMscf/d of gas and 7172 stb/d of oil..
The hydrate flag (H) shows for each flow rate. This means that hydrate mitigation
should be considered.
Below, 12 MMscf/d, the well would fall below the Turner stability criteria. This is
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1273
By selecting the node 60 for instance, the Taitel-Dukler flow regime map is displayed
with the severe slugging line :
1274
PROSPER
In this case, the operating point is beyond the severe slugging line. Select | Finish to
return to the Sensitivity - Pressure Vs depth screen.
By scrolling the bar at the bottom to the right, one can see the columns for hydrates,
velocities pigging and slug parameters as can be seen in these two screen-shots:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1275
1276
PROSPER
Parameter
Solution GOR:
Oil Gravity:
Gas gravity:
Water salinity:
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S):
Bubble point pressure (Pb):
Value
400 scf/stb
30 API
0.75 (Air =1)
80000 ppm
None
2500 psig at 200 degF
1.214 rb/stb
1.01 cp
PROSPER Manual
Value
5000 ft
6 inches
0.0006 inches
50 degF
1.5 Btu/h/ft2/F
-250 ft
100 degF
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1277
Value
Flow test from 01/01/2010
250 psig
90 degF
25000 stb/d
500 psig
400 scf/stb
0 scf/stb
100 degF
1278
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
Parameter
Solution GOR:
Oil Gravity:
Gas gravity:
Water salinity:
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S):
1279
Value
400 scf/stb
30 API
0.75 (Air =1)
80000 ppm
None
To enter the fluid properties at non-standard conditions, select | Match Data and
populate the screen as follow:
Parameter
Solution GOR:
Bubble point pressure (Pb):
Value
400 scf/stb
2500 psig at 200 degF
1.214 rb/stb
1.01 cp
1280
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1281
1282
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1283
1284
PROSPER
A few notes:
- If the coordinate system Height, Distance From Origin is selected, then the
first equipment type changes from manifold to Xmas-tree.
- Elevation is the opposite of depth. This is why the sign of the height changes
is the coordinate system changes to TVD and Length:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1285
1286
PROSPER
Value
Flow test from 01/01/2010
250 psig
90 degF
50%
25000 stb/d
500 psig
400 scf/stb
0 scf/stb
100 degF
The procedure to follow is very similar to tubing performance matching. The 4 steps
to be taken are:
- U value calibration
- Correlation comparison
- Multiphase Flow Correlation matching.
- Multiphase Flow Correlation selection.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1287
Now continue with | Calculate | Calculate | OK and then inspect the computed outlet
temperature:
1288
PROSPER
One can read in the 5th column a computed arrival temperature of round 98 degF,
which is 8 degF higher that the measured outlet temperature.
In order to match this, the U-value needs to be increased to in iterative fashion.
For this select | Main | Done | System | Equipment | Surface Equipment and then
change the overall heat transfer coefficient to 8.05 Btu/h/ft2/F as done below:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1289
1290
PROSPER
Correlation comparison
Afterwards, select | Plot to visualize the pressure gradient in the pipe:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1291
One can see that PE4 and OLGAS 2P are the closest to the measured upstream
pressure.
Select | Main to get back to the "Surface Pipe Matching" screen.
1292
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1293
1294
PROSPER
250 psig
Water Cut:
50%
Total GOR:
Liquid Rate:
15 000 stb/d
To perform the sensitivity runs, select | Calculation | Gradient (Traverse) and make
the appropriate changes as shown below:
Select | Continue and then choose the variable Gas Oil Ration from the drop-down
menu:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1295
1296
PROSPER
Now select | Calculate | OK | Plot | Variables and start with the simplest plot:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1297
1298
PROSPER
Note that more specialized parameters can be selected and plotted with | Variables |
Extended:
This is how for example the erosional velocity profile looks like in the pipe:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1299
1300
PROSPER
Value
1500 psig
100 degF
9000 scf/stb
0.65 (air =1)
1000 scf/stb
0.85 (air =1)
60 API
0 stb/MMscf
40000 ppm
None
6000 psig
300 degF
8000 psig
Tubing ID Tubing OD
Tubing
Inside
May, 2009
Examples Guide
Depth
1301
Roughness
ft
inches
inches
inches
Xmas Tree
N/A
N/A
N/A
1000
5.5
0.0006
SSSV
1000
3.5
N/A
N/A
15000
5.5
0.0006
TVD from mean sea level Sea temperature in degF Sea velocity in ft/s
in ft
0
50
300
40
Drilling
Hole
Casing Casing Specific Top
Casing Mud
Depth in Diamete Shoe
Outside Casing Cement Top
Density
ft
r
in Depth in Diamete weight
Depth in Depth in in lb/gal
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
1302
PROSPER
inches
ft
r
in in lb/ft
inches
ft
ft
700
36
700
30
93
200
10
3000
26
3000
20
65
200
10
10000
17
10000
13
72
5000
10
13000
12
13000
10
67
10000
12
15000
15000
43
12000
12
Formati
on type
Salinity
in ppm
Shale
14800
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Sandston 15000
e
0.2
0.15
15
consolida Gas
ted
N/A
40000
The default databases will be used in this tutorial without any modifications.
3.1.38.2.3 Reservoir Data
PROSPER has around 20 different inflow models for retrograde condensate wells.
The IPR model selection depends upon the purpose of the study, the suitability of
the particular model and the data available for the study.
IPR model:
Static Reservoir Pressure:
Reservoir Temperature:
Water Gas Ratio:
Total GOR:
Compaction Permeability Reduction model:
Skin model:
Permeability:
Reservoir
Thickness
(True
stratigraphic
PROSPER Manual
Petroleum Experts
8000 psig
300 degF
0 stb/MMscf
9 000 scf/stb
No
Enter skin by hand
15 mD
200 ft
May, 2009
Examples Guide
thickness):
Drainage Area:
Dietz shape factor:
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius):
Perforation interval:
Time since production:
Reservoir porosity:
Connate water saturation:
Non-Darcy Flow Factor:
Permeability entered:
Mechanical skin:
1303
240 acres
31.6
0.354 ft
100 ft
1 days
0.15
0.25
Calculated
Total permeability
+5
Note: The Petroleum Experts' IPR method uses pseudo-pressure. It is transient and
accounts for relative permeability effects. Please consult the online help for more
details.
3.1.38.3Step by Step procedure
Launch PROSPER and select | File | New to start this tutorial.
3.1.38.3.1 PROSPER Model Setup
Model options
From the main menu click |Options | Options and make the following changes:
Fluid Description - Fluid: Retrograde Condensate
Calculation Type - Predict: Pressure and Temperature (offshore)
Calculation Type - Model: Enthalpy Balance
1304
PROSPER
Note: In this example, the black oil model for retrograde condensate will be used.
The user has the option of using a compositional fluid description method as well.
Select | Done to complete this.
PVT Data
From the main menu select | PVT | Input Data and make the following entries:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
Parameter
Separator Pressure:
Separator temperature:
Separator GOR:
Separator gas gravity:
Stock Tank GOR:
Stock Tank gas gravity:
Condensate gravity:
Water to Gas Ratio:
Water Salinity:
Impurities (H2S, CO2 & N2):
Dewpoint at reservoir temperature:
Reservoir temperature:
Reservoir Pressure:
1305
Value
1500 psig
100 degF
9000 scf/stb
0.65 (air =1)
1000 scf/stb
0.85 (air =1)
60 API
0 stb/MMscf
40000 ppm
None
6000 psig
300 degF
8000 psig
Deviation Survey
Select | System | Equipment | All | Edit to enter the deviation survey:
Measured Depth in ft
1306
PROSPER
0
15000
0
15000
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1307
Select | Cancel to skip this screen and continue to the downhole equipment
description:
Downhhole Equipment
Equipment Type Measured
Depth
Tubing ID Tubing OD
Tubing
Inside
Roughness
ft
inches
inches
inches
Xmas Tree
N/A
N/A
N/A
1000
5.5
0.0006
SSSV
1000
3.5
N/A
N/A
15000
5.5
0.0006
1308
PROSPER
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1309
TVD from mean sea level Sea temperature in degF Sea velocity in ft/s
in ft
0
50
300
40
1310
PROSPER
Drilling
Hole
Depth in Diamete
ft
r
in
inches
Casing
Shoe
Depth in
ft
Casing
Outside
Diamete
r
in
inches
Specific
Casing
weight
in lb/ft
Top
Cement
Depth in
ft
Casing Mud
Top
Density
Depth in in lb/gal
ft
700
36
700
30
93
200
10
3000
26
3000
20
65
200
10
10000
17
10000
13
72
5000
10
13000
12
13000
10
67
10000
12
15000
15000
43
12000
12
Mud Convection: No
Completion Fluid Type: Brine
Completion Fluid Density: 8.5 lb/gal
Completion Fluid Gas Type: Air
Packer Depth: 14 500 ft
Mid Production Depth: 14900 ft
Annulus level: 50 ft
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1311
Formati
on type
Salinity
in ppm
Shale
14800
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Sandston 15000
e
0.2
0.15
15
consolida Gas
ted
N/A
40000
1312
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1313
Petroleum Experts
8000 psig
300 degF
0 stb/MMscf
9 000 scf/stb
No
1314
PROSPER
Skin model:
PROSPER Manual
15 mD
stratigraphic 200 ft
240 acres
31.6
0.354 ft
100 ft
1 days
0.15
0.25
Calculated
Total permeability
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1315
Select the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left corner of the screen for the skin
entry:
Mechanical skin:
+5
1316
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1317
1318
PROSPER
Select | Continue | Continue | Calculate | OK and the results are displayed as follow:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1319
1320
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1321
3.1.39.2Input Data
3.1.39.2.1 PVT Data
The basic available PVT data are:
Parameter
Separator Pressure:
Separator temperature:
Separator GOR:
Separator gas gravity:
Stock Tank GOR:
Stock Tank gas gravity:
Condensate gravity:
Water to Gas Ratio:
Water Salinity:
Impurities (H2S, CO2 & N2):
Dewpoint at reservoir temperature:
Reservoir temperature:
Reservoir Pressure:
Value
1500 psig
100 degF
9000 scf/stb
0.65 (air =1)
1000 scf/stb
0.85 (air =1)
60 API
0 stb/MMscf
40000 ppm
None
6000 psig
300 degF
8000 psig
Tubing ID Tubing OD
Tubing
Inside
Roughness
inches
inches
inches
1322
PROSPER
Xmas Tree
N/A
N/A
N/A
Tubing
1000
5.5
0.0006
SSSV
1000
3.5
N/A
N/A
Tubing
14800
5.5
0.0006
Formation
Depth in ft:
Measured Static
Formation Heat Transfer Coefficient
Temperature in deg F
50
500
40
2.5
3000
80
2.5
10000
210
3.8
14000
280
4.8
15000
300
IPR model:
Static Reservoir Pressure:
Reservoir Temperature:
Water Gas Ratio:
Total GOR:
Compaction Permeability Reduction model:
Skin model:
Permeability:
Reservoir
Thickness
(True
stratigraphic
thickness):
Drainage Area:
Dietz shape factor:
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius):
Perforation interval:
Time since production:
Reservoir porosity:
Connate water saturation:
PROSPER Manual
Petroleum Experts
8000 psig
300 degF
0 stb/MMscf
9 000 scf/stb
No
Enter skin by hand
15 mD
200 ft
240 acres
31.6
0.354 ft
100 ft
1 days
0.15
0.25
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1323
Calculated
Total permeability
+5
Note: The Petroleum Experts' IPR method uses pseudo-pressure. It is transient and
accounts for relative permeability effects. Please consult the online help for more
details.
3.1.39.3Step by Step procedure
Launch PROSPER and select | File | New to start this tutorial.
3.1.39.3.1 PROSPER Model Setup
Model options
From the main menu click |Options | Options and make the following changes:
Fluid Description - Fluid: Retrograde Condensate
Calculation Type - Model: Improved Approximation
1324
PROSPER
Note: In this example, the black oil model for retrograde condensate will be used.
The user has the option of using a compositional fluid description method as well.
Select | Done to complete this.
PVT Data
From the main menu select | PVT | Input Data and make the following entries:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
Parameter
Separator Pressure:
Separator temperature:
Separator GOR:
Separator gas gravity:
Stock Tank GOR:
Stock Tank gas gravity:
Condensate gravity:
Water to Gas Ratio:
Water Salinity:
Impurities (H2S, CO2 & N2):
Dewpoint at reservoir temperature:
Reservoir temperature:
Reservoir Pressure:
1325
Value
1500 psig
100 degF
9000 scf/stb
0.65 (air =1)
1000 scf/stb
0.85 (air =1)
60 API
0 stb/MMscf
40000 ppm
None
6000 psig
300 degF
8000 psig
Deviation Survey
Select | System | Equipment | All | Edit to enter the deviation survey:
Measured Depth in ft
1326
PROSPER
0
15000
0
15000
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1327
Select | Cancel to skip this screen and continue to the downhole equipment
description:
Downhole Equipment
Tubing ID Tubing OD
Tubing
Inside
Roughness
ft
inches
inches
inches
Xmas Tree
N/A
N/A
N/A
Tubing
1000
5.5
0.0006
SSSV
1000
3.5
N/A
N/A
Tubing
14800
5.5
0.0006
1328
PROSPER
Formation
Depth in ft
Measured Static
Formation Heat Transfer Coefficient
Temperature in degF
50
500
40
2.5
3000
80
2.5
10000
210
3.8
14000
280
4.8
15000
300
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1329
1330
PROSPER
entries:
Reservoir Data - IPR model selection
IPR model:
Static Reservoir Pressure:
Reservoir Temperature:
Water Gas Ratio:
Total GOR:
Compaction Permeability Reduction model:
Skin model:
Petroleum Experts
8000 psig
300 degF
0 stb/MMscf
9 000 scf/stb
No
Enter skin by hand
15 mD
stratigraphic 200 ft
240 acres
31.6
0.354 ft
May, 2009
Examples Guide
Perforation interval:
Time since production:
Reservoir porosity:
Connate water saturation:
Non-Darcy Flow Factor:
Permeability entered:
1331
100 ft
1 days
0.15
0.25
Calculated
Total permeability
Select the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left corner of the screen for the skin
entry:
Mechanical skin:
+5
1332
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1333
1334
PROSPER
Select | Continue | Continue | Calculate | OK and the results are displayed as follow:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1335
1336
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1337
Value
400 scf/stb
30 API
0.75 (Air =1)
80000 ppm
None
Measured Depth in ft
0
8000
1338
PROSPER
Equipment
type
Xmas
(Well Head)
Tubing
Casing
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Tree 0
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
7800
8000
2.992
8.3
Roughness
in inches
in Rate multiplier
N/A
N/A
0.0018
0.0018
1
1
Measured Depth in ft
0
8000
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1339
IPR model:
Static Reservoir Pressure:
Reservoir Temperature:
Water Cut:
Total GOR:
SPOT
4000 psig
200 degF
Calculated based upon relative permeability and
user-entered water saturation
400 scf/stb
Conventional
No
Activity:
New Well
Well type:
Vertical
Inflow Equation:
Fetkovich
None available
Perforating Method:
Single Run
Invasion Method:
No Invasion
Sanding Model:
None
Entered
Pressure Transform:
No
No
Yes
1.2 inches
Measured depth in ft
8000
8000
8250
8250
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
1340
PROSPER
0.354 ft
Drainage Radius:
2000 ft
Perforation Efficiency:
1 (fraction)
8000 ft
8200 ft
Layer Pressure:
3600 psig
100 psi
1 psi/ft
Water saturation:
0.3 (fraction)
200 degF
Kv/Kh:
0.1 (fraction)
Sandstone
Gun System:
Completion type:
Casing
Outer Diameter:
8.5 inches
Casing weight:
9 lb/ft
Material:
J-55
8000 ft
8200 ft
Drift Diameter*:
8 inches
Holdup Depth*:
8250 ft
Notes: The drift diameter is the inside diameter (ID) that the pipe manufacturer
guarantees per specifications. Note that the nominal inside diameter is not the same
as the drift diameter but is always slightly larger. The drift diameter is used by the
well planner to determine what size tools or casing strings can later be run through
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1341
the casing, whereas the nominal inside diameter is used for fluid volume calculations
such as mud circulating times and cement slurry.
The holdup depth is the depth at which a tool of a specific size can no longer pass
through the well bore.
3.1.40.5Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of
the problem:
- construct a PROSPER model for a producing oil well using SPOT for the IPR
- use the PROSPER well model to estimate the flow rate against a WHFP of 300
psig
- compare the performance of the well with different gun systems
- inspect the calculation results at log scale
3.1.40.5.1 System Options
Here, one simply select | File | New if a PROSPER file is already open.
Otherwise, simply select |Options | Options and make the following choices
Fluid: Oil and Water
Predict: Pressure and Temperature (on land)
1342
PROSPER
Parameter
Solution GOR:
Oil Gravity:
Gas gravity:
Water salinity:
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S):
PROSPER Manual
Value
400 scf/stb
30 API
0.75 (Air =1)
80000 ppm
None
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1343
1344
PROSPER
Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take you through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey
3.1.40.5.4.1 Deviation Survey
Here are the deviation survey data for this vertical well:
Measured Depth in ft
0
8000
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1345
Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER.
A filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen is to be used.
Select | Done and the next screen labeled Surface Equipment will follow.
3.1.40.5.4.2 Surface Equipment
This model will not include any surface equipment. Therefore, one simply need to
select | Cancel to skip this step:
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
1346
PROSPER
Selecting the "Cancel" button located on the top left of the screen will take you to the
next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.40.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment include the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, ...
Equipment
type
Xmas
(Well Head)
Tubing
Casing
PROSPER Manual
Measured
depth
in
(down to)
Tree 0
7800
8000
Internal
ft diameter
inches
N/A
3.992
8.3
Roughness
in inches
in Rate multiplier
N/A
N/A
0.0018
0.0018
1
1
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1347
The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the
static reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
It is recommended to take the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This would mean that the down hole equipment description shall
stop at the top of the perforation. This is also true for multiple-zone completion
because the pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the
appropriate Inflow model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).
Select | Done to proceed to the next screen: the geothermal gradient.
3.1.40.5.4.4 Geothermal gradient
Measured Depth in ft
0
8000
1348
PROSPER
The default average heat capacity values will be used for this example
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1349
It is now possible to visualise a sketch of the well bore with | Summary | Draw Down
hole.
3.1.40.5.4.6 Equipment Summary
From the Equipment Data screen, one can see a summary of the well bore
description with | Summary:
1350
PROSPER
If one then selects | Draw Down hole a sketch of the well bore is drawn:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1351
Like working with any other computer program, it is good practice to save the file
frequently in order to avoid data loss in case the computer crashes for instance.
To save a file, simply select | File | Save and then simply answer YES to overwriting
the file.
3.1.40.5.5 Inflow Performance Relation (IPR)
For the selection of the IPR model, simply select | System | Inflow Performance and
make the appropriate choices as follows:
IPR model:
Reservoir Temperature:
Water Cut:
Total GOR:
SPOT
200 degF
Calculated based upon relative permeability and
user-entered water saturation
400 scf/stb
1352
PROSPER
Select | Input Data and start the the SPOT IPR data entry with the left tab "SPOT
OPTIONS"
Spot options and input data
Lp Correlation Type:
Conventional
No
Activity:
New Well
Well type:
Vertical
Inflow Equation:
Fetkovich
None available
Perforating Method:
Single Run
Invasion Method:
No Invasion
Sanding Model:
None
Entered
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
Pressure Transform:
No
No
Yes
1353
1.2 inches
Select the deviation Survey tab at the bottom left corner of the Options screen to
enter the well trajectory across the reservoir:
Spot options - Deviation survey
Measured depth in ft
8000
8000
1354
PROSPER
8250
8250
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1355
0.354 ft
Drainage Radius:
2000 ft
Perforation Efficiency:
1 (fraction)
8000 ft
8200 ft
Layer Pressure:
3600 psig
100 psi
1 psi/ft
Water saturation:
0.3 (fraction)
200 degF
Kv/Kh:
0.1 (fraction)
Sandstone
Gun System:
1356
PROSPER
For the Relative Permeability data entry,select | Edit and populate the table
according to the inputs below:
Relative Permeabilities:
Phase
Residual
Saturation
fraction
Oil
0.25
0.8
Water
0.25
0.8
PROSPER Manual
End
point
in fraction
in Corey Exponent
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1357
1358
PROSPER
To move forward, select the "Select Gun From Database" button and the database is
displayed:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1359
Note that the data base has been filtered on Vendor: here Baker for illustration only.
Now one can select the gun of choice, which is the 2" 2007 Predator
1360
PROSPER
Afterwards, one select | Done and | Done again to transfer the gun data into SPOT.
To move forward, select the tab "LOG DATA" and enter the data required to
generate the log-scale IPR parameters:
Spot options - Log Data Generation
8000 psig
Horizontal Permeability:
200 mD
Porosity:
0.25
8000 ft
8200 ft
0.5 ft
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1361
Select | Generate and the log scale data are generated as shown below:
1362
PROSPER
The last section to describe is the completion section. To access this section, select
the sheet "Completion" at the bottom of the screen:
Spot options - Completion
Completion type:
Casing
Outer Diameter:
8.5 inches
Casing weight:
9 lb/ft
Material:
J-55
8000 ft
8200 ft
Drift Diameter*:
8 inches
Holdup Depth*:
8250 ft
Notes: The drift diameter is the inside diameter (ID) that the pipe manufacturer
guarantees per specifications. Note that the nominal inside diameter is not the same
as the drift diameter but is always slightly larger. The drift diameter is used by the
well planner to determine what size tools or casing strings can later be run through
the casing, whereas the nominal inside diameter is used for fluid volume calculations
such as mud circulating times and cement slurry.
The holdup depth is the depth at which a tool of a specific size can no longer pass
through the well bore.
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1363
One may need to scroll the bar at the bottom of the screen to the right to enter the
drift:
1364
PROSPER
IPR Generation
In order the generate an IPR, select | Calculate and the following plot is generated:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1365
1366
PROSPER
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing
pressure as per screen-shot below:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1367
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there
is no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since this
model does not include any pipeline, the choice of any pipeline correlation is
irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:
1368
PROSPER
One can read an oil rate of 5280 stb/d as solution rate. The corresponding BHFP
reads: 2346 psig.
If one selects | Plot | System Plot, the system plot (VLP + IPR plot) is displayed as
follow:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1369
Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen and save the file to update
the file.
3.1.40.5.7 Comparison of different Gun Systems
One very useful feature of the SPOT module is the ability to sensitize on gun
systems.
The sensitization can be performed from the IPR screen directly (| System | Inflow
Perform | Sensitivity) or from the system calculation.
In order to sensitize on gun systems from the system calculation, select | Calculation
| System | 3 Variables and make the following changes:
1370
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1371
Select | Add | Select Gun From Database and add the gun systems of choice:
1372
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1373
SPOT, select |
1374
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1375
Select | Log Results | Plot and select Qocum for the x axis for instance:
1376
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1377
Select | Done and any other variable can be added to the plot.
Any number of variables with the same unit can be selected and plotted together as
demonstrated in the plot below:
1378
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1379
1380
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1381
1382
PROSPER
If the Qw cum (cumulative water production) is selected for instance a plot similar to
the one below can be inspected:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1383
Select | Done | Done | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen.
1384
PROSPER
3.1.41.2Input Data
Fluid PVT
Parameter
Upper Zone
Lower Zone
0.6
0.7
250
Condensate
(stb/MMscf):
10
Gas
Ratio 3
45
10
Reservoir Data
Parameter
Upper Zone
Lower Zone
Petroleum Experts
Petroleum Experts
10000
11000
3500
3600
0.254
0.254
0.001
20
Layer
Drainage
(acres):
15
Area 300
300
31.6
0.354
0.354
50
30
Time since
(days):
production 1000
0.25
Layer
connate
water 0.3
saturation (fraction):
PROSPER Manual
1000
0.25
0.3
May, 2009
Examples Guide
Mechanical
dimension):
skin
(no 5
1385
Calculated
Deviation Survey
Measured Depth in ft
10000
10000
Note: the well will be divided into inflow and outflow. The outflow covers the section
above the the shallowest zone whereas the inflow will include both zones with the
pressure drop between them. Therefore, it is sufficient to describe the well just down
to the shallowest reservoir depth when using the multi-layer IPR model.
Downhole Equipment
Equipment
Type
Measured
Depth in ft
Xmas Tree
N/A
N/A
Tubing
9500
4.67
0.0006
Casing
10000
6.1
0.0006
Geothermal gradient
Formation Measured Depth in ft
60
10000
230
1386
PROSPER
3.1.41.3Modelling Strategy
For well producing from multiples zones, there are currently 3 Inflow models
available in PROSPER:
a) the MultiLayer Reservoir model
b) the MultiLayer - dP Loss in WellBore and
c) the Multilateral Inflow model.
The MultiLayer Reservoir model is the simplest one. It does not account for pressure
drop between the zones. Therefore it can only be considered for cases where the
vertical distance between the zones is negligible. It can model a well penetrating up
to 50 different zones.
The "MultiLayer - dP Loss in WellBore" Reservoir model is the improved version of
the MultiLayer Reservoir model, It accounts for pressure drop between the layers
and offers a wider range of inflow models for each zone. It can model a well
penetrating up to 49 different zones.
The Multilateral Inflow model is the most advanced inflow model in PROSPER. It can
model wells of any shape penetrating any number of layers. Flow can be annular,
tubular or both. Well can have a single or multiple branches. Pressure drop and
interaction between branches are accounted for. The multilateral model can be used
to model "smart" wells with down hole control devices.
Within the IPM suite, the multiphase network simulation tool GAP can also be used
to model multiple zones completions. Using GAP, one can directly take advantage of
the optimiser in GAP and the direct connection to a reservoir mode (MBAL, decline
curve or numerical simulator) for time-dependent performance prediction.
For this tutorial, the MultiLayer - dP Loss in WellBore will be used.
We will first build a PROSPER model and then use the model to answer the
following engineering questions:
- what is the commingled flow rate to be expected at a well head flowing pressure of
1500 psig?
- what is the contribution from each zone?
- Is there any cross-flow between the reservoirs?
3.1.41.4Step by Step Procedure
Launch PROSPER and select | Options | Options>
Afterwards make the following changes:
System options
Fluid Description - Fluid:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1387
Upper Zone
Lower Zone
0.6
0.7
250
Condensate
(stb/MMscf):
10
Gas
Ratio 3
45
10
10000
100000
1388
PROSPER
Note that at this stage, the PVT of the first zone was entered for initialisation
purposes. The fluid properties for each zone will be entered separately later in the
inflow section.
Select | Done to complete this section.
System Equipment - Deviation Survey
From the main screen, select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All | Edit to enter
the down hole equipment:
Measured Depth in ft
10000
10000
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1389
Note: the well will be divided into inflow and outflow. The outflow covers the section
above the the shallowest zone whereas the inflow will include both zones with the
pressure drop between them. Therefore, it is sufficient to describe the well just down
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
1390
PROSPER
to the shallowest reservoir depth when using the multi-layer IPR model.
Downhole Equipment
Select | Done | Cancel to enter the down hole equipment data:
Equipment
Type
Measured
Depth in ft
Xmas Tree
N/A
N/A
Tubing
9500
4.67
0.0006
Casing
10000
6.1
0.0006
Geothermal gradient
Select | Done | Cancel to enter the geothermal gradient:
Formation Measured Depth in ft
PROSPER Manual
Examples Guide
1391
60
10000
230
Overall heat transfer coefficient: 3 Btu/h/ft2/F.
Select | Done | Done | Summary | Daw Down hole to check the well bore schematic
generated with the data entered:
1392
PROSPER
Reservoir Temperature:
230 degF
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1393
To proceed with the inflow description select | Input Data and make the following
entries / selections:
Parameter
Upper Zone
Lower Zone
Petroleum Experts
Petroleum Experts
10000
11000
3500
3600
0.254
0.254
0.001
20
Layer
Drainage
(acres):
15
Area 300
300
31.6
0.354
0.354
50
30
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
1394
PROSPER
Time since
(days):
production 1000
0.25
1000
0.25
Layer
connate
water 0.3
saturation (fraction):
0.3
Mechanical
dimension):
skin
(no 5
Calculated
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1395
- The static layer pressure for each zone is entered at the bottom of the zone. In the
case of the upper layer, the pressure of 3500 psig corresponds to the static
reservoir pressure at 10050 ft, NOT 10000 ft.
- The layer flowing radius and the the layer roughness are used to compute the
pressure loss between the zones whereas the well bore radius is used to compute
the inflow performance relation for the layer itself.
- The "Blank" layer type means that there is no influx or no perforation from the layer
into the well bore.
At this stage, it is good practice to generate an IPR with | Calculate and be patient as
this is a more complex algorithm that the single zone Inflow models:
Please select | Main and save the file to secure all changes.
In order to answer the engineering questions asked at the beginning of this tutorial,
one needs to solve simultaneously the inflow and outflow equations.
For this, select | Calculation | System (Ipr+Vlp) |3 Variables:
1396
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1397
Afterwards, select | Continue | Continue | Calculate and be patient as this may take a
few minutes:
1398
PROSPER
The solution details can be accessed by selecting the button " Solution Details".
Afterwards, select | Inflow Layer Details
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1399
1400
PROSPER
Conclusion:
One can read that:
the well would produce 33.5 MMscf/d of gas, a water-to-gas ratio of 7.2 stb/MMscf
and a CGR of 6 stb/MMscf.
The upper zone contributes to round 57% of the total production. Consequently, the
bottom zone makes up the remaining 43%.
There is no negative rate from any layer. Therefore there is no cross flow under the
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1401
current conditions.
This completes this example.
Upper Zone
Lower Zone
0.6
0.7
250
Condensate
(stb/MMscf):
10
Gas
Ratio 3
45
10
Reservoir Data
Parameter
Upper Zone
Lower Zone
Petroleum Experts
Petroleum Experts
10000
11000
Reservoir
Temperature 230
240
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
1402
PROSPER
(degF):
Reservoir pressure (psig):
3500
3600
0.254
0.254
0.001
20
Layer
Drainage
(acres):
15
Area 300
300
31.6
0.354
0.354
50
30
50
30
Time since
(days):
production 1000
1000
0.25
0.25
Layer
connate
water 0.3
saturation (fraction):
0.3
Mechanical
dimension):
skin
(no 5
Calculated
Deviation Survey
Measured Depth in ft
10000
10000
Note: the well will be divided into inflow and outflow. The outflow covers the section
above the shallowest zone whereas the inflow will include both zones with the
pressure drop between them. Therefore, it is sufficient to describe the well just down
to the top of the shallowest reservoir in the deviation survey when using the multilayer IPR model.
Downhole Equipment
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1403
Equipment
Type
Measured
Depth in ft
Xmas Tree
N/A
N/A
Tubing
9500
4.67
0.0006
Casing
10000
6.1
0.0006
Geothermal gradient
Formation Measured Depth in ft
60
10000
230
3.1.42.3Modelling Strategy
For a well producing from multiples zones, there are currently 3 Inflow models
available in PROSPER:
a) the MultiLayer Reservoir model
b) the MultiLayer - dP Loss in WellBore and
c) the Multilateral Inflow model.
The MultiLayer Reservoir model is the simplest one. It does not account for pressure
drop between the zones. Therefore it can only be considered for cases where the
vertical distance between the zones is negligible. It can model a well penetrating up
to 50 different zones.
The "MultiLayer - dP Loss in WellBore" Reservoir model is the improved version of
the MultiLayer Reservoir model, It accounts for pressure drop between the layers
and offers a wider range of inflow models for each zone. It can model a well
penetrating up to 49 different zones.
The Multilateral Inflow model is the most advanced inflow model in PROSPER. It can
model wells of any shape penetrating any number of layers. Flow can be annular,
tubular or both. Well can have a single or multiple branches. Pressure drop and
interaction between branches are accounted for. The multilateral model can be used
to model "smart" wells with down hole control devices.
Within the IPM suite, the multiphase network simulation tool GAP can also be used
to model multiple zones completions. Using GAP, one can directly take advantage of
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
1404
PROSPER
the optimiser in GAP and the direct connection to a reservoir model (MBAL, decline
curve or numerical simulator) is available for time-dependent performance
prediction.
For this tutorial, the Multilateral Inflow model will be used.
We will first build a PROSPER model and then use the model to answer the
following engineering questions:
- what is the commingled flow rate to be expected at a well head flowing pressure of
1500 psig?
- what is the contribution from each zone?
- Is there any cross-flow between the reservoirs?
3.1.42.4Step by Step Procedure
Launch PROSPER and select | Options | Options>
Afterwards make the following changes:
System options
Fluid Description - Fluid:
MultiLateral Well
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1405
Upper Zone
0.6
250
50
100000
1406
PROSPER
Note that at this stage, the PVT of one of the zones (here first zone) was entered to
initialise the model. The fluid properties for each zone will be entered separately later
in the inflow section.
Select | Done to complete this section.
System Equipment - Deviation Survey
From the main screen, select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All | Edit to enter
the down hole equipment:
Measured Depth in ft
10000
10000
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1407
Note: the well will be divided into inflow and outflow. The outflow covers the section
above the the shallowest zone whereas the inflow will include both zones with the
pressure drop between them. This entry applies to the outflow. Therefore, it is
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
1408
PROSPER
sufficient here to describe the well just down to the shallowest reservoir depth when
using the multilateral IPR model.
Downhole Equipment
Select | Done | Cancel to enter the down hole equipment data:
Equipment
Type
Measured
Depth in ft
Xmas Tree
N/A
N/A
Tubing
9500
4.67
0.0006
Casing
10000
6.1
0.0006
Geothermal gradient
Select | Done | Cancel to enter the geothermal gradient:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
60
1409
10000
230
Overall heat transfer coefficient: 3 Btu/h/ft2/F.
Select | Done | Done | Summary | Daw Down hole to check the well bore schematic
generated with the data entered:
1410
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1411
Click anywhere in the blank screen to add a Tie point and give it the label "TiePoint".
This correspond to a depth of 10000ft.
The tie-point is the point at which the combined Inflow will be computed.
1412
PROSPER
Right clicking on the red square representing the item "TiePoint" allows the user to
change its label or delete it.
The next short cut icon (Going from left to right) is the Add Junction.
Select Add Junction and click somewhere else in the screen to add the junction,
label it "Junction".
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1413
Then select the Add Completion next to the "Add Junction" and click in the screen to
add a completion, label it "Upper Completion".
For the second zone, add a second completion and label it "Lower Completion".
Then select Add Reservoir from the drop down menu and click on the screen to add
a Reservoir icon.Label it "Upper Zone"
Then select Add Reservoir again from the drop down menu and click on the screen
to add a Reservoir icon.Label it "Lower Zone"
One would have an schematic similar to the next screen shot:
1414
PROSPER
Now select | Add link and connect the equipment from the tie-point to the reservoirs
as done be low
TiePoint Description
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1415
In order to describe the tiepoint, double-click on the item TiePoint and make the
following entries:
One may use the navigator on the right hand side to describe the other components
of the multilateral.
Tubing "T1" Description
After linking the tie-point to the junction, a tubing "T1" is created. In this example, this
will be a zero dimension tubing. For this, double click on the tubing "T1" and make
the following changes:
Tubing "T1" - Select Model
1416
PROSPER
Azimuth
10000
10000
10000
10000
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1417
Select the tab "Equipment" at the bottom of the screen to describe the down hole
equipment pertaining to this item.
Tubing "T1" - Input Data / Equipment
Tubing Type
Measured Depth
Casing
Diameter
Inside Casing
inside
roughness
ft
inches
inches
Casing
10000
6.1
0.0006
1418
PROSPER
Select | Done and then double-click on the junction to describe it as shown below:
Junction Description
Here the data are passed directly from the previous node. Select | Done and then
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1419
Petroleum Experts 2
Choke model:
ELF
Flow Type:
Tubing Flow
No
45 degrees
WellBore Radius:
0.354 ft
31.6
Note that it is possible to model annular flow as well. For this, simply select Annular
Flow as flow type.
Completion "Upper Completion" - Deviation
Measured Depth
Azimuth
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
1420
PROSPER
10000
10000
10050
10050
Now select the Equipment tab at the bottom of the screen to continue the description
of this item.
Completion "Upper Completion" - Input Data / Equipment
Tubing Type
Measured Depth
Casing
Diameter
ft
inches
inches
Casing
10050
6.1
0.001
PROSPER Manual
Inside Casing
inside
roughness
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1421
Perforatio
n Interval
MD
end
(ft)
Perforatio
n Interval
TVD start
(ft)
Perforatio Skin
n Interval Model
TVD end Choice
(ft)
NonDarcy
Entry
Method
Local
Skin
10000
10050
10000
10050
By Hand
By Hand
1422
PROSPER
Note that the "Non-Darcy Entry method" was set to "Calculate". Therefore, the "
Calculate" button needs to be selected for further data entry that would allow the
calculation of the Non-Darcy Flow Factor.
Reservoir Permeability:
15 mD
WellBore Radius:
0.354 ft
Production Interval:
50 ft
Select | Done and proceed with the description of the lower completion.
Double-click on the "Lower Completion" and make the following changes:
Completion "Lower Completion" - Select Model
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1423
Petroleum Experts 2
Choke model:
ELF
Flow Type:
Tubing Flow
No
45 degrees
WellBore Radius:
0.354 ft
31.6
Select | Input Data in the top right corner of the screen to proceed with the deviation
survey:
Measured Depth
Azimuth
11030
11030
1424
PROSPER
Measured Depth
Casing
Diameter
ft
inches
inches
Casing
11000
6.1
0.0006
Casing
11030
6.1
0.001
PROSPER Manual
Inside Casing
inside
roughness
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1425
Select the "Perforation details" tab at the bottom of the screen to continue the
description of this item.
Note that a different roughness was used for the perforation interval.
Perforatio
n Interval
MD start
(ft)
Perforatio
n Interval
MD
end
(ft)
Perforatio
n Interval
TVD start
(ft)
Perforatio Skin
n Interval Model
TVD end Choice
(ft)
NonDarcy
Entry
Method
Local
Skin
11000
11030
11000
11030
By Hand
By Hand
1426
PROSPER
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1427
Select | Done and continue the model set-up with the description of the upper zone.
For this, double-click on the item "Upper Zone" and make the following entries:
Reservoir "Upper Zone" - Select model
Parameter
Upper Zone
Petroleum Experts
230
3500
50
Gas Gravity:
0.6
100 000
15
50
300
1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
1428
PROSPER
10000
1.5
0.25
0.3
Select | Done and continue the model set-up with the description of the lower zone.
For this, double-click on the item "Lower Zone" and make the following entries:
Parameter
Upper Zone
Petroleum Experts
240
3600
45
Gas Gravity:
0.7
100 000
10
10
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1429
20
30
300
11000
0.25
0.3
1430
PROSPER
Select | Done and then | Visualise | Front to check the schematic of the down hole
network:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1431
1432
PROSPER
Afterwards, select | Calculate and be patient as this might take a few seconds:
The following inflow curves are generated:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1433
Select | Continue | Continue | Calculate and here are the solution details:
1434
PROSPER
The details of the solution point can be accessed with | Solution Details | Inflow
Layer Details:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1435
Results:
- The well produces 38 Mmscf/d.
- The upper zone produce a little roughly 22 MMscf/d whereas the lower zone
produce 16 MMscf/d.
- There is no cross-flow under the current conditions.
This completes this tutorial.
1436
PROSPER
Value
Solution GOR:
100 scf/stb
Oil Gravity:
20 API
0.7
Water Salinity:
Value
pressure
at
Reservoir temperature:
150 degF
100 scf/stb
1.08 rb/stb
11.1 cp
Reservoir Data
Parameter
Value
PI entry
1800 psig
Reservoir Temperature :
150 degF
Water Cut:
20%
100 scf/stb
0.5 stb/d/psi
Deviation Survey
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
Measured Depth in ft
4100
4100
1437
Note: the deepest entry in the down hole equipment represents the datum depth for
the well. This is the depth at which the average reservoir pressure refers to.
Down hole Equipment
Equipment
Type
Measured
Depth in ft
Inner
Outer Diameter Roughnesses
Diameter in in inches
inches
inches
Xmas Tree
N/A
N/A
N/A
Tubing
4000
2.441
2.875
0.0006
Casing
4100
6.36
N/A
0.0006
in
Geothermal gradient
Formation Measured Depth in ft
60
4100
150
Value
4000 ft
6 inches
500 stb/d
Water Cut:
20%
Total GOR:
100 scf/stb
1438
PROSPER
1500 psig
0.15
Tubing Correlation:
Petroleum Experts 2
Method:
Black Oil
Jet Pump
Tubing
Injection
Production
PROSPER Manual
Annular
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1439
Value
Solution GOR:
100 scf/stb
Oil Gravity:
20 API
0.7
Water Salinity:
Power Fluid:
Water
Water Salinity:
10 000 ppm
1440
PROSPER
For the PVT matching, select | Match Data and enter the relevant data as shown
below:
Down hole PVT data
Parameter
Bubble point
temperature:
Value
pressure
at
Reservoir temperature:
150 degF
100 scf/stb
1.08 rb/stb
11.1 cp
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1441
1442
PROSPER
After reviewing the results of the regression, the combination Lasater / Petrosky will
be used for this crude.
For this, select | Done | Done and then select | Lasater & Petrosky as calibrated
black oil correlations:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1443
4100
4100
Note: the deepest entry in the down hole equipment represents the datum depth for
the well. This is the depth at which the average reservoir pressure refers to.
1444
PROSPER
Select | Done to proceed with the description of the surface equipment. Once on the
surface equipment screen, select | Cancel to skip this particular screen:
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1445
Select | Done to proceed with the description of the down hole equipment
Down hole Equipment
Equipment
Type
Measured
Depth in ft
Inner
Outer Diameter Roughnesses
Diameter in in inches
inches
inches
Xmas Tree
N/A
N/A
N/A
Tubing
4000
2.441
2.875
0.0006
Casing
4100
6.36
N/A
0.0006
in
1446
PROSPER
Select | Done to proceed with the geothermal gradient and the overall heat transfer
coefficient ( 8 Btu/h/ft2/F according to the input data provided)
Geothermal gradient
Formation Measured Depth in ft
60
4100
150
PROSPER Manual
May, 2009
Examples Guide
1447